Design of a 27 MW Power Plant in Pampanga

TECHNOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF THE PHILIPPINES
1338 Arlegui St., Quiapo, Manila
College of Engineering and Architecture

Mechanical Engineering Department
A DESIGN OF 27 MW POWER PLANT IN PAMPANGA
In Partial Fulfilment of the Requirements in the

Capstone Course ME 511 (Power Plant Design)
Submitted by:
Dayrit, Daniel A.
Hontiveros, Dave Francis E.
Loria, Marquis Cane A.
Pagsibigan, Lawrence S.
Tagala, Rachel Shairah M.
Submitted to:
Engr. Nicanor L. Serrano

(Mechanical Engineering Department Head)
March 2019
0
Acknowledgement
From the perseverance of the proponents to complete this capstone design, it would not be possible without
the assistance and supervision from the different persons whom were asked and approached concerning this
topic. It was a deep appreciation and profound gratitude for the proponents to reach out their sincerest
gratitude to each one of them.
Foremost, we would like to thank the Almighty God for His guidance and empowering the strength throughout
this journey. Also, for providing the courage to continue and surpassed the different obstacles which may be
faced across the way.
To Engr. Nicanor L. Serrano, Department Chair of Mechanical Engineering T.I.P Manila for his guidance and
advice in our group project design.
To Engr. Benjamin Tiglao, for sharing his knowledge in computing, and analyzing the concepts during the
lecture to make project successful.
To our Parents, that never failed to encourage us to give us our needs in order to get through this capstone
design and their never ending understanding and unconditional love for us, specially at times of hardships
during the capstone design.
Lastly, the proponents would like to commend their co-members for their never-ending patience despite the
hardships they had shared together and most importantly able to collaborate, taking their ideas in application
and arrive with the best design.
i
Abstract
As technology advances the demand for electric power increases since recent advancements in technology
requires the usage of electricity which means that as our country progresses in technology our demand for
power grows, as one of the countries in Asia that is still progressing, our country is need of many electric
power sources, as current news shows, Luzon is in yellow alert which means that the power supplied is not
enough for the grid’s power demand which can cause power outages in some places in Luzon specially those
that are far from the distribution lines or power substations, with this we need to increase the number of power
sources such as power plants. The proponents decided to design a 27 MW power plant situated in Pampanga
to be able to reach the power demand by 2022, the proponents design three (3) alternative power plants,
which are Diesel Power Plant, Coal Power Plant and Solar Power Plant, knowing that these type of power
plants has the potential to supply the needed power in the Province of Pampanga to reduced power outages
and for the customers of PELCO II to be satisfied. Nowadays power generation is still progressing, but it is
not progressing as much as our technologies therefore we have power outages and the power demand is
increasing while the power supply is constant, thus creating a gap between the demand and supply.
ii
Table of Contents
Acknowledgement .......................................................................................................................................... i
Abstract ......................................................................................................................................................... ii
Table of Contents ..........................................................................................................................................iii
List of Figures ................................................................................................................................................ v
List of Tables ................................................................................................................................................ ix
Chapter 1 ...................................................................................................................................................... ix
CHAPTER 1 .................................................................................................................................................. 1
1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 1
1.2 Background of the Study ............................................................................................................... 1
1.3 Topography .......................................................................................................................................... 6
1.4 Electric Cooperative ............................................................................................................................. 7
1.4.1. PELCO II FACT SHEET ............................................................................................................... 8
1.4.2. Determining the Design Capacity of the Power Plant ................................................................. 10
1.5 Site Selection ..................................................................................................................................... 12
1.5.1 Diesel Power Plant ...................................................................................................................... 12
1.5.2. Coal-fired Power Plant................................................................................................................ 21
1.5.3. Solar Power Plant ....................................................................................................................... 32
1.5 Project Objectives .............................................................................................................................. 36
1.5.1 General Objectives ...................................................................................................................... 36
1.5.2 Specific Objectives ...................................................................................................................... 36
1.5.3 The Client .................................................................................................................................... 36
1.6 Project Scope and Delimitations ........................................................................................................ 36
1.6.1 For Diesel Power Plant ................................................................................................................ 37
1.6.2 For Coal-Fired Power Plant ......................................................................................................... 38
1.6.3 For Solar Power Plant ................................................................................................................. 38
1.7 Project Development .......................................................................................................................... 39
CHAPTER 2 ................................................................................................................................................ 40
2.1 Design Alternative 1: DIESEL POWER PLANT ................................................................................. 40
2.1.1 Advantages & Disadvantages ..................................................................................................... 40
2.1.2 Typical Layout of Diesel Power Plant .......................................................................................... 42
2.1.3 Diesel Power Plant Option 1 – PRIME DM5415-06 4840 ekW 6050 kVA ................................... 48
2.1.4 Diesel Power Plant Option 2 - CAT 16CM32C 4-Stroke, 7680 kWe 60Hz .................................. 48
iii
2.1.5 Machine Foundation for Diesel Power Plant ................................................................................ 48
2.1.6 Manufacturer’s Data .................................................................................................................... 52
2.2 COAL-FIRED POWER PLANT .......................................................................................................... 62
2.2.1 Advantages & Disadvantages ..................................................................................................... 62
2.2.3 SOLAR POWER PLANT ............................................................................................................. 85
Annual Peak Sun hours in Mabalacat, Pampanga ............................................................................... 95
CHAPTER 3 .............................................................................................................................................. 121
3.1 DESIGN ALTERNATIVE 1: DIESEL POWER PLANT-OPTION 1 ................................................... 121
3.2 DESIGN ALTERNATIVE 1: DIESEL POWER PLANT-OPTION 2 ................................................... 125
3.3 DESIGN ALTERNATIVE 2: COAL-FIRED POWER PLANT-OPTION 1........................................... 128
3.4 DESIGN ALTERNATIVE 2: COAL-FIRED POWER PLANT-OPTION 2........................................... 129
3.5 DESIGN ALTERNATIVE 3: SOLAR POWER PLANT-OPTION 1 .................................................... 130
3.6 DESIGN ALTERNATIVE 3: SOLAR POWER PLANT-OPTION 2 .................................................... 132
CHAPTER 4 .............................................................................................................................................. 134
4.1 Codes and Standards ...................................................................................................................... 134
4.1.1 Design Alternative 1 – Diesel Power Plant ................................................................................ 134
4.1.2 Design Alternative 2 – Coal-Fired Power Plant......................................................................... 135
4.2 Engineering Trade-Offs .................................................................................................................... 165
4.3 Constraints ....................................................................................................................................... 165
4.4 Trade-Offs ........................................................................................................................................ 168
4.5 Constraints and Trade-offs ............................................................................................................... 169
4.6 Constraints Justification ................................................................................................................... 177
4.6.1 Environmental Constraints ........................................................................................................ 177
4.6.2 Economical Constraints ............................................................................................................. 177
4.6.3 Health and Safety Constraints ................................................................................................... 178
4.7 Sensitivity Analysis........................................................................................................................... 180
CHAPTER 5 .............................................................................................................................................. 189
5.1 Conclusion ....................................................................................................................................... 189
5.2 Recommendation ............................................................................................................................. 193
APPENDIX A ............................................................................................................................................. 194
APPENDIX B ............................................................................................................................................. 270
APPENDIX C ............................................................................................................................................. 300
APPENDIX D ............................................................................................................................................. 335
REFERENCES .......................................................................................................................................... 351
iv
List of Figures
Chapter 1
Figure 1-0-1 Luzon Demand-Supply Outlook, 2016-2040 ............................................................................. 5

Figure 1-0-2 Map of Pampanga .................................................................................................................... 6
Figure 1-0-3 Location of PELCO II, Madapdap Office ................................................................................... 7
Figure 1-0-4 PELCO II, Coverage Area ........................................................................................................ 8
Figure 1-0-5 Nearby Transmission Lines .................................................................................................... 13
Figure 1-0-6 Proposed Site ......................................................................................................................... 14
Figure 1-0-7 Nearby Source of Water ......................................................................................................... 14
Figure 1-0-8 Land Use in Proposed Area ................................................................................................... 15
Figure 1-0-9 Protected Areas ...................................................................................................................... 15
Figure 1-0-10 Soil Groups of Pampanga .................................................................................................... 16
Figure 1-0-11 Soil Group Properties (Angeles) ........................................................................................... 17
Figure 1-0-12 Road Access to the Proposed Site ....................................................................................... 17
Figure 1-0-13 Total Land Area of Proposed Site......................................................................................... 18
Figure 1-0-14 Population density ................................................................................................................ 18
Figure 1-0-15 Elevation of the Proposed Site ............................................................................................. 19
Figure 1-0-16 Prospective Location ............................................................................................................ 19
Figure 1-0-17 Nearby Transmission Lines (Coal Power Plant) ................................................................... 22
Figure 1-0-18 Proposed Site for Coal Power Plant ..................................................................................... 23
Figure 1-0-19 Land Use in Proposed Area ................................................................................................. 24
Figure 1-0-20 Protected Areas (Coal Power Plant) ..................................................................................... 24
Figure 1-0-21 Nearby Water Source (Coal Power Plant) ............................................................................ 25
Figure 1-0-22 Accredited Coal Traders ....................................................................................................... 26
Figure 1-0-23 Road Access to the Proposed Site (CPP) ............................................................................ 27
Figure 1-0-24 Railroad Access to the Proposed Site .................................................................................. 28
Figure 1-0-25 Total Land Area of Proposed Site (CPP) .............................................................................. 29
Figure 1-0-26 Population Density in Proposed Site (CPP).......................................................................... 30
Figure 1-0-27 Elevation of Proposed Site for Coal Power Plant.................................................................. 31
Figure 1-0-28 Philippine Potential Photovoltaic Electricity Production Map ................................................ 33
Figure 1-0-29 Pampanga Potential Photovoltaic Electricity Production Map............................................... 33
Figure 1-0-30 Solar Power Plant Site Elevation .......................................................................................... 34
Figure 1-0-31 Solar Power Plant Distance to the Nearest Grid (Google Maps, 2018) ................................ 34
Figure 1-0-32 Solar Power Plant Location (Google Maps, 2018) ............................................................... 35
Figure 1-0-33 Project Development ............................................................................................................ 39
Chapter 2
Figure 2-0-1 Diesel Power Plant ................................................................................................................. 41

Figure 2-0-2 Layout of Diesel Power Plant ................................................................................................. 42
Figure 2-0-3 Diesel Engine ......................................................................................................................... 43
Figure 2-0-4 Diesel Engine Fundamentals .................................................................................................. 44
Figure 2-0-5 Fuel Handling System ............................................................................................................ 45
v
Figure 2-0-6 Exhaust System ..................................................................................................................... 46
Figure 2-0-7 PRIME DM5415-06 ................................................................................................................ 52
Figure 2-0-8 CAT 16CM32C 4-Stroke, 7680 kWe 60Hz ............................................................................. 55
Figure 2-0-9 Dimensions of 16CM32C 4-Stroke, 7680 kWe 60Hz .............................................................. 56
Figure 2-0-10 NX1025P-1 Marley Cooling Tower (Source: SPX Cooling Technologies, 03/2018) ............. 57
Figure 2-0-11 Graco 115V 2.3 GPM Oil Pump ........................................................................................... 59
Figure 2-0-12: Cooling Water Pump ........................................................................................................... 60
Figure 2-0-13 Day Tank .............................................................................................................................. 61
Figure 2-0-14 Coal Handling Plant .............................................................................................................. 64
Figure 2-0-15 Powder Machine Pulverizing Plant ....................................................................................... 65
Figure 2-0-16 Forced Draft Fan .................................................................................................................. 66
Figure 2-0-17 Fire Tube Boiler .................................................................................................................... 67
Figure 2-0-18 Water Tube Boiler ................................................................................................................ 67
Figure 2-0-19 Ash Handling Plant ............................................................................................................... 68
Figure 2-0-20 Steam Turbine ...................................................................................................................... 69
Figure 2-0-21 Water Tube Boiler ................................................................................................................ 69
Figure 2-0-22 Condenser Diagram ............................................................................................................. 70
Figure 2-0-23 Cooling Tower ...................................................................................................................... 71
Figure 2-0-24 Economiser Diagram ............................................................................................................ 71
Figure 2-0-25 Feedwater Heater Diagram .................................................................................................. 72
Figure 2-0-26 Superheater and Reheater Diagram..................................................................................... 72
Figure 2-0-27 Air Preheater Diagram .......................................................................................................... 73
Figure 2-0-28 Coal Fired Power Plant Typical Lay-out ............................................................................... 74
Figure 2-0-29 The Interior Structure of the Sun .......................................................................................... 88
Figure 2-0-30 Peak Sun Hours ................................................................................................................... 89
Figure 2-0-31 The Earth and Sun Movement .............................................................................................. 90
Figure 2-0-32 Solar Declination .................................................................................................................. 90
Figure 2-0-33 Solar radiation at the earth’s surface .................................................................................... 91
Figure 2-0-34 Solar Radiation ..................................................................................................................... 92
Figure 2-0-35 Solar Radiation Geometry .................................................................................................... 92
Figure 2-0-36 Potential PV Electricity Production in Mabalacat, Pampanga ............................................... 93
Figure 2-0-37 Average monthly sunhours in Mabalacat, Pampanga .......................................................... 94
Figure 2-0-38 Annual Peak Sun hours in Mabalacat, Papanga .................................................................. 95
Figure 2-0-39 Grid Connected System ....................................................................................................... 96
Figure 2-0-40 Stand Alone Systems ........................................................................................................... 97
Figure 2-0-41 Stand Alone Hybrid System.................................................................................................. 97
Figure 2-0-42 Photovoltaic Cell ................................................................................................................... 98
Figure 2-0-43 Monocrystalline Solar Panels ............................................................................................... 99
Figure 2-0-44 Polycrystalline Solar Panels ............................................................................................... 100
Figure 2-0-45 Thin-Film Solar Cells .......................................................................................................... 100
Figure 2-0-46 Concentrated PV Cells ....................................................................................................... 101
Figure 2-0-47 String Inverters ................................................................................................................... 102
Figure 2-0-48 Central Inverters ................................................................................................................. 102
Figure 2-0-49 Battery based inverter/ charger .......................................................................................... 103
Figure 2-0-50 Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM).......................................................................................... 104
Figure 2-0-51 Battery ................................................................................................................................ 105
Figure 2-0-52 Helical Pile.......................................................................................................................... 106
vi
Figure 2-0-53 Driven Piles ........................................................................................................................ 106
Figure 2-0-54 Earth Screws ...................................................................................................................... 107
Figure 2-0-55 Bolted Steel Baseplates ..................................................................................................... 107
Figure 2-0-56 Average Sun Peak Hours in the Philippines ....................................................................... 109
Figure 2-0-57 PV Solar Module Arrangement ........................................................................................... 111
Figure 2-0-58 Orientation of the Sun at Minimum Solar Angle .................................................................. 112
Figure 2-0-59 Azimuth Chart ..................................................................................................................... 113
Figure 2-0-60 Breakdown of Cost for a Solar PV Power Plant .................................................................. 114
Chapter 4
Figure 4-0-1 Representation of 1st Arrangement Analysis ........................................................................ 180

Figure 4-0-2 Representation of 2nd Arrangement Analysis........................................................................ 182
Figure 4-0-3 Representation of 3rd Arrangement Analysis ........................................................................ 183
Figure 4-0-4 Representation of 4th Arrangement Analysis ........................................................................ 185
Figure 4-0-7 Representation of All Arrangement Analysis ........................................................................ 188
Chapter 5
Figure 5-0-1 Polycrystalline Solar Panels (Poly-SI) .................................................................................. 189

Figure 5-0-2 CanadianSolar CS3U-360PM............................................................................................... 190
Appendix A
Figure A-0-1 Average Construction Cost of Power Plant .......................................................................... 224

Figure A-0-2 Percentage of Project Cost by Component .......................................................................... 228
Figure A-0-3 Heat Balance ....................................................................................................................... 233
Figure A-0-4 Average Construction Cost of Power Plant .......................................................................... 263
Figure A-0-5 Percentage of Project Cost by Component .......................................................................... 266
Appendix C
Figure C-0-1 Average Sun Peak Hours in the Philippines ........................................................................ 304
Figure C-0-2 Global Address of Mabalacat, Pampanga............................................................................ 305
Figure C-0-3 Orientation of the Sun at Minimum Solar Angle ................................................................... 306
Figure C-0-4 Azimuth Chart ...................................................................................................................... 307
Figure C-0-5 Top View of Tilted Array Showing the Solar Azimuth Correction ......................................... 308
Figure C-0-6 PV Solar Module Arrangement ............................................................................................ 310
Figure C-0-7 Breakdown of Cost for a Solar PV Power Plant ................................................................... 313
Figure C-0-8 Breakdown of Cost for Solar PV Power Plant (Monocrystalline) .......................................... 315
Figure C-0-9 PV Solar Module Arrangement ............................................................................................ 326
Figure C-0-10 Breakdown of Cost for a Solar PV Power Plant ................................................................. 329
Figure C-0-11 Breakdown of Cost for Solar PV Power Plant (Polycrystalline) .......................................... 331
Appendix D
vii
Figure D-0-1 PRIME DM5415-06 .............................................................................................................. 335
Figure D-0-2 CAT 16CM32C 4-Stroke, 7680 kWe 60Hz........................................................................... 339
Figure D-0-3 NX1025P-1 Marley Cooling Tower (Source: SPX Cooling Technologies, 03/2018) ............. 341
Figure D-0-4 Graco 115V 2.3 GPM Oil Pump ........................................................................................... 341
Figure D-0-5 Cooling Water Pump ............................................................................................................ 342
Figure D-0-6 Day Tank ............................................................................................................................. 342
Figure D-0-7 Monocrystalline Manufacturer .............................................................................................. 347
Figure D-8 Polycrystalline Manufacturer ................................................................................................... 349
viii
List of Tables
Chapter 1
Table 1-0-1 Electricity Sales & Consumption by Sector in GWh (2011-2015) ............................................... 2
Table 1-0-2 Grid Peak Demand Forecast, 2016-2040 (in MW) ..................................................................... 3
Table 1-0-3 Electricity Sales and Consumption by Grid, 2011-2015 (in GWh) .............................................. 4
Table 1-0-4 Philippines Required Power System Capacity Addition, 2016 – 2040........................................ 4
Table 1-0-5 Luzon Required Annual Capacity Addition, 2016-2040 .............................................................. 5
Table 1-0-6 PELCO II Fact Sheet.................................................................................................................. 9
Table 1-0-7 Projected Peak Demand of PELCO II (DDP 2016-2040) ......................................................... 11
Chapter 2
Table 2-0-1 Safe Bearing Pressure of Soils ................................................................................................ 50
Table 2-0-2 Classification of Concrete, (Engineers, Philippine Mechanical Code, 2013) ............................ 50
Table 2-0-3 Properties of Cementing Materials ........................................................................................... 50
Table 2-0-4 PRIME 4840 ekW 6050 kVA 8 Factory Installed Standard & Optional Equipment ................... 53
Table 2-0-5 Specifications of PRIME 4840 ekW 6050 kVA ......................................................................... 53
Table 2-0-6 Technical Data of PRIME 4840 ekW 6050 kVA ....................................................................... 54
Table 2-0-7 Engine Specifications of 16CM32C 4-Stroke, 7680 kWe 60Hz ................................................ 55
Table 2-0-8 Technical Data of 16CM32C 4-Stroke, 7680 kWe 60Hz .......................................................... 55
Table 2-0-9 Schematic Data of NX1025P-1 (Source: SPX Cooling Technologies, 03/2018) ...................... 58
Table 2-0-10 Summary of Specifications for NX1025P-1 Marley C.T.......................................................... 58
Table 2-0-11 Oil Pump Specifications ......................................................................................................... 59
Table 2-0-12 Technical Data for Cooling Water Pump ................................................................................ 60
Table 2-0-13 Technical Data for Cooling Water Pump ................................................................................ 60
Table 2-0-14 Technical Specifications of Day Tank .................................................................................... 61
Table 2-0-15 Technical Specifications of Day Tank .................................................................................... 61
Table 2-0-16.Boiler Parameters .................................................................................................................. 81
Table 2-0-17 Steam Turbine Parameters .................................................................................................... 82
Table 2-0-18 Cooling Tower Parameters .................................................................................................... 83
Table 2-0-19 Steam Turbine Parameters .................................................................................................... 84
Table 2-0-20 Cooling Tower Parameters .................................................................................................... 84
Table 2-0-21 Solar Parameters for sizing the PV Solar Power Plant ......................................................... 108
Table 2-0-22 Solar PV Plant O&M Cost Estimate ..................................................................................... 115
Table 2-0-23 PELCO II Generation System Charge.................................................................................. 116
Table 2-0-24 Feed-in-Tariff for Renewable Power Plant in the Philippines ............................................... 116
Table 2-0-25 Electrical Properties (STC)................................................................................................... 118
Table 2-0-26 Platform Electrical Properties (STC) .................................................................................... 119
Table 2-0-27 Inverter Electrical Properties ................................................................................................ 120
Chapter 3
Table 3-0-1 Summary of Design Calculation for Design Alternative 1-Option 1 ........................................ 121
ix
Chapter 4
Table 4-0-1 Pairwise Comparison of Criteria for constraints ..................................................................... 167
Table 4-0-2 Threshold Limit Values for Noise Exposure ........................................................................... 168
Table 4-0-3 Rating Description .................................................................................................................. 169
Table 4-0-4 Scoring Basis for Constraints and Trade-Offs ........................................................................ 170
Table 4-0-5 Design Options Rating Acquisition for Land Usage................................................................ 171
Table 4-0-6 Numerical Rating Result Based on Rating Acquisition ........................................................... 172
Table 4-0-7 Design Options Rating Acquisition for Water Consumption ................................................... 172
Table 4-0-8 Numerical Rating Result Based on Rating Acquisition ........................................................... 172
Table 4-0-9 Design Options Rating Acquisition for Particulate Matter ....................................................... 173
Table 4-0-10 Numerical Rating Result Based on Rating Acquisition ......................................................... 173
Table 4-0-11 Design Options Rating Acquisition for Capital Cost ............................................................. 174
Table 4-0-13 Design Options Rating Acquisition for Operation & Maintenance Cost ................................ 175
Table 4-0-15 Design Options Rating Acquisition for Return of Investment ................................................ 175
Table 4-0-16.Numerical Rating Result Based on Rating Acquisition ......................................................... 176
Table 4-0-17 Design Options Rating Acquisition for Noise Emission ........................................................ 176
Table 4-0-19 Environmental Constraints ................................................................................................... 177
Table 4-0-20 Economical Constraints ....................................................................................................... 177
Table 4-0-21 Health and Safety Constraints ............................................................................................. 178
Table 4-0-22 Scoring of Trade-offs and Constraints.................................................................................. 179
Table 4-0-23 Ranking of Design Options .................................................................................................. 179
Table 4-0-24 Basis of Sensitivity Analysis Arrangement ........................................................................... 180
Table 4-35 Summary of Data .................................................................................................................... 188
Chapter 5
Table 5-0-1 Platform Electrical Properties (STC) ...................................................................................... 191
Appendix A
Table A-0-1 Density of Diesel Fuel Used (Philippine Mechanical Code 2008 Edition) .............................. 203
Table A-0-2 Day tank Specifications ......................................................................................................... 206
Table A-0-3 Schematic Data of NX1025P-1 (Source: SPX Cooling Technologies, 03/2018) .................... 209
Table A-0-4 Properties of Diesel CJ-4....................................................................................................... 210
Table A-0-5 SBC of Different Types of Soil ............................................................................................... 219
x
Table A-0-6. Classifications of Concrete ................................................................................................... 220
Table A-0-7 Properties of Cementing Materials ........................................................................................ 221
Table A-0-8 Machine Foundation Summary of Data ................................................................................ 224
Table A-0-9 Machine Foundation Dimensions ......................................................................................... 224
Table A-0-10 Dollar to Phil. Peso Exchange Rate..................................................................................... 225
Table A-0-11 Load Weighted Average Prices ........................................................................................... 230
Table A-0-12 Density of Diesel Fuel Used (Philippine Mechanical Code 2008 Edition) ........................... 241
Table A-0-13 Day tank Specifications ....................................................................................................... 244
Table A-0-14 Schematic Data of NX1025P-1 (Source: SPX Cooling Technologies, 03/2018) .................. 247
Table A-0-15 Properties of Diesel CJ-4..................................................................................................... 249
Table A-0-16 SBC of Different Types of Soil ............................................................................................. 257
Table A-0-17 Classifications of Concrete .................................................................................................. 258
Table A-0-18 Properties of Cementing Materials ...................................................................................... 259
Table A-0-19 Machine Foundation Summary of Data ............................................................................... 262
Table A-0-20 Machine Foundation Dimensions ........................................................................................ 262
Table A-0-21 Dollar to Phil. Peso Exchange Rate..................................................................................... 263
Table A-0-22 Load Weighted Average Prices ........................................................................................... 268
Appendix B
Table B-0-1 Coal Chemistry ...................................................................................................................... 270
Table B-0-2 Soil Bearing Capacities ......................................................................................................... 295
Table B-0-3 Conversion of Dollar to Peso ................................................................................................. 299
Appendix C
Table C-0-1 USD to PHP Exchange Rate ................................................................................................. 311
Table C-0-2 PV Plant O&M Cost Estimates .............................................................................................. 315
Table C-0-3 PELCO II Breakdown of Generation Charge ......................................................................... 316
Table C-0-4 Feed-In Tariff for Renewable Energy Power Plant in the Philippines .................................... 317
Table C-0-5 USD to PHP Exchange Rate ................................................................................................. 327
Table C-0-6 PV Plant O&M Cost Estimates .............................................................................................. 331
Table C-0-7 PELCO II Breakdown of Generation Charge ......................................................................... 332
Table C-0-8 Feed-In Tariff for Renewable Energy Power Plant in the Philippines .................................... 333
Appendix D
Table D-0-1 PRIME 4840 ekW 6050 kVA 8 Factory Installed Standard & Optional Equipment ................ 336
Table D-0-2 Specifications of PRIME 4840 ekW 6050 kVA ...................................................................... 337
Table D-0-3 Technical Data of PRIME 4840 ekW 6050 kVA ..................................................................... 337
Table D-0-4 Engine Specifications of 16CM32C 4-Stroke, 7680 kWe 60Hz ............................................. 339
Table D-0-5 Technical Data of 16CM32C 4-Stroke, 7680 kWe 60Hz........................................................ 339
Table D-0-6 Oil Pump Specifications......................................................................................................... 341
Table D-0-7 Steam Turbine Parameters ................................................................................................... 343
Table D-0-8 Cooling Tower Parameter...................................................................................................... 344
Table D-0-9 Steam Turbine Parameters ................................................................................................... 345
Table D-0-10 Cooling Tower Parameters .................................................................................................. 346
xi
CHAPTER 1
PROJECT BACKGROUND
1.1 Introduction
Power Generation is the process of converting one form of energy to electric energy or power which is then
transported and used by the consumers. Power is generated through a system which is applied in power
plant. Power plants are industrial facilities where power is generated through different sources of energy
based on the type of the power plant. Power plants uses the resources that is produced by nature some are
finite sources of energy such as coal and oil, but some are renewable such as the energy coming from the
sun and from the tides and the energy from the wind. Power plants are commonly preferred to be situated in
sub-urban regions in which there is a large demand yet has a scarcity in supply, these power plants require
vast area of land masses and a water sources for their usage.
Thermal power plants are the most common power plant in the Philippines. Thermal power plants are power
plants which utilizes heat energy in generating power, heat energy that comes from steam which came from
heating the water using different types of solid and liquid fuels. In thermal power plant the turbine is commonly
steam driven, which means that the turbine is rotates with the help of the pressure of the steam and this
turbine rotates the shaft that is coupled to the shaft of the generator which then produces electric energy and
then the voltage is raised in order to lessen the losses when the power is transported to the end users. (DOE,
2018)
Our country, the Philippines has so much potential sources of energy whether it is renewable of non-
renewable, since the Philippines in an archipelago there are many island and bodies of water in which energy
can be used to become power. We also have enough sources of coal and oil that can be used in thermal
power plants to produce power.
Nowadays, one of the biggest threats in the power industry is the depletion of non-renewable resources such
as coal and oil. Currently the globally used oil in fossil fuels is over 11 billion tons and crude oil reserves are
depleting at the rate of 4 billion tons a year if this rate will be constant and without the growth of population
considered our reserves will only last up to 2052. This is why renewable resources such as solar energy are
being explored and used as a source of power. (Ecotricity, 2017)
1.2 Background of the Study
The depletion of energy resources has become one of the major problems that our world is facing. This major
problem can affect the economy of a country, since the health of economy depends on energy on a critical
way, nowadays economic policies can no longer be made without considering the effects and impact on
energy problems and policies concerning energies can no longer be made without regard to its impact
economic crisis. Depletion of energy resources as a problem along the increasing demand in power as
technologies advance is becoming a problem for our country that needs solution. The increasing demand in
power becomes a problem because the power being supplied is insufficient, a possible solution for this
upcoming problem in our country is to develop more power generating facilities in order to meet the demand
and adapt to the needs of our growing country.
1
In the published 2016-2040 Power Development Plan by Department of Energy are information that includes
the total number of metered customers, energy sales, energy purchased and the peak demand. These are
necessary information that will be a factor in locating a site for a power plant. According to the 2016-2040
Power Development Plan that despite the country’s recent global risks and uncertainties due to natural
calamities such as earthquakes and strong typhoons such as Sendong (2011), Pablo (2012) and Yolanda
(2013), the power consumption of Filipinos still grew by 19.14% from 69,176 GWh in 2011 to 82,413 GWh in
2015 with an annual average growth rate (AAGR) of 4.49%. This growth in power consumption is said to be
the effect of the impressive growth in our economy driven by advancements in industrial and agricultural
sectors.
The total power consumption is the combine power consumption of each sectors which are residential,
commercial and industrial. The power consumption of these sectors remained stable during 2010-2015. The
largest share of power consumption came from the residential and industrial sector with 27.23% and 27.60
%, respectively. Meanwhile the miscellaneous power consumption came from public buildings, street lights,
irrigation and other classified constitute has the smallest share of 2.56%. The share of “own-use”
consumption from power plants and other distribution utilities (DU’s) and accounted power losses are
maintained at an average share of 8 and 10 percent, respectively.
Table 1-0-1 Electricity Sales & Consumption by Sector in GWh (2011-2015)
Electric consumption and sales can also be presented on a per grid basis. Luzon is our country’s center for
commerce, business activities, major economic developments and industrial advancements sustained its
major share in electric consumption at 73.99% followed by Visayas and Mindanao with 13.60% and 12.42%,
respectively. The annual average growth rate for the three grids moved at the same pace at 4-5% range. In
the projection of DOE, by 2040 the peak demand is expected to increase four times from 12,213 MW in 2015
to 49,287 MW in 2040 if high GDP growth scenario is considered.
An increasing peak demand for a country means that its economy is growing since there are many people
who gains access of electric power, but as the peak demand for a country increases the supply must increase
2
as well, because if the demand increase and the supply remains constant the price of electricity will increase,
and it greatly affect our economy. Increasing the installed capacity is a good economic indication that our
power sector is improving to adapt to the increasing demand of the country. Based on the actual data from
2010-2015, the country’s total installed capacity grew by 16.10% from 16,162 MW in 2011 to 18,765 MW in
2015 with an annual average growth rate of 3.81%. This large growth in supply is the product of newly
installed power plants. These newly installed power plants are mostly coal-fired power plants. Also, there are
newly install RE powerplants such as geothermal, hydroelectric and biomass that grew significantly at the
end of 2015.
Table 1-0-2 Grid Peak Demand Forecast, 2016-2040 (in MW)
3
Table 1-0-3 Electricity Sales and Consumption by Grid, 2011-2015 (in GWh)
In determining the annual surplus or deficit per type of plant operation, the peak demand forecast, and reserve
requirement is used. According to the DOE’s 2016-2040 Power Development Plan in order to achieve the
projected power demand including reserve requirement, our country needs a power system capacity addition
of 43, 765 MW by 2041, broken down as follows: 25,265 MW for baseload, 14,500 MW for mid-merit and
4,000 MW for peaking.
Table 1-0-4 Philippines Required Power System Capacity Addition, 2016 – 2040
4
According to the 2016-2040 Power Development Plan, Luzon grid’s projected peak demand by 2040 is
expected to triple from 9,726 MW in 2016 to 29,852 MW by 2040. With this projected peak demand, Luzon
grid will be needing an additional 13,635 MW of baseload capacity, 8,300 MW of mid-merit capacity and
2,450 MW peaking capacity which is a total of 24,385 MW capacity. Considering the available capacity and
the committed capacity up to 2020, Luzon will start to need additional capacity by 2023.
Figure 1-0-1 Luzon Demand-Supply Outlook, 2016-2040
Table 1-0-5 Luzon Required Annual Capacity Addition, 2016-2040
5
1.3 Topography
Pampanga
Pampanga is located in the central part of Region III. It is bounded on the north of Tarlac and Nueva Ecija,
on the east by Bulacan, southwest by Bataan and west by Zambales. Its terrain is relatively flat with only one
distinct mountain, Mount Arayat standing at 1,026 meters (3,366 ft.) high and is an inactive basaltic volcano.
Its land area is 2,180.68 sq. kms. Its terrain is relatively flat with only one distinct mountain, the Mt. Arayat.
Among its municipalities, Porac has the largest land area with 343 sq. km.; Candaba comes next with 208.7
sq. km.; Lubao is the third largest with 155.77 sq. km. Generally, Pampanga has two seasons; type C and D
the dry season starts from November to April on the other hand the wet season starts from May to October.
Figure 1-0-2 Map of Pampanga

(Source: Google Map, 2018)
The province is divided into 4 congressional districts. It is composed of 19 municipalities, namely; Apalit,
Arayat, Bacolor, Candaba, Floridablanca, Guagua, Lubao, Macabebe, Magalang, Masantol, Mexico, Minalin,
Porac, San Luis, San Simon, Santa Ana, Santa Rita, Santo Tomas, and Sasmuan. There are 3 cities and
538 barangays. The City of San Fernando is the capital of the province and serves as the government seat
of Central Luzon.
6
1.4 Electric Cooperative
Pampanga II Electric Cooperative, Inc. or commonly know with its acronym as “PELCO II” is one of the 14
electric cooperatives in Region III and was registered and incorporated on April 23, 1979 and the date of its
first energization is November 15, 1979. PELCO II energizes a total of 175 barangays which are part of the
municipalities of Bacolor, Guagua, Sasmuan, Lubao, Sta. Rita, Porac and Mabalacat City. Today PELCO II
has enhanced its facilities in order to adapt to the increasing demand in power, now it has six (6) substations
with twelve (12) area offices to ensure easier access and better customer service.
Figure 1-0-3 Location of PELCO II, Madapdap Office

(Source: Google Map, 2018)
7
Figure 1-0-4 PELCO II, Coverage Area
(Source: pelco2.com)
1.4.1. PELCO II FACT SHEET
PAMPANGA II ELECTRIC COOPERATIVE, INC.
PELCO II COMPANY LOGO
Pampanga II Electric Cooperative, Inc. (PELCO II) is one of 14 electric cooperatives in Region III
and was registered and incorporated on April 23, 1979 and the date of its first energization is
November 15, 1979.
Pampanga II Electric Cooperative, Inc.

San Roque, Guagua. Pampanga
Tel No (045) 910611; 9002650; 9000689
Fax No (045) 9010534; 9000092
8
Table 1-0-6 PELCO II Fact Sheet
As of March, 31,2018
General Manager Mr. Amador T. Guevarra
Board President Mr. Francis Virgilio M. Ocampo
No. of Years in Existence 39
2017 Overall Performance Rating N/A
2017 Size Classification Mega Large
Coverage Area 7
Potential Connections 184,000
Served 172,101
% Accomplished 94%
Total Barangays 175
Energized 175
Unenergized -
% Accomplished 100%
Number of Employees 510
Connection/Employee 337
Average Systems Rate (Php/kWh) 7.98
Average Power Rate (Php/kWh) 5.95
Unbundled Rate for Residential Customers 8.2873
Operating Revenue (Php) 848,829,151
Power Cost 773,730,599
Non-Power Cost 108,042,680
Net Margin/(Loss) (35,702,618)
Total Outstanding Loans – NEA (Php ‘000) -
Total Subsidy Releases 183,281
Collection Efficiency 99%
NEA Amortization Payment
Status of Payment -
Repayment Rate -
Power Accounts Payable
NGCP Current
GENCO Res-Arrears
kWh Purchased 130,032,020
kWh Sold 114,992,513
System Loss 11.45%
Peak Load (kW) 91,937
Load Factor 64.58%
Circuit kms. of Line (As of December 2017) 2,519
Consumer Density/Circuit km. of Lines 68
Ave. Residential Sales in kWh 167
Sub-Station Capacity (kVA) 115,000
SAIDI (As of December 2017) 1,621.34
SAIFI (As of December 2017) 10.20
9
The Project
The proponents investigated locations that has a large potential for a power plant and at the same time has
a large demand for power. We looked for a location and an electric cooperative in Region III which is a part
of Luzon grid, which means it has a large demand of power as stated in DOE’s Power Development Plan
that the Luzon’s grid has a high projected peak demand because it has a high annual average growth rate of
4%-5% range. We chose the electric cooperative, PELCO II which stands for Pampanga II Electric
Cooperative, Inc. it is one of 14 electric cooperatives in Region III and was registered and incorporated on
April 23, 1979 and the date of its first energization is November 15, 1979. PELCO II energizes seven (7)
municipalities and a total of 175 barangays as consumers. The proponents chose Pampanga as the location
of the three proposed power plant designs, namely: Diesel, Coal and Solar Power Plants, the power
generated by the power plants will be delivered to PELCO II and to be distributed to the consumers.
In designing a power plant, one of the most important factors is determining the capacity of the power plant.
The proponents used the 2016-2040 Distribution Development Plan (DDP) that is published by Department
of Energy (DOE) as a reference for the computation of the capacity of the power plant. The actual peak load
in 2015 that was used in the computations was gathered from the 2016-2040 DDP and the projected annual
peak load from the DDP is used as a reference for the computed projection. The proponents used exponential
growth method in continuing the projection. According to the PELCO II Fact Sheet from National
Electrification Administration (EC) Fact Sheet, PELCO II reached a peak load of 91.937 MW as of March
31,2018. The proponents continued the projection up to 2027 considering the time needed to thoroughly
plan, design and operate the power plant. The exponential growth method is applicable in this projection
since the rate of change is the change per unit of time of the value of a mathematical function is proportional
to the function’s current value, the value of the result at any time being an exponential function of time and
the value of time is annually.
Using the values of the projected annual peak demand from the 2016-2040 DDP and subtracting it by the
latest record of the supply load of PELCO II, with this the additional power needed to adapt to the increasing
demand for the coming year can be determined. Hence, determining the needed power of the area covered
by PELCO II.
1.4.2. Determining the Design Capacity of the Power Plant
In the determination of the design capacity of the power plant the proponents used the existing projections
that were published by the Department of Energy (DOE) in the 2016-2040 Distribution Development Plan for
the electric cooperative, PELCO II. The proponents decided to use the existing data up to the year 2022,
considering the factor of how long the construction of the power plant occurs and how it can help the prospect
location with its growing peak demand.
10
Table 1-0-7 Projected Peak Demand of PELCO II (DDP 2016-2040)
Year Projected Peak Demand (MW)

2015 76.31
2016 85.33
2017 88.18
2018 94.07
2019 100.1
2020 106.22
2021 112.38
2022 118.55
2023 124.71
2024 130.85
2025 136.96
Computing for the capacity of power plant:
𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝑁𝑒𝑒𝑑𝑒𝑑 = 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑃𝑒𝑎𝑘 𝐷𝑒𝑚𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑏𝑦 2022 − 𝐴𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝑃𝑒𝑎𝑘 𝐿𝑜𝑎𝑑
Where,
Actual Peak Load = 91.937 MW;

(Based on the data from National Electrification Administration Fact Sheet of PELCO II as of March
2018)
Projected Peak Demand by 2022 = 118.55 MW
Thus,
𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝑁𝑒𝑒𝑑𝑒𝑑 = 118.55 𝑀𝑊 − 91.937 𝑀𝑊
𝑷𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝑵𝒆𝒆𝒅𝒆𝒅 = 𝟐𝟔. 𝟔𝟏𝟑 𝑴𝑾
The proponents decided for a 27 MW design capacity. This is based on the power needed that was computed
referenced to the projected annual peak demand up to year 2022. The proponents opted for a 27 MW design
capacity, because the proponents believe that designing a 27 MW power plant is a huge help on adapting to
the increasing demand in power. The ideal design of the power plants is to secure that there will be a enough
supply of power and to maintain the distribution of power to the consumers. The proponents estimated the
design capacity considering the factors of population growth rate which also can be applied in the calculation
of the projected annual peak demand.
11
1.5 Site Selection
1.5.1 Diesel Power Plant
Can be called standby power station is the plant that uses diesel engine as a prime mover or combine a
diesel engine with an electric generator to produce electrical energy by mainly using diesel for its fuel or
natural gas. There are different things to consider in selecting a location for each type of power plant so
that a maximum of return will result from minimum of expenditure. The following are considered in choosing
the appropriate location for diesel power plant.
Factors Considered in Site Selection:
1. Distance from Load Center - As far as possible when erecting powerplant the availability or the
distance of load center should be considered to reduce transmission & distribution cost of electrical
energy.
2. Availability of Land - For erection of diesel power plant, land should be available near to load
center at low cost.
3. Availability of Water - The soft water is freely available for cooling.
4. Foundations - Foundation will be crucial when calamity of production constrains are to consider.
Knowing that diesel engines will produce vibration during production, foundation will be a main factor
in sustaining the plant life and safety.
5. Fuel Transportation - Availability of road or transportation will be one indication of profit in terms
of transporting fuel to run the plant.
6. Local Conditions - For increasing the demand of power & future expansion space available.
7. Noise Pollution - The plant should away from populated areas, because it produces noise due to
the noise of the engine specially for 24/7 production time.
12
1. Distance to Load Center:
Figure 1-0-5 Nearby Transmission Lines

(Source: RED-E, 2018)
The figure above shows the nearby transmission line of the proposed site for the diesel power plant. As
shown in figure 1.5 there is one existing transmission line with 230 kV capacity. The nearer the transmission
lines to the proposed site and to the load center the lesser the transmission and distribution cost of electrical
charges and power losses as electric power is distributed. A higher voltage capacity for the transmission line
is preferred because the higher the voltage can be transformed from the powerplant
13
2. Availability of Land:
Figure 1-0-6 Proposed Site

As shown in Figure 1.6. is the area of the proposed site for the diesel power plant. Since the province of
Pampanga is a part of the great plain extending from Manila Bay north of the gulf of Lingayen, Pangasinan,
the most of its land area is only a few meters above sea level. Pampanga is classified chiefly as an agricultural
province since it devotes its natural resources of vast and fertile land in rice production and other high value
commercial crops. Pampanga having a total land area of 218,068 hectares, 138,707 hectares or 63.61% of
the total land is devoted to agricultural production while 33,909 hectares shares barren/open and built-up
areas open for building of facilities that will help improve the province of Pampanga. (PGP 2017)
3. Availability of Water
Figure 1-0-7 Nearby Source of Water

The proposed site is near the Pasig-Potrero River which can be used as a primary source of water to be
supplied whenever needed in the power plant.
4. Foundations:
14
Figure 1-0-8 Land Use in Proposed Area
Using the feature of RED-E maps, the proponents were able to determine the land uses in Pampanga, the
proposed site is a part of the 33,909 hectares that are barren/open or used for built-up area. According to the
Provincial Government of Pampanga’s Management Information System Office, that the soils of Pampanga
are generally silt loam to clay. Pampanga’s surface soils are composed of 54% sand, 21% silt and 25% clay.
In designing a diesel power plant one of the important factors is a good machine foundation since diesel
engines or machines produces vibrations. (PGP 2017)
Figure 1-0-9 Protected Areas

According to the renewable energy data explorer map, the proposed site is not within a protected area which
is a dedicated space for conservation of ecosystem. With this information the proponents will not topple the
balance in the ecosystem if the powerplant will be erected in the proposed site.
15
Type of Soil
There are 10 soil groups in Pampanga, namely, Arayat (Ayt), Prensa (Pr), Angeles (Ang), La Paz (Lp), Bantog
(Btg), Bigaa (Bga), Quingua (Qga), San Fernando (Sfo), Buenavista (Bta), Candaba (Cd). Porac is a part of
the Angeles (Ang) soil group which is mostly sand.
Figure 1-0-10 Soil Groups of Pampanga
16
Figure 1-0-11 Soil Group Properties (Angeles)
(Source: Philippine Rice Research Institute)
5. Fuel Transportation:
Figure 1-0-12 Road Access to the Proposed Site

(Google Maps, 2018)
Figure 1.10 shows the road access to the proposed site, since the proposed site is not near to any fuel
sources. Hence, the fuel supply of the power plant depends on its accessibility because of the routes of
transportation is considered for the delivery from fuel supplier.
17
6. Local Conditions:
Figure 1-0-13 Total Land Area of Proposed Site

(Google Maps, 2018)
Figure 1.11 shows the total land area of the proposed site. It has a total area of 66,437.94 m2. The figure
above shows that the proposed site is capable of expansion when a need or an opportunity of improvements.
7. Noise Pollution
Figure 1-0-14 Population density

In the figure above, it is shown that there are 0 population on the proposed site and a range of 0-0.34 people
per 90 sq.m on the upper part and a range of 0.34-0.85 people per 90 sq.m in the lower side of the proposed
site. This information shows that it is possible to erect a diesel power plant in the proposed site since the
area has a low range of population density.
18
Figure 1-0-15 Elevation of the Proposed Site
The figure above shows the elevation of the proposed site according to the RED-E map. As shown in the
figure it is know that the elevation of the proposed area is 58m.
Prospective Location:
Figure 0-16 Prospective Location

(Source: Google Maps, 2018)
19
Location Latitude Longitude
Mitla, Porac, Pampanga 120.582215 15.071793
As shown in figure 1.14 is the prospective location as seen in a virtual map. Mitla Proper is a barangay
situated in the municipality of Porac, in the province of Pampanga. As per Census 2015 it is determined that
the population in Mitla is 641 which is 0.52% of the total population of Porac. (PhilAtlas, 2015). The
proponents believe that this proposed site is suitable area for the design, based on the information shown in
the site selection.
20
1.5.2. Coal-fired Power Plant
Coal-fired power plant requires a location with huge available land for the storing of coal for combustion and
storing of the ashes at disposal. Selection of site for thermal power plant is vital for its overall efficiency during
its entire period of operation. The following are considered in choosing the appropriate location.
(Sambasivarao, Kavin Raj, Deepika Dua, 2014)
Factors to consider in Site Selection:
1. Nearness to Load Centers - Transmission and distribution are cheaper when the site is near the
load centers.
2. Availability of Land - The storages of coal, ashes and water reservoir require huge land for the
plant to operate efficiently.
3. Availability of Water - Water is used mainly for cooling purposes.
4. Supply of Fuel -The fuel for any thermal plant must be readily available for the power plant to operate
efficiently. A disruption to the supply line would cause the power plant to stop operating for a while.
5. Transportation Facilities - The structure must be accessible by road or rail for the transportation of
fuel, construction materials, laborers and others.
6. Geology and Soil Type - Location of the site must not affect the ecologically sensitive areas.
7. Distance from Populated Areas - Location of the site are avoided in the vicinity of places of
archaeological, historical, cultural/religious/tourist importance and defense installations.
1. Nearness to Load Centers:
21
Figure 1-0-17 Nearby Transmission Lines (Coal Power Plant)
Based on the figure above, the proposed site for the coal-fired power plant has 3 transmission lines near to
it. The transmission lines have two 230 kV capacity and one 69kV capacity. This would significantly reduce
the cost for transmitting and distributing of electricity produced.
22
2. Availability of Land:
Figure 1-0-18 Proposed Site for Coal Power Plant

The figure 1.15 shows the proposed site for coal-fired power plant. Bacolor, Pampanga has a total land area
of 4,827 hectares (48.27 square kilometers). Land area is composed of 1,800 hectares agricultural, 281.62
hectares residential, 43 hectares are rivers, roads, utilities, idle, open and marsh land. Most of the land in
Pampanga are used in agriculture. Some lands in Bacolor are open and barren, ideal for the proposed site
of coal-fired power plant. (Bacolor, Pampanga Government 2017)
23
Figure 1-0-19 Land Use in Proposed Area
In the figure above, the proposed site has barren/open. It is better to transform these barren or unused
lands for the economic purposes.
Figure 1-0-20 Protected Areas (Coal Power Plant)

24
From figure 1.18, the proposed site is also not within protected areas which are dedicated for the conservation
of the ecosystem.
3. Availability of Water
Figure 1-0-21 Nearby Water Source (Coal Power Plant)

The proposed site is near the Pasig-Potrero River which can be used as the primary source of water for
cooling purposes in the coal-fired power plant.
25
4. Supply of Fuel
Figure 1-0-22 Accredited Coal Traders
26
From the list of Accredited Coal Traders made by the DOE, the three nearest coal traders are in Valenzuela
and in Bulacan having 2 coal traders and 1 coal trader, respectively. The distance between the coal traders
and the proposed site is less than 60km.
5. Transportation
Figure 1-0-23 Road Access to the Proposed Site (CPP)

Based on RED-E the proposed location has road possible for the entry of trunk, tertiary, secondary and
primary vehicle, making it possible to transfer goods and materials needed for the coal-fired power plant.
Accessible proposed site is necessary for the transportation of fuel, construction materials, laborers and
others which are important in constructing, operating and maintaining a power plant.
27
Figure 1-0-24 Railroad Access to the Proposed Site
For future development having a railway near the site can be an asset for the transportation of coal.
28
6. Local condition
Figure 1-0-25 Total Land Area of Proposed Site (CPP)

As shown on the figure 1.21 the total available area for the proposed site is 115,246.67 sq.m. Future
expansion is possible on the opposite side of the road.
29
7. Noise Pollution
Figure 1-0-26 Population Density in Proposed Site (CPP)

As shown in the figure above, there is a range of 0-0.34 people per 90 sq.m around the proposed site The
proposed site will have few numbers of people in the area that could be affected by the noise produced by
the power plant. They may be relocated farther if necessary.
30
Figure 1-0-27 Elevation of Proposed Site for Coal Power Plant
Based in the RED-E map the elevation of the proposed site is 28m and have a 0.46 percent slope.
Perspective Location:

San Antonio, Bacolor,
15.032269 120.629902
Pampanga
Bacolor is a municipality located in the province of Pampanga, Bacolor is divided into 21 barangays. The
proposed site is located at Barangay San Antonio. Based on the Philippine Statistics Authority 2015 Census
the population of Bacolor is 39,460. Bacolor is within the coverage area of the following electric cooperatives;
Pampanga Electric Cooperative II (PELCO II), San Fernando Electric Lights and Power Corporation
(SFELAPCO) and Angeles Electric Company (APEC). The no. of household covered by Pampanga Electric
Cooperative II is totaled at 2,288 households.
31
1.5.3. Solar Power Plant
A photovoltaic system (PV system) converts sunlight into electrical current with the help of solar cells. PV
systems consist of solar cells, inverters and a substructure with which the solar cells are mounted on the
roof surface. Concentrated solar power systems use lenses, mirrors, and tracking systems to focus a large
area of sunlight into a small beam. As soon as sunlight hits the solar cells, a direct current is created in the
silicon wafers of the cell. Base on the picture below using NREL, Pampanga can be a potential location to
harvest solar energy
Factors Considered in Site Selection:
1. Availability of Solar Radiation - The selected location must have a sufficient amount of solar
radiation to attain the desired amount of power to be produced.
2. Large and Flat Area of Land - Land area will be big reconsideration in selecting the location of
the power plant. Solar panels require a large and flat area of land where solar pane
l be placed on.
3. Distance from existing Substation - Power plant are often located distant from the urban area
and is transmitted long distances through power lines. Although the resistance of a short length of
power line is relatively low, over a long distance the resistance can become substantial which may
cause losses.
4. Accessibility from national highway - For future development the site should be located or
accessible to road for repair and maintenance purposes.
32
Figure 0-28 Philippine Potential Photovoltaic Electricity Production Map
(Source: NREL Data)
The figure above shows the overall potential location for solar power plant in the Philippines that has a
higher photovoltaic electricity production with the highest value ranging from4.09 to 4.54 kWh/ kWp
Figure 0-29 Pampanga Potential Photovoltaic Electricity Production Map

(Source: NREL Data)
The figure above shows an enlarge view of the potential photovoltaic electricity production at Pampanga.
33
Figure 1-0-30 Solar Power Plant Site Elevation
(Source: en-ph.topographic-map.com)
The range on topographic location of Pampanga is around 18-60m above sea level. Making the area
possible for a Solar Power Plant to be built in that area.
Figure 1-0-31 Solar Power Plant Distance to the Nearest Grid

(Google Maps, 2018)
34
The figure above shows the approximate distance of 7.5 km and time of 21 minutes to the prospective location
for Solar Power Plant located in Atlu-Bola, Mabalacat, Pampanga to the nearest Grid of PELCO II at Mabalacat
Branch.
Prospective Location:
Figure 0-32 Solar Power Plant Location

(Google Maps, 2018)

Mawaque, Mabalacat,
15.2244 120.6026
Pampanga
Mabalacat is a class city in the province of Pampanga, Philippines. According to 2015 census the said city
has 250,799 people. Mabalacat is Politically subdivided into 27 barangays: Atlu-Bola, Bical, Bundagal,
Cacutud, Calumpang, Camachiles, Dapdap, Dau, Dolores, Duquit, Lakandula, Mabiga, Macapagal Village,
Mamatitang, Mangalit, Marcos Village, Mawaque, Paralayunan, Poblacion, San Francisco, San Joaquin,
Sanra Ines, Santa Maria, Santo Rosario, Sapang Balen, Sapang Biabas and Tabun. The proposed location
for the Solar Power Plant is at Barangay Atlu-Bola, Mabalacat, Pampanga.
35
1.5 Project Objectives
1.5.1 General Objectives
The proponents aim to design and select the appropriate power plant to be erected in Pampanga with a
capacity of 27 MW that can help Pampanga to adapt to future power demands by 2022.
1.5.2 Specific Objectives
• To design a total of three (3) alternative power plants, namely; Diesel Power Plant, Coal-Fired Power
Plant and Solar Power Plant with two (2) options each.
• To analyze and assess the three (3) mentioned alternative power plants with accordance to the
Codes and Standards for power plant design.
• To decide on which of the best options among the alternative power plants and options are best
suited and efficient for the province of Pampanga using constraints and trade-offs.
1.5.3 The Client
The proponents chose Pampanga II Electric Cooperative, Inc (PELCO II) as main beneficiary of the proposed
power plant designs.
Pampanga II Electric Cooperative, Inc (PELCO II) covers 6 municipalities and 1 city namely;
• Bacolor
• Guagua
• Sasmuan
• Lubao
• Sta. Rita
• Porac
Covered City:
• Mabalacat City
1.6 Project Scope and Delimitations
As stated in the general objective, the project aims to design three (3) alternative power plans, namely: Diesel,
Coal-Fired and Solar Power Plant on the proposed sites in the province of Pampanga. The factors considered
in the selection of the proposed sites for each alternative power plants were provided. The proponents of the
projects will only focus on designing the necessary components of the power plant. Therefore, the detailed
layout of each power plant will not be presented, and other minor auxiliaries and accessories of the power
plant will be neglected.
36
The three (3) proposed alternative power plant has two (2) options each. The option will be evaluated and
tested using computations and design constraint and trade-offs. The result of the computation, constraints
and trade-offs will be used as a reference in selecting the best suited power plant for the selected site and
only one (1) among the six (6) design options will be chosen and will become the main power plant.
The design capacity of the power plant and will become the power supply, was based only on the
computations of the projected power deficiency in 2027 using exponential growth method and the actual
value for the annual peak demand presented in the DDP 2016-2040 by the Department of Energy and the
PELCO II Fact Sheet as of 2017. The main beneficiaries of the power plant are those areas covered by
PELCO II, with this stated the power distribution will not be covered by the design. Concepts, theories,
principles and formulas that is used in this project are based on the knowledge of the proponents in power
plant design, other sources of information and references are from textbooks, related research papers, case
studies, past designs and websites are also used as a supplementary reference for the design of the power
plants.
1.6.1 For Diesel Power Plant
The proponents only focused on the following components of the Diesel Power Plant for the two options;
(1) engine generator set, (2) fuel day tank, (3) fuel storage tank, (4) cooling water pump, (5) cooling tower,
and (6) lube oil transfer pump. The computations will only focus on engine and thermal efficiencies, specific
fuel consumption, heat rates, cooling system, air intake on engine, machine foundation, capital cost,
operational & maintenance cost (including fuel cost) and return of investment.
Engine Generator Set. An engine generator set, also called as genset, it consists of an electrical generator
already mounted in a diesel engine to form a single machinery that produces electrical power
Fuel Day Tank. Fuel day tanks are an above ground emergency source of fuel for stand-by power generators
(gen-sets) that are sized to automatically contain a volume of fluid for 12 to 24 hours of operation.
Fuel Storage Tank. A fuel storage tank is a container that holds fuel.
Cooling Water Pump. It is the pump used to deliver cooling water into the engine.
Cooling Tower. A cooling tower is a heat rejection device, which extracts waste heat to the atmosphere
though the cooling of a water stream to a lower temperature.
Lube Oil Transfer Pump. It is a pump used to deliver lubricating oil for the engine in order to reduce friction
and wear.
The design for the diesel power plant will not include the plant layout of the power plant
37
1.6.2 For Coal-Fired Power Plant
the proponents focused mainly on the components for the two alternative designs: (1)boiler, (2)steam turbine
and the (3)cooling tower. The computation will focus on the gathered data of coal available in Luzon, High
Heating Value of the given specification of coal, engine, height and diameter of stack, thermal efficiency,
steam rate, power output, land area, capital cost, operation and maintenance cost, return of investment.
The study will not involve the computation for filter and scrubber; equipment related to reducing the emission
of pollution. It will not also include the computation for pulverizer and its effect on the higher heating value of
the coal used and for the boiler efficiency. Lastly, the manufacturers data for some equipment such as pumps,
condenser, fans and blowers will not be specified for it would not directly affect the computation involved in
the said scope.
1.6.3 For Solar Power Plant
The main component that was considered is the solar module. The study of the solar irradiance in Brgy.
Mawaque, Mabalacat, Pampanga, the site where the Solar Power Plant will be constructed; and the land
area that will be used by the battery, inverters and etc. was also included in the study. Computations on the
design study focused on the process from the conversion of the solar irradiance to AC power that will go to
the grid and the optimum displacement of some equipment to maximize the efficiency of the solar module.
Economics of the power plant focused only on the fixed cost of the plant while the variable cost such as the
operation and maintenance cost, labor cost, etc.. The design for the solar power plant will not include the
plant layout of the power plant.
38
1.7 Project Development
Figure 0-33 Project Development
39
CHAPTER 2
DESIGN INPUTS
In this chapter, the proponents will provide the necessary data in order to reach the target power to be
produced by the power plant. The gathered data from different references shall validate the selection,
calculation, and other findings and sightings that would be included in this design.
2.1 Design Alternative 1: DIESEL POWER PLANT
DIESEL POWER PLANT
It is generally a compact station, and commonly an emergency supply station for many countries. Diesel
power plant produces power in a range of 2MW to 50MW. In diesel power plant, air is compressed in a
cylinder to raise the temperature, and then the diesel fuel inside the engine is burned. The combustion
process produces the working fluid at high temperature and high pressure to convert the heat energy into
mechanical energy. The main purpose is to generate power and convert it into electricity using a alternator
or electricity generator.
2.1.1 Advantages & Disadvantages
Advantages Disadvantages
Simple design & layout of plant. High running charges due to costly price of Diesel
Plant does not work efficiently under prolonged
Occupies less space & is compact.
overload conditions
Can be started quickly and picks up load in a
Generates small amount of power
short time.
Requires less water for cooling. Cost of lubrication very high
High efficiency of energy conversion from fuel to
Maintenance charges are generally high
electricity.
Efficiency at part loads is also higher. Noise problem.
Capital cost is less. Cannot supply overload.
Less operating and supervising staff needed. Unhygienic emissions.
Less stand-by losses. -
Can be located near the load center. -
There is no ash handling problem. -
Easier lubrication system. -
40
Diesel Engine Power Plant Applications
1. A central station for medium or small power supplies.

2. For emergency services as a standby plant to hydroelectric power plants and steam power
plants.
3. We can use with thermal or hydropower plants as a peak load plant in combinations.
4. For mobile power generation, transportation systems like automobiles, railways, airplanes,
and ships
5. A nursery station to transport the power from stations to small power plants, or supply power
to small towns.
6. It’s economical for industries where they require a small power in the order of 500 KW as it
offers high overall efficiency.
7. And also used for electrical power generation in capacities 100 to 500 H.P.
Figure 2-0-1 Diesel Power Plant
41
2.1.2 Typical Layout of Diesel Power Plant
In the figure, the equipment is arranged in parallel so that it is easier to be maintained and be monitored.
Typically, power plants have huge storage for fuel and they occupy surrounding lands for future expansion
purposes. The engine easily gets heat up so cooling is the main concern for the layout of diesel power
plants. Diesel power plants are usually compact.
Components of Diesel Power Plant
Figure 2-0-2 Layout of Diesel Power Plant
Diesel Engine
Diesel engine is also called as compression-ignition or CI engine. It is an internal combustion engine.
Engine is the main part of the plant. Its primary purpose is to produce power from the combustion process.
It can be classified either as two-stroke or four-stroke. It can also be classified as horizontal or vertical,
single-cylinder or multi-cylinder, and naturally aspirated or supercharged.
42
Figure 2-0-3 Diesel Engine
The engine is directly coupled to the generator. The ignition of fuel in an engine is caused by the elevated
temperature of the air in the cylinder due to the mechanical adiabatic compression. Diesel engines work by
compressing only the air. The compression increases the temperature of the air and as the fuel is injected,
it ignites spontaneously. Diesel engine has the highest thermal efficiency of any practical internal or
external combustion engine. This is because of its very high expansion ratio and inherent lean burn which
allows heat dissipation through the excess air.
43
Figure 0-4 Diesel Engine Fundamentals
The engine speed is controlled by the amount of fuel injected into the engine cylinders. It can accelerate up
to 2000 revolutions per second making it impossible to handle it manually, thus the fuel intake is controlled
by an equipment called governor or the governing system.
Air intake system

The air supplied to the combustion process must be clean from impurities so that the plant would efficiently
operate. Air filters are used to remove dust particles from the atmospheric air.
Fuel-Handling System
This consists of a large storage tank where the fuel is stored and it will be supplied to the smaller fuel tank
in the plant, the fuel tank for all day usage of fuel, strainer which is used to removed suspended impurities
of the fuel, fuel injector pump which is used to inject fuel into the engine.
44
Figure 2-0-5 Fuel Handling System
Lubrication System
This system is used for minimizing the wear of the rubbing surface of the engine. The lubricating oil
absorbs the heat due to friction of the moving parts. It is then cooled before recirculating again. The cooling
water used in engine is also used for the cooling of oil.
Cooling System
It is important for all power plants to have a cooling system to maintain the overall temperature of the
machineries. In diesel power plant, the engine must be kept at a tolerable level of temperature. Cooling
system requires water source. Water is circulated inside the engine in water jackets which are passages
around the parts of the engine.
Governing System
This is the system used to control the speed of the engine by changing the amount of fuel the engine
receives.
Exhaust System
Exhaust system provides the path or flow of exhaust gases away from the combustion process. Muffler or
silencer is provided in the exhaust system to reduce the noise. It must be carefully designed to carry
toxic gases away from the operators of the machine.
45
Figure 2-0-6 Exhaust System
Equipment on each System:
Fuel System
• Fuel Storage Tank are containers that store the liquids, and/or compressed gases (gas tank) for the
entire plant. Storage tanks occupy huge area in power plants.
• Strainers and Filters remove any impurities in the fuel. Impurities reduces the thermal efficiency of the
plant.
• Fuel Transfer Pump pumps the fuel at a low pressure. The fuel is susceptible to high pressure that could
cause explosion.
• All-Day Fuel Tank is sized based on the engine’s fuel consumption. Depending on the capacity of the
engine, the all-day fuel tank may vary. The tank is refilled by another pump or naturally by gravity.
• Fuel Injection Pump pressurizes the fuel to the required level and injects it at the end of the compression
stroke. The timing is critical and it must be replaced immediately if damaged or broken.
Air Intake System
• Air Filters remove dirt and debris from the atmospheric air. Air is required for the combustion process and
it is necessary to remove impurities because the moving parts of the engine may wear when dirt is
contained in the air.
• Pipes/Ducts provide way for the air flow in the air intake system.
46
Exhaust System
• Exhaust Pipe Discharge Pipe releases the harmful gas products of the combustion process to the
atmosphere. It is integrated with filters to reduce the harmful effects of the gases to the environment and to
the locality.
• Silencer reduces the noise in the exhaust system.
Cooling System
• Water source is a body of water usually a river nearby. The water from the body of water is used for
cooling of equipment and lubricant oil in the power plant.
• Raw Water Pump delivers water from the water source to the water jackets in the engine and heat
exchangers for cooling purposes.
• Cooling Tower Is a heat rejection device which releases waste heat to the atmosphere through the
cooling of a water stream to a lower temperature.
Lubricating System
• Lubricant Tank Is used for lubricant oil storage.
• Oil Pump delivers oil under pressure to the internal engine parts. In a rotor-type oil pump, an inner rotor
drives an outer one. Pressure differences force the oil to move. Geared oil pumps uses a similar principle.
• Oil Filter helps to clean the oil in the system. If the filter clogs, a valve opens and directs unfiltered oil to
the engine. Most oil-filters on diesel engines are larger than those on similar gasoline engines.
• Oil Cooler lowers the temperature of oil before it is reused in the engine.
Prime Mover
• Diesel Engine is the internal combustion engine that produces heat through compression of air in a
cylinder and transforms it into mechanical energy.
• Engine Start System provides the partial shaft torque of the diesel engine in order to rotate and operate
continuously.
47
2.1.3 Diesel Power Plant Option 1 – PRIME DM5415-06 4840 ekW 6050 kVA
The proponents decided that for the first option for the diesel power plant alternative, the proponents
designed a diesel power plant utilizing single-acting diesel engine/s that has sixteen (16) cylinders on a V-
type cylinder arrangement. Since the diesel engine/s will be used for power generation, it will be a 4-stroke
engine and has a maximum capacity of 4.84 MW.
2.1.4 Diesel Power Plant Option 2 - CAT 16CM32C 4-Stroke, 7680 kWe 60Hz
In deciding for the second option under the diesel power plant alternative, the proponents designed a diesel
power plant utilizing single-acting diesel engine/s that has sixteen (16) cylinders on a V-type cylinder
arrangement. Since the diesel engine/s will be used for power generation, it will be a 4-stroke engine that
has a generator rating of 7,680 kW.
2.1.5 Machine Foundation for Diesel Power Plant
Plant 1:
Top Length of the foundation
𝐿 = 𝑏 + 2𝑐𝑑
Where:
𝑏 = length of the base plate
𝑐𝑑 = dimension clearance
Upper Width of the foundation

𝑊 = 𝑎 + 2𝑐𝑑
Where:
𝑎 = width of the foundation
Note:
• The clearance or the distance of the edge of the foundation from the base plate must be 6 in. (120
mm) to 12 in. (300mm) to secure the belts imbedded within the foundation.
• The vertical distance from the floor or soil level to the top edge of the foundation must be 6 in. (120
mm as minimum distance.
• The foundation depth may be taken to be 3.2 to 4.2 times the engine stroke.
48
Spread Footing
For good proportions
𝜃 = 22.5° 𝑡𝑜 30° is preferred

𝜃 = 45° is critical
The weight of machine foundation per brake Hp to dampen vibration almost completely:
Note:
• If shaking forces can be calculated, mass of weight equal to 10 – 20 times the force should be
adequate to dampen vibration.
Soil Bearing Capacity (SBC)
The maximum load per unit area which the soil will safely support
Design Stress (𝑆𝐷 )

𝑆𝐵𝐶
𝑆𝐷 =
𝐹𝐶
Where:
𝐹𝐶 = Factor of Safety
Induce Stress (𝑆)
𝑊𝐹 + 𝑊𝑒
𝑆=
𝐴𝐵
Where:
𝑊𝐹 = weight of the foundation
𝑊𝑒 = weight of the engine
49
Table 2-0-1 Safe Bearing Pressure of Soils
Type of Soil English Ton/ Square Foot
Native Rock 200 up
Ashlor Masonry 25-30
Best Brick Masonry 15-20
Common Brick Masonry 5-10
Clay, Compact 5-8
Clay, Soft 1-2
Gravel and Sand 8-10
Sand 2-6
Quick Sand, Loom, etc. ½ -1
(Source: Engineers, Philippine Mechanical Code, 2013)

Note: Safe bearing pressures of soils for machine foundation are from a quarter to a haft of the above value.
Table 2-0-2 Classification of Concrete, (Engineers, Philippine Mechanical Code, 2013)
Cement Sand Gravel Yield (ft3 of

Class concrete per bag
(bag) (ft3) (ft3)
of cement)
AA 1 1.5 3 4.15077
A 1 2 4 5.06301
B 1 2.5 5 5.97524
C 1 3 6 6.88748
D 1 4 8 8.71195
Table 2-0-3 Properties of Cementing Materials
Cementing Materials Bulk Sp. Gravity Sp. Weight

Cement 3.15 94
Sand, Dry 2.64 110
Gravel, Dry 2.66 96
50
Formula used in estimating the amount of cementing materials needed:
𝛿𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑙
𝑎𝑏𝑠. 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑙𝑠 =
(𝑏𝑢𝑙𝑘 𝑠𝑝. 𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦)(𝛿𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 )
𝑙𝑏
Note: Standard specific weight of water = 62.4 𝑓𝑡𝑓3
For reinforcing steel bars, RSB

1
𝑊𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑅𝑆𝐵 = ( % 𝑡𝑜 1%) 𝑊𝐹
2
For dead load:
𝐷𝑒𝑎𝑑 𝑙𝑜𝑎𝑑 = 𝑊𝑓 + 𝑊𝑒
Volume of Foundation:
𝑊𝐹
𝑉𝑭 =
𝛿𝐶
𝑙𝑏𝐹
Note: 𝛿𝐹 = 𝛿𝐶 = 150 𝑓𝑡 3
For the bags of cement needed:

𝑉𝐹
𝑁𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑏𝑎𝑔𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 =
𝑌𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑
For Yield:
𝑌𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑 = ∑ 𝑎𝑏𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑒 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑙𝑠
(for C, S, G and water)

Note: if the abs. volume of water is not specified use 7 gallon per bag of cement
Where:
𝛿𝐶 = 𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐 𝑤𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑡𝑒
𝛿𝐹 = 𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐 𝑤𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑓𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
𝑉𝐹 = 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
51
2.1.6 Manufacturer’s Data
Diesel Engine Generator Set
Option 1:
Figure 2-0-7 PRIME DM5415-06

Source: Diesel-GenSet-Specs.pdf by CAT, Caterpillar
52
Table 2-0-4 PRIME 4840 ekW 6050 kVA 8 Factory Installed Standard & Optional Equipment
Table 2-0-5 Specifications of PRIME 4840 ekW 6050

kVA
53
Table 2-0-6 Technical Data of PRIME 4840 ekW 6050 kVA
54
Diesel Generator Set
Option 2:
Figure 2-0-8 CAT 16CM32C 4-Stroke, 7680 kWe 60Hz

Table 2-0-7 Engine Specifications of 16CM32C 4-Stroke, 7680 kWe 60Hz

Diesel-GenSet-Specs.pdf by CAT, Caterpillar
Table 2-0-8 Technical Data of 16CM32C 4-Stroke, 7680 kWe 60Hz

55
Figure 2-0-9 Dimensions of 16CM32C 4-Stroke, 7680 kWe 60Hz
56
Cooling Tower
Figure 2-0-10 NX1025P-1 Marley Cooling Tower

(Source: SPX Cooling Technologies, 03/2018)
57
Table 2-0-9 Schematic Data of NX1025P-1
Table 0-10 Summary of Specifications for NX1025P-1 Marley C.T.
Cooling Tower Detail Summary

Manufacturer Marley Cooling Tower
Model NX1025P-1
Nominal Capacity 337 Tons
Fan Motor Rating 11 kW
Design Operating Weight 5062 kg
Dimensions (L x W x H) 3.494m x 4.504m x 3.548m
Cooling Efficiency 57.89%
Inlet Water Temperature 35°C
Outlet Water Temperature 29.5°C
Wet Bulb Temperature 25.5°C
58
Lube Oil Transfer Pump
Figure 2-0-11 Graco 115V 2.3 GPM Oil Pump
Table 2-0-11 Oil Pump Specifications
59
Cooling Water Pump
Figure 2-0-12: Cooling Water Pump

(Source: Manufacturer- Barmesa Pumps)
For Option 1
Table 1-0-12 Technical Data for Cooling Water Pump
Technical Detail
Manufacturer Barmesa Pumps
Model Name IA4-20-4-T
Capacity 700 GPM
Dimension 6” x 4”
Speed 1750 RPM
For Option 2
Table 0-13 Technical Data for Cooling Water Pump
Technical Detail
Manufacturer Barmesa Pumps
Model Name IA3-30-2-T
Capacity 760 GPM
Dimension 4” x 3”
Power 30 Hp
60
Day Tank
Figure 2-0-13 Day Tank

(Source: www.kingspan.com)
For Option 1
Table 2-0-14 Technical Specifications of Day Tank
Technical Specifications
Manufacturer DieselPro
Lifespan 20 years
Material Steel
Tank Type Bunded
Capacity 30,000 liters
Weight 7,100 kg
Orientation Horizontal
Dimension (LxD) 8.08m x 2.5m
For Option 2
Table 2-0-15 Technical Specifications of Day Tank

Technical Specifications
Manufacturer DieselPro
Lifespan 20 years
Material Steel
Tank Type Bunded
Capacity 42,360 liters
Weight 6,800 kg
Orientation Horizontal
Dimension (LxWxH) 8m x 2.4m x 2.5m
61
DESIGN ALTERNATIVE 2
2.2 COAL-FIRED POWER PLANT
Coal is one of the most available material used to fuel coal-fired power plant that is used even in ancient
time. It also found its use in historic steam engines at the dawn of the industrial revolution. Supply was also
abundant that is why the leading fuel used in most power plant is coal. There are approximately over 300
years of economic coal deposits still accessible. With this great amount of coal available for use, coal fired
plants can be continuously fueled in many years to come. Coal-fired units produce electricity by burning coal
in a boiler to heat water to produce steam. The steam, at tremendous pressure, flows into a turbine, which
spins a generator to produce electricity.
2.2.1 Advantages & Disadvantages
Reliability Emission of Harmful Substances
Abundance Devastation of Earth and Scenery Near Coal Mines
Big Industrial Base Coal Mining Deaths
Advantages of Coal as Power Plant Fuel Today
Coal has been used extensively in power generation even in early time, now that better technology is
employed to ensure that there is a balance between ecology and economics in producing sustainable and
affordable energy. Advances in technology have allowed coal to improve living conditions with its current role
in meeting man’s fuel needs. In this age the more advance the technology the more efficient the plant can
be. Which is why developers continue to advance technologies used in power plant.
Reliability
Most of the coal-fired power plant generate electricity for 24 hours in a week making it one of the most used
kind of power plant. Unlike other renewable power plant that have many condition for it to supply the electricity
needed. As long as there is a supply of fuel then the plant can continue its production making it reliable.
Abundance
One of the great asset of coal is that the supply of it is so abundant that almost every nation have a source
of it. One of the largest is the USA, Russia, China and India. Here in the Philippines our source of coal are
mostly located in Cagayan Valley that is roughly 25% in quantity, the 13% was found in Mindanao and the
remaining 10% based on the data gathered are scattered in the island of Cebu, Samar, Mindoro, Negros,
62
Polillo, Batan and Catanduanes. With this being said even without exporting coal the Philippines can produce
coal for fuel purposes of power plant.
Big Industrial Base
Coal based power plant was well known to produce electricity well that most of investors are willing to invest
to get a hold of it from mining, transporting, production, power plant and distribution making it a large scale
industry in terms of business.
Coal Energy has been present since the early age the start of Industrial Revolution with the development and
up until now there are continues research to improve the efficiency of the Steam Engine based on Coal. The
technology and industry of the Coal Industry and Thermal Power Plants is well developed and mature. This
allows a rapid deployment of Coal Power in most places in the world.
Disadvantages of Coal-Fired Power Plants
On the other hand, there are also some significant disadvantages of coal fired plants including Greenhouse
Gas (GHG) Emissions, mining destruction, generation of millions of tons of waste, and emission of harmful
substances.
Greenhouse gas emissions
One of the biggest downfall of Coal power plant energy production is that it releases Carbon Dioxide due to
combustion of coal which has been sequestered for millions of years in the dead bodies of plant and animals.
This leads to greenhouse effect on the earth the causes the global warming which is so alarming nowadays.
Global Treaties have failed in putting a Cost on this, though individual countries are trying to account for this
through Carbon Taxes and Cap and Trade.
Coal Mining Deaths
It was said that one of the advantage of coal was its availability in every countries and that mining it was
cheap. This advantage can turn into disadvantage and disaster in worst extent. With mining being cheap
means that investors are willing to invest to mine every coal they can get in every location as long as it can
supply the fuel they need. Mining can cause a disturbance in a ecosystem or even lives of the people
operating it. Other mining have poor safety that may take lives if accident happen.
Devastation of Earth and Scenery Near Coal Mines
Open Cast Mining of Coal has resulted in destruction of the habitat due to deforestation and destruction of
the scenery. Open cast mining need a large space to harvest the coal available in the area and it leads to
removal of trees and pollution of air and water in areas surrounding the mines. Coal mine fires have burned
for hundreds of year underground and make living in those areas hazardous. Those burning underground
63
can be difficult to locate and many cannot be extinguished. Fires can cause the ground above to subside,
their combustion gases are dangerous to life, and breaking out to the surface can initiate surface fires as
well. It was also unsafe to live near the area due to underground mining made by land caves that can sink
anytime.
Emission of Harmful Substances
Due to combustion a lot of substance are being released in the air like Sulfur Dioxide,Carbon Monoxide,
Mercury, Selenium, Arsenic, Acid Rain. Thermal power plant such as coal-fired power plant emit this harmful
substances making it dangerous to stay inside and around the plant. While modern equipment has reduced
the emission of these harmful substances, it is still very harmful to humans and even with the crops if its
available around the power plant.
Components of typical Coal- fired Power Plant to be considered:
Coal handling plant
The coal handling plant function was mainly to automatically feed the boiler furnace with coal. Thermal power
plant like coal-fired power plant will burn enormous amount of coal, the larger the electricity it will produce
the larger the amount of coal it will need. For a 24/7 operation coal handling plant is a must to continuously
feed the burner with its fuel.
Figure 2-0-14 Coal Handling Plant

(Source: Indiamart)
64
Pulverizing plant
In modern built coal-fired power plant their fuel coal were pulverized into dust like sizes then it will be
transferred to the furnace to burn. Pulverising was done in a solid material like coal to expose a large area to
the action of oxygen and consequently helping combustion.
Pulverising mills are further classified as:

1. Contact Mill
2. Ball Mill
3. Impact Mill
Figure 2-0-15 Powder Machine Pulverizing Plant

(Source: www.alibaba.com)
Draft system
In a power plant draft was known as the difference of the atmospheric pressure and the pressure inside the
boiler or the flue gas passage of a furnace. The circulation of the air inside the boiler is cause by different
pressure in it. It is necessary to cause the gas flow going to the boiler setting by either natural draft or
mechanical draft.
65
Figure 2-0-16 Forced Draft Fan
(Source: www.indiamart.com)
Boiler
Is an integral part of a steam generator which is a closed vessel where water, under pressure, is
transformed into steam by the application of heat.
After the coal was pulverized it will put in a boiler an enclosed vessel in which water is heated and circulated
until the water is turned in to steam at the required pressure. Pulverized coal is burned inside the combustion
chamber of boiler that will be the fuel to produce heat. Although other fluids are sometimes used for these
purposes, water is by far the most common because of its economy and suitable thermodynamic
characteristics.
Classification of boiler:
1. Fire-tube boilers
The fire tube boiler operates by hot flue gases or combustion gases passing through inside the tubes that
are surrounded by the fluid to be heated. The body of the boiler is the pressure vessel and contains the fluid.
In most cases, this fluid is water that will be circulated for heating purposes or converted to steam for process
use.
Fire tube boilers will cost less than the water tube boilers, and it offer a lower in operation compared water
tube boiler. They are also easier to maintain due to better fireside access and their efficient straight tube
design.
66
The most common fire-tube boilers used in facility heating applications are often referred to as ''scotch'' or
''scotch marine'' boilers, as this boiler type was commonly used for marine service because of its compact
size (fire-box integral with boiler section).
Figure 2-0-17 Fire Tube Boiler

(Source: Industrial Burner & Mechanical)
2. Water-tube boilers
The water tube boiler operates by the water flowing through the tubes and then heated externally by the
furnace. These tubes are connected to a steam drum and a mud drum. The water is heated and steam is
produced in the upper drum. Water tube handle much higher pressure steam than the fire tube can. The
industrial water-tube boiler typically produces steam or hot water primarily for industrial process applications,
and is used less frequently for heating applications.
Figure 2-0-18 Water Tube Boiler

(Source: Industrial Burner & Mechanical)
67
Ash handling plant
Figure 2-0-19 Ash Handling Plant

(Source: www.exportersindia.com)
Steam Turbines
is a steady–flow machine in which steam entering through nozzles expands to a lower pressure. The principle
was the thermal energy from steam is converted into kinetic energy by the expansion of steam through
suitable nozzles, and then into mechanical energy when the steam issuing from the nozzles impinges on a
series of blades mounted on a wheel that is mounted on a shaft.
The turbine is moved by pressurized steam then produce mechanical energy. It serves as the mechanical
side of the system by providing the rotational movement through the rotary by the push of pressurized steam
in the turbine, while the generator acts as the electrical side by employing the laws of electricity and
magnetism to produce electrical power.
Types of turbine:
1. Impulse turbine
2. Reaction turbine
68
Figure 2-0-20 Steam Turbine
(Source: www.power-eng.com)
Alternator
Turbine and alternator are mechanical coupled with each other. The alternator is the one working to convert
mechanical energy of turbine to electrical energy in power plant setting.
Figure 2-0-21 Water Tube Boiler

(Source: www.blogbd.com)
Condenser
Condenser refers here to the shell and tube heat exchanger installed at the outlet of every steam turbine that
converts the low pressure steam coming out of the turbine from its gaseous to its liquid state. The purpose
is to recover the high-quality feed water to be reuse in the cycle operation of the power plant. An air cooled
69
condenser is however significantly more expensive and cannot achieve as low a steam turbine back pressure
and therefore less efficient as a surface condenser.
The condenser also makes the treatment of the take-off water much easier, since in the condensed form the
waste heat can be removed by circulation through a cooling tower and evaporation.
Figure 2-0-22 Condenser Diagram

(Source: www.nuclear-power.net)
Cooling towers and ponds
Cooling towers used as a device that will reject the waste heat into the atmosphere through the cooling of a
water stream to a lower temperature. Cooling towers have two ways to remove the process heat on the flue
gas. First is the evaporation process of the water that will cool the working fluid near the wet-bulb temperature
required, or second is closed circuit dry cooling tower that is solely use air to cool the working fluid near the
required dry bulb temperature.
Cooling towers vary in size and height depending on the required design and purpose for a specific power
plant.
Cooling ponds are used as an alternative for cooling towers or discharging of heated water in coastal bay or
river near the site which can pollute nearby area if agriculture land is present or the habitat of marine animals.
This pond are used if there is a sufficient land that is available near the plant.
70
Figure 2-0-23 Cooling Tower
(Source: www.watertechonline.com)
Economiser
A power plant produces flue gases during combustion. Flue gases coming out the boiler still have heat on it.
For more efficient heating economiser was used to extract the part of flue gas that still have a usable heat
that will be used in heating the feed water before starting the cycle once more. With that the plant can save
coal and high boiler efficiency.
Figure 2-0-24 Economiser Diagram

(Source: www.ilstu.edu)
71
Feedwater heater
Figure 2-0-25 Feedwater Heater Diagram

(Source: www.nuclear-power.net)
Superheater and reheater
The superheater is a steam generating unit wherein after the steam left the boiler, is heated above its
saturation temperature. Allowing the the the saturated steam heat till it turns to a superheated steam.
The dry steam will then be used to rotate the turbine where it loses some of its energy. The work of the
reheater is to again charge the energy loss of the steam due to expansion through the high pressure turbine
where the heat produced of the steam is converted to mechanical energy.
Figure 2-0-26 Superheater and Reheater Diagram

(Source: www.basicmechanicalengineering.com)
72
Air preheater
This device is used to heat the air coming to the boiler to increase its temperature to save for the combustion
process. Primary purpose is to increase the thermal efficiency of the boiler. After the flue gases leave the
economiser, some further heat can be used and be extracted from it to be used to heat the air coming in.
Air preheaters of this type are typically located downstream from high-pressure steam boilers and thermal oil
heater with a flue gas temperature that often reaches 350°C or more.
Figure 2-0-27 Air Preheater Diagram

(Source: en.citizendium.org)
73
Figure 2-0-28 Coal Fired Power Plant Typical Lay-out
(Source: www.water.usgs.gov.com)
74
2.2.2 Working formulas:
Solving for HHV of coal using Dulong’s Formula
HHV=14600C+62000(H−O8)+4050S ;Btu/lb
Where:
C = Percentage mass of Carbon
H = Percentage mass of Hydrogen
O = Percentage mass of Oxygen
S = Percentage mass of Sulfur
Cooling Tower Efficiency
Cooling tower efficiency is an important factor to be consider in designing a power plant. Cooling tower
includes different temperature readings from its inlet and outlet condition where its performance completely
varies.
Cooling Tower Efficiency = [Range / Approach + Range ]× 100%
Where;
Range = Tin – Tout
Approach = (Tout – Twb) + (Tin – Tout)
Theoretical Air-Fuel Ratio
[A/F] Theoretical = 11.5C + 34.5[H−(O/8)] + 4.3S
Where:
C = Percentage mass of Carbon
H = Percentage mass of Hydrogen
O = Percentage mass of Oxygen
S = Percentage mass of Sulfur
Actual Air-Fuel Ratio
[A/F] Actual = [A/F] Theoretical (1 + e)
75
Where:
e = Excess air percentage
From: Power Plant Engineering: Theory and Practice of stationary Electrical Generating Plants by:
Frederick T. Morse (Fuels and Combustion pp.144)
20.9 R R + 2.37
Excessair = [ CO2 (R + 3) − (R + 3) ]x 100%
Where;
CO2 = Percentage by volume in the dry flue gas
R = fuel ratio C’/H. Anthracite 50-25; semi-Anthracite 25-30; semi-Bituminous 20-16; Bituminous
16-12; Lignite 12-9.
Height and Diameter of Stack
From, EVOLVED by CPCB (Emission Regulation Part IV):

The minimum height of stack to be provided with each generator set.
H S = h + 0.2 √kV A
Where:
h = height of the building (m)
Hs = total height (m)
KVA = total generator capacity of the set in kVA
Heat Added
By energy balance in the boiler
Q A = h1 − h4 ; kgtkJ
Q A = m (h1 − h4) ; kW
Where:
m = mass flow rate of steam (kg/sec)
76
Heat Rate
kJ
Q R = h2 − h 3 ; kgt
Q R = m (h2 − h3) ; kW
Turbine Work
kJ
W t = h1 − h 2; kgt
W t = m (h1 − h2) ; kW
Note:
When the Kinetic Energy is given,
kJ
W t = h 1 − h 2 + KE ; kg
W t = m (h1 − h2) + (KE1 − KE2) ; kW
Pump Work
kJ
W p = h4 − h 3 ; kg
W p = m (h4 − h3) ; kW
For approximate pump work,

kJ
Wp = V f3
(P 4 − P 3) ; kg
W p = mV f3 (P 4 − P 3) ; kW
Actual Pump Work

Wp
W
pa = ep
Where:
ep = pump efficiency
Net Cycle Work
W =W −W =Q −Q
net t p A R
W =h −h −W
net 1 2 p
77
Thermal Efficiency
T hermal Efficiency = Net Cycle W ork
Heat Added
W
e = net
th
QA
e = h1−h2−W p
th
h1−h3−W p
Overall Efficiency
Using the energy efficiency concept, we can calculate the component and overall efficiency;
Electrical Energy Output

Overall Efficiency = Chemical Energy Output
Or
Overall Efficiency= η Boiler × η Turbine × η Generator
Where;
η Boiler = boiler efficiency
η Turbine = turbine efficiency
η Generator = generator efficiency
Source: (Dutton, 2011)
Specific Fuel Consumption (SFC)
Specific fuel consumption is defined as the amount of fuel consumed to generate 1 kWh of electrical
energy. It is also defined as;
fuel consumed in a particular period

SF C = Energy Generated during the same period
Heat Rate (HR)
Is the amount of heat required to generate 1 kWh electrical energy and its units is KJ/kWh o
78
kcal/kWh.
HR = Amount of F uel Consumed x HHV of F uel

Energy Generated by the F uel Source
Steam Rate (SR)

SR = Mass of Steam
P ower Output
or
3600 kg
SR = ;
W
net kW −hr
Source: (Guatam, 2015)
Length of the Foundation
L = LB + 2C
Where:
LB = length of the bedplate
C = clearance
Machine Foundation Top Dimensions, AT, L, W,
AT = L x W
L = b + 2c
W=a+2c
Where:
AT - Area at Top
L - Length
W - Width
c – Clearance
79
Upper Width of the Foundation
a = w + 2C
Where:
w = width of the bedplate
C = clearance
Weight of Foundation
W f = 3 to 5 times W m
or
W f = e x W e x √N
Where:
W m = weight of machine in kg
W e = weight of the engine
N = engine speed in rpm
N e =empherical coefficient
Volume of rectangular block machine foundation, Vf
Vf=LxWxH
or
V f = Wρf
Where:
L- Length
W - Width
H – Height
Where ρ = 2403 mkg2
80
Based from table 4-2 of PPD by F. Morse p.90
2.2.3: Specification of Equipments
ALTERNATIVE DESIGN 1:
Steam boiler
Table 2-0-16.Boiler Parameters
YG-170/3.82-T
Capacity 170 t/h
Steam pressure 3.82 Mpa
Steam Temperature 450 ºC
(Source: www.water.usgs.gov.com)
Steam Turbine:
SST 150
Power output Up to 20 MW
Inlet pressure up to 103 bar / 1,495 psi
81
Inlet temperature up to 505°C / 940°F
Rotational speed up to 13,300 rpm
Bleed up to 25 bar / 365 psi
Controlled extraction up to 16 bar / 230 psi
Exhaust pressure (back pressure) up to 10 bar / 145 psi
Exhaust pressure (condensing) 0.25 bar / 3.6 psi
Exhaust area 0.28 - 1.6 m² / 3.0 - 17.2 sq. ft

Length (L) 12m
Width (W) 4m
Height (H) 5m
Weight (oil free) 55 Tons

Table 2-0-17 Steam Turbine Parameters
(Source: www.gasandsteamturbines.blogspot.com)
Cooling Tower (Counter Flow Mechanical Draft Type)
JBNG - 4000 JBNG - 4500
Cooling method Counterflow
Ventilation mode Mechanical ventilation
Cooling capacity 4000 tons/hr 4500 tons/hr
Inlet water temperature 43 °C
Outlet water temperature 33 °C
Airflow 315 m3/hr 315 m3/hr
Dry bulb 31.5 °C
Wet bulb 28 °C
82
Motor weight 1200 kg
Table 2-0-18 Cooling Tower Parameters
Steam boiler
Steam turbine
SST 100
Power output Up to 8.5 MW
Inlet pressure up to 65 bar / 945 psi.
Inlet temperature 480 °C / 895 °F.
Rotational speed Up to 7,500 rpm
Exhaust pressure (back pressure) up to 10 bar / 145 psi.
Exhaust pressure (condensing) up to 1 bar / 14.5 psi.
Exhaust area 0.22 m² / 2.4 sq. ft.
Length (L) 8 m / 26 ft.
Width (W) 3.7 m / 12.1 ft
Height (H) 3.4 m / 11.2 ft
83
Table 2-0-19 Steam Turbine Parameters
(Source: www.gasandsteamturbines.blogspot.com
Table 2-0-20 Cooling Tower Parameters

(Source: www.m.made-in-china.com)
84
DESIGN ALTERNATIVE 3
2.2.3 SOLAR POWER PLANT
Solar power plant is an energy facility for performing the activity of electricity generation from the
solar radiation potential. It is a power generating system that collects the energy coming from the
sun that can be converted into a usable form.
Advantages & Disadvantages
Renewable Energy High Capital Cost
Environmentally Friendly Solar energy is an intermittent energy source
Geographically widely available Energy Storage is Expensive
Reduces Electricity Costs Associated with Pollution
No moving Parts means no noise and little

Exotic Materials
maintenance
Technology Development Uses a lot of Space
Advantages of Solar Power Plant
1. Renewable Energy
The Sun will not stop shining. Consequently, solar energy is considered an inexhaustible source
of energy.
2. Environmentally Friendly
Harnessing solar energy does not generally cause pollution. Whilst there are some emissions
associated with the production and installation of solar energy equipment these emissions are
minimal when compared to generating electricity from fossil fuels.
3. Geographically widely available

The level of solar irradiation that falls upon the earth varies with the geography of the planet.
4. Reduces Electricity Costs

With the introduction of net metering and feed-in tariff (FIT) schemes, homeowners can now
"sell" excess electricity, or receive bill credits, during times when they produce more electricity
than what they actually consume. This means that homeowners can reduce their overall
electricity expenses by going solar. How much you save on your bill will be dependent on the
size of the solar system and your electricity or heat usage. Moreover, not only will you be saving
85
on the electricity bill, but if you generate more electricity than you use, the surplus will be
exported back to the grid and you will receive bonus payments for that amount (considering that
your solar panel system is connected to the grid). Savings can further grow if you sell excess
electricity at high rates during the day and then buy electricity from the grid during the evening
when the rates are lower.
5. No moving Parts means no noise and little maintenance

Because there are no moving parts involved in solar power systems there is no noise associated
with photovoltaics. This compares favorably to other renewable technologies such as wind
turbines. Also, because there are no moving parts there is no noise pollution from solar
technologies.
6. Technology Development
Technological advancements are constantly being made in the design and manufacture of solar
power equipment. As the cells in solar panels become more efficient at turning solar energy into
electricity the amount of space required to generate a specific amount of solar power will fall.
However, do expect dramatic advances, in recent years gains in efficiency have been only
modest and incremental rather than revolutionary.
Disadvantages of Solar Power Plant
1. High Capital Cost

The initial cost of purchasing a solar system is fairly high. This includes paying for solar panels,
inverter batteries, wiring and for the installation.
2. Solar energy is an intermittent energy source

There are three aspects of the intermittent nature of solar power; the sun doesn't shine at night
and so solar panels don't generate power at night; the sun shines with different intensity and
different times or year and different times of each day; and cloud cover can have a significant
affect on the amount of energy produced by solar panels. All of these factors have meant that
to date the prevailing wisdom is that solar power cannot be relied on for base load or for mission
critical applications.
3. Energy Storage is Expensive

Energy storage systems such as batteries will help smoothen out demand and load, making
solar power more stable, but these technologies are also expensive.
4. Associated with Pollution

While solar power certainly is less polluting than fossil fuels, some problems do exist. Some
manufacturing processes are associated with greenhouse gas emissions. Nitrogen trifluoride
and sulfur hexafluoride has been traced back to the production of solar panels. These are some
of the most potent greenhouse gases and have many thousand times the impact on global
86
warming compared to carbon dioxide. Transportation and installation of solar power systems
can also indirectly cause pollution.
5. Exotic Materials
Certain solar cells require materials that are expensive and rare in nature. This is especially true
for thin-film solar cells that are based on either cadmium telluride (CdTe) or copper indium
gallium selenide (CIGS).
6. Uses a lot of Space

Power density, or watt per square meter (W/m2), is essential when looking at how much power
can be derived from a certain area of real estate of an energy source. Low power density
indicates that too much real estate is required to provide the power we demand at reasonable
prices. The global mean power density for solar radiation is 170 W/m².This is more than any
other renewable energy source, but not comparable to oil, gas and nuclear power.
Solar Energy
Solar energy is the technology used to harness the sun's energy and make it useable. It is arguably
the cleanest source of energy. The Solar energy intercepted by earth from the sun is approximately
1.8X10^11 MW which is more than present consumption rate.
The Sun
The sun is a glowing sphere of hot gas with a diameter of 1.39x10^6 km and 1.496x10^8 km away
from the earth. Our sun is a naturally occurring fusion reactor. It continuously releases tiny packets
of radiant energy called photons, which travel the 93 million miles from the sun to earth. The Sun
produces energy at a rate of 4.26 million metric tons per second, which equivalent to 3.846x10^26
Watts. Electric currents in the sun generate a magnetic field that is carried out through the solar
system.
87
Figure 2-0-29 The Interior Structure of the Sun
Sun’s Interior Part

Core
The core of the Sun is the region that is about 20-25% of the solar radius. In the sun’s core, the
nucleus reactions devour hydrogen to from helium. These reactions release the energy that leaves
the surface as visible lights. Its temperature is about 13,600,000 degrees kelvin.
Radiative Zone
It is the region wherein the energy passage happens. This is the zone can be characterized as the
place where the protons bounce around facilitating the energy to be transported in the outer region.
Its temperature is between 2,000,000 to 7,000,000 degrees Celsius.
Convective Zone
It is the outer region wherein it is made from plasma. A plasma is a gas that conducts electrical
current just like a wire does. The plasma in the convective zone is mainly made up of 70% hydrogen,
27.7 helium. The temperature at the bottom of convection zone is about 2,000,000⁰C.
The Surface Temperature

The sun is a sphere of diameter 1.39 x 109 m, that its outer regions are hot gases, mostly
hydrogen and helium. The Sun’s visible surface the photosphere is about 5,800 K (10,000 degrees
F). It is here that the sun’s radiation is detected as visible light.
Extraterrestial Radiation
Extraterrestrials Radiation is the intensity of the sun at the top of the Earth’s atmosphere. On
average the extraterrestrial irradiance is 1361W/m^2. This value varies by ±3% as the earth orbits
88
the sun, that means this much of solar radiation travels from sun to earth but does not affect the
atmosphere.
Solar radiation
Solar radiation is defined as an electromagnetic radiation ranging from about 0.25 to 4.5 in
wavelength, including the near ultraviolet (UV), visible light, and near infrared (IR) radiation. As the
sun’s energy spreads through space its spectral characteristics do not change because space
contains almost no interfering matter. However, the energy flux drops monotonically as the square
of the distance from the sun. Thus, when the radiation reaches the outer limit of the earth’s
atmosphere several hundred kilometers over the Earth’s surface, the radiative flux is approximately
𝑊
1360 𝑚².
Irradiance
it defines as the sun’s radiant power. It represented in units of W/m^2
Solar Constant
It is the average value of the sun’s radiant power outside the earth’s atmosphere. The World
Radiation Center (WRC) has adopted a value of 1367 W/m2 as the solar constant.
Insolation
Insolation is the total energy received from the sun in a day in a unit surface area on the earth. The
unit of insolation is watt-hour per sq.m. per day. (Wh/m2/day)
According to the National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL), the Philippines' average solar
radiation ranges from 128-203 watts per square meter, or an average of 161.7 watts per square
meter, based on sunlight duration. This translates to potential power generating capacity of 4.5-5.5
kWh per square meter per day.
Peak Sun
Peak sun hours refer to the average daily amount of solar energy received on a surface. Peak sun
hour is equivalent to the number of hours that the solar irradiance would be a peak level of 1
kW/m^2. The amount of solar radiation or insolation, delivered by the sun varies throughout the
day, based on its position in the sky, clouds and other atmospheric condition.
Figure 2-0-30 Peak Sun Hours
89
The Earth and Sun Movement
The Earth travels around the sun in an oval-shaped orbit. Earth’s orbit has an eccentricity of less
than 0.02, close to being circular. The length of Earth’s trajectory around the sun is 940 million km.
Thus the Earth travels about 107,000 kilometers per hour. The Earth rotates about on a fixed plane
that is tilted 23.5° with respect to its vertical axis around the sun. Earth orbits sun in 365.242 days.
It takes the planet Earth about 23.9 hours to complete one rotation on its axis. This movement
along with the fact that its axis is titled to ecliptic plane is causing the changing of seasons.
Figure 2-0-31 The Earth and Sun Movement
Solar Declination
Solar declination is the angle the sun’s rays to the equatorial plane. It varies throughout the year
and is dependent on the time of year. The value of solar declination varies in a sinusoidal fashion
and with the peak level at 23.44° during the summer solstice and the dip at -23.44° during the
winter solstice.
Figure 2-0-32 Solar Declination
90
Solar Day
Solar day is time measured with respect to the sun’s apparent motion in the sky. As the earth
rotates in a diurnal cycle, as well as moves forward in its orbit, the time is slightly longer by about 4
minutes than the actual rotation.
Figure 2-0-33 Solar radiation at the earth’s surface
Solar Radiation Components
Direct Radiation
The radiation that does not get absorbed or scattered, but travels on a straight line from the sun
down to the surface of the earth.
Diffused Radiation
The radiation that received after its direction has been changed by reflection and scattering in the
atmosphere.
Global Radiation
It is the total short-wave radiation from the sky falling onto a horizontal surface on the ground. It is
the sum of the direct and diffuse radiation.
91
Figure 2-0-34 Solar Radiation
Solar Radiation Geometry
The Earth’s daily rotation about the axis through it two celestial poles (North and South) is
perpendicular to the equator. The measure of the tilt of Earth’s axis to a line perpendicular to the
plane of its orbit is about 23.5°. The Earth passes alternately above and below this plane making
one complete elliptic cycle every year.
Figure 2-0-35 Solar Radiation Geometry
92
Potential for Solar Energy in Mabalacat, Pampanga
In order to devise a system that uses solar radiation, it is important to study solar radiation detail. A
few facts on the sun and earth are given below:
Sun’s Diameter: 865,00 miles (109 times of Earth)
Mass: 2𝑥1030 kg (330,000 times of earth)
Gravity: 274 𝑚/𝑠 2 (28 grams)
Surface Temperature: 10,000°F (6,000°C)

At the Earth’s surface, the sun subtends an angle of 32 minutes 0.53°
Figure 2-0-36 Potential PV Electricity Production in Mabalacat, Pampanga

(Source: https://maps.nrel.gov/gst-philippines)
93
Average monthly sun hours in Mabalacat, Pampanga
Figure 2-0-37 Average monthly sunhours in Mabalacat, Pampanga

(Source: Worldweatheronline.com)
● On average May is the sunniest.

● On the average July has the lowest amount of sunshine.
This is the monthly total of sun hours in Mabalacat, Pampanga
94
Annual Peak Sun hours in Mabalacat, Pampanga
Figure 2-0-38 Annual Peak Sun hours in Mabalacat, Papanga

(Source: Solar System Philippines)
95
Solar Photovoltaic Plants
Photovoltaic plants consist of photovoltaic cells which is a non-mechanical device that converts
solar energy directly into electricity. Thus, this process is called solar photovoltaic (PV) effect
Photovoltaic effect is method of producing direct current based on photoelectric effect. PV cells
consist of a positive and a negative film of silicon under a thin slice of glass. When exposed to
sunlight, they absorb photons and release free electrons to allow the flow the current to flow in the
inverter and convert it from direct current (DC) to alternating current (AC) for use in your home.
Types of Solar Powered Systems
Grid Connected System
A grid connected system consists of PV modules, wiring, inverter. The inverter converts the direct
current (DC) provided by the PV modules to alternating current (AC), simultaneously synchronizing
the AC output to the AC in the grid.
Figure 2-0-39 Grid Connected System
Stand Alone Systems
PV standalone system consists of solar array, batteries, inverter and switches. This system
operates independently of the electric utility grid. The DC power generated by these systems is
stored in batteries and converted to AC power.
96
Figure 2-0-40 Stand Alone Systems
Stand Alone Hybrid System
Stand Alone Hybrid System system utilize battery-based grid tie inverters. This system generates
power in the same as a grid-tie solar system but use batteries to store energy. Multiple power
sources are used. During day, the solar modules generates energy in the form of DC and is stored
in the battery or straight away to inverter and covert the DC into AC. So, during night, the DC
stored in the battery is put into use.
Figure 2-0-41 Stand Alone Hybrid System
97
SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC POWER PLANT TECHNOLOGY
Solar photovoltaic technologies convert sun’s natural energy into useful electrical energy. Groups
of PV cells are electrically configured into modules and arrays, which can be used to charge
batteries, operate motors, and to power any number of electrical loads. With the appropriate power
conversion equipment, PV systems can produce alternating current (AC) compatible with any
conventional appliances, and can operate in parallel with, and interconnected to, the utility grid.
Major Components of Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant
Photovoltaic Cell
Figure 2-0-42 Photovoltaic Cell
Solar Photovoltaic Cells A single PV cell is a thin semiconductor wafer made of two layers
generally made of highly purified silicon (PV cells can be made of many different semiconductors
but crystalline silicon is the most widely used). The layers have been doped with boron on one side
and phosphorous on the other side, producing surplus of electrons on one side and a deficit of
electrons on the other side.
When the wafer is bombarded by sunlight, photons in the sunlight knock off some of excess
electrons, this makes a voltage difference between the two sides as the excess electrons try to
move to the deficit side. In silicon this voltage is .5 volt
Metallic contacts are made to both sides of the semiconductor. With an external circuit attached to
the contacts, the electrons can get back to where they came from and a current flows through the
circuit. This PV cell has no storage capacity; it simply acts as an electron pump.
The amount of current is determined by the number of electrons that the solar photons knock off.
Bigger cells, more efficient cells, or cells exposed to more intense sunlight will deliver more
electrons.
Solar Photovoltaic Modules

A solar PV module consists of many PV cells wired in parallel to increase current and in series to
produce a higher voltage.
98
Types of Solar Photovoltaic Modules
Monocrystalline Solar Panels (Mono-SI)
Monocrystalline Solar Panels (Mono-SI)This type of solar panels (made of monocrystalline silicon)
is the purest one. You can easily recognize them from the uniform dark look and the rounded
edges. The silicon’s high purity causes this type of solar panel has one of the highest efficiency
rates, with the newest ones reaching above 20%.
Monocrystalline panels have a high power output, occupy less space, and last the longest. Of
course, that also means they are the most expensive of the bunch. Another advantage to consider
is that they tend to be slightly less affected by high temperatures compared to polycrystalline
panels.
Figure 2-0-43 Monocrystalline Solar Panels
Polycrystalline Solar Panels (Poly-SI)
Polycrystalline Solar Panels is type of solar panels has squares, its angles are not cut, and it has a
blue, speckled look. They are made by melting raw silicon, which is a faster and cheaper process
than that used for monocrystalline panels. This leads to a lower final price but also lower efficiency
(around 15%), lower space efficiency, and a shorter lifespan since they are affected by hot
temperatures to a greater degree.
99
Figure 2-0-44 Polycrystalline Solar Panels
Thin-Film Solar Cells (TFSC)
Figure 2-0-45 Thin-Film Solar Cells
Thin-film solar panels are manufactured by placing one or more films of photovoltaic material (such
as silicon, cadmium or copper) onto a substrate. These types of solar panels are the easiest to
produce and economies of scale make them cheaper than the alternatives due to less material
being needed for its production.
They are also flexible—which opens a lot of opportunities for alternative applications—and is less
affected by high temperatures. The main issue is that they take up a lot of space, generally making
them unsuitable for residential installations. Moreover, they carry the shortest warranties because
their lifespan is shorter than the mono- and polycrystalline types of solar panels. However, they can
be a good option to choose among the different types of solar panels where a lot of space is
available.
100
Concentrated PV Cell (CVP)
Concentrated PV cells generate electrical energy just as conventional photovoltaic systems do.
Those multi-junction types of solar panels have an efficiency rate up to 41%, which, among all
photovoltaic systems, is the highest so far.
Figure 2-0-46 Concentrated PV Cells
Inverters come in different types of sizes and use various technologies to enable efficiency in the
function to produce AC power. The most common inverters are; String Inverters, Central Inverters,
Microinverters, and Battery-based Inverters. Each will carry different mechanical and technical
characteristics.
Solar Photovoltaic Array

Solar photovoltaic array consists of PV panel that are wired together in a series and/or parallel to
deliver the voltage and amperage a particular system requires. An array can be as small as a
single pair of modules, or large enough to cover acres.
Inverters
Inverters (or Converters) intake DC power generated by a solar panel and process that energy by
converting it into AC power, the resulting power can then be sent to a breaker or balance of system
component and is available for standard use. Inverters may be located after a charge controller
and battery bank in certain off-grid energy systems.
101
Types of Inverters
String inverters
Figure 2-0-47 String Inverters
A string inverter is the type most commonly used in home and commercial solar power systems. It
is a large box that is often situated some distance away from the solar array. Depending on the
size of the installation, there may be more than one string inverter present. The technology behind
standard string inverters is reliable and highly efficient.
Central inverters
Figure 2-0-48 Central Inverters
102
Central inverters are similar to string inverters but they are much larger and can support more
strings of panels. Instead of strings running directly to the inverter, as with string models, the
strings are connected together in a common combiner box that runs the DC power to the central
inverter where it is converted to AC power. Central inverters require fewer component connections,
but require a pad and combiner box. They are best suited for large installations with consistent
production across the array.
Micro inverters
Micro inventers are much smaller in size and capacity than standard string inverters. While the
latter range from 1.5 to 5kW in size for residential applications, micro inverters are usually around
200 to 250W in size.
Instead of one central inverter that converts all the DC electricity your panels collectively produce,
micro inverters are usually installed on the back of every individual panel and are only responsible
for the conversion of the panel on which they are installed. Micro inverter solar PV systems usually
perform better than standard string inverter systems. As every panels output is collected
individually, underperforming panels (whether due to shading or degradation) do not negatively
impact the output of other panels. Micro inverters are significantly more expensive than standard
string inverters. But it's more expensive.
Battery based inverter/ charger
Figure 2-0-49 Battery based inverter/ charger
With the growth of solar + storage, battery-based inverter/chargers are becoming increasingly
important. Battery based inverter/chargers are bi-directional in nature, including both a battery
charger and an inverter. They require a battery to operate. Battery-based inverter/chargers may
be grid-interactive, standalone grid-tied or off-grid, depending on their UL rating and design. The
primary benefit of inverter/chargers is that they provide for continuous operation of critical loads
irrespective of the presence or condition of the grid.
103
Charge Controllers
Charge Controllers work to regulate electrical charge and they limit the rate at which electric current
is added to or withdrawn from the Batteries. They work to control voltage and watts from Solar
Panels; thus, passing through more stable energy, preventing overcharging and protecting against
overvoltage - which can hinder and reduce Battery performance or lifespan.
Types of Charge Controllers
Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM)
Figure 2-0-50 Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM)
Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) comes into play when the battery bank is full. During charging, the
controller allows as much current as the PV panel/array can generate in order to reach the target
voltage for the charge stage the controller is in. Once the battery approaches this target voltage,
the charge controller quickly switches between connecting the battery bank to the panel array and
disconnecting the battery bank, which regulates the battery voltage holding it constant. This quick
switching is called PWM and it ensures your battery bank is efficiently charged while protecting it
from being overcharged by the PV panel/array. The PWM charge controller is a good low cost
solution for small systems only, when solar cell temperature is moderate to high (between 45°C
and 75°C).
Maximum Power Point Tracking
Maximum Power Point Tracking features an indirect connection between the PV array and the
battery bank. The indirect connection includes a DC/DC voltage converter that can take excess PV
voltage and convert it into extra current at a lower voltage without losing power. The MPPT
controller is the solution of choice for higher power systems (because of the lowest overall system
cost due to smaller cable cross sectional areas). The MPPT controller will also harvest
substantially more power when the solar cell temperature is low (below 45°C), or very high (above
75°C), or when irradiance is very low.
104
Functions of Solar charge controller
The main function of the solar charge controller is to protect the batteries from overcharging. It helps
to regulate the voltage and current from solar panels. Other functions are-
● Prevention of Battery Overcharge.

● Prevention of Battery Over Discharge.
● Status Information to System Users/Operators
● Load Control.
● Interface and Control backup energy sources
● Divert PV Energy to an Auxiliary Load
● Serve as Wiring Centre
Battery
A battery is a portable energy source that converts chemical energy to electrical energy. Solar
batteries work by converting the DC energy being produced by your solar panels and storing it as
AC power for later use. In some cases, solar batteries have their own inverter and offer integrated
energy conversion. The higher your battery's capacity, the more solar energy it can store.
Figure 2-0-51 Battery
105
Helical Pile
Figure 2-0-52 Helical Pile
A helical pile is a post shape with a pointed bottom and a large split disc near the bottom welded
onto the post at an angle such that when the post is rotated the split disc will worm its way into the
ground. The helical pile is typically hot dip galvanized with corrosion resistant zinc after fabrication.
The helical pile is ideal for locations with poor soil cohesion since it can be easily installed with auger
attachments on bobcats, excavators or other equipment which rotate it into the sand. Although soil
conditions little cohesiveness such as sand with high water table provide little pullout resistance, the
disc is held by the mass of the column of sand above it, creating strong pullout resistance. In order
to determine embedment depth of the helical pile a pull test should be conducted which will measure
the vertical and lateral forces at various embedment depths to see where the helical pile will have
sufficient resistance to satisfy the requirements of the loads determined by the PV support structure
vendor’s structural engineers.
Driven piles
Figure 2-0-53 Driven Piles
If a geotechnical survey proves suitable, a structural steel profile driven into the ground can result in
low-cost, large-scale installations that can be quickly implemented. Specialist skills and pile driving
machinery are required, but may not always be available.
Earth screws
106
Figure 2-0-54 Earth Screws
Helical earth screws typically made of steel have good economics for large-scale installations and
are tolerant to uneven or sloping terrain. These require specialist skills and machinery to install.
Bolted Steel Baseplates
Figure 2-0-55 Bolted Steel Baseplates
In situations where the solar plant is located over suitable existing concrete ground slabs, such as
disused airfield runway strips, a steel baseplate solution bolted directly to the existing ground slabs
may be appropriate.
107
Formula Used:
Solar Parameters for sizing the PV Solar Power Plant
Table 2-0-21 Solar Parameters for sizing the PV Solar Power Plant
Month Monthly Average Monthly Average Monthly Average
Air Temp. At 10m Daylight Hours Direct Normal
above the Earth’s (hrs.) Radiation
surface (°C) (kWh/𝒎𝟐/day)
January 27 11.22 4.6
February 28 11.39 4.9
March 29 12.05 5.8
April 31.5 12.50 5.6
May 33.5 12.50 5.2
June 29.5 12.89 4.8
July 27.5 12.80 4.8
August 27.5 12.37 4.6
September 29 12.48 4.2
October 29.5 11.68 4.1
November 28.5 11.27 4.3
December 27.5 11.16 4.7
Mean 29 12.03 4.8
(Source: worldweatheronline.com)
The table above are the data gathered from the meteorological database of NASA necessary for
determining the available solar energy in the desired site, Mabalacat, Pampanga. Also for calculating
the average load of the proposed PV Solar Power Plant and Power Loss due to exceeding maximum
operating temperature.
Sun Peak Hours
The average daily sun hours (solar insolation) in units of kWh/m2 per day is sometimes referred to
as "peak sun hours" too. The term "peak sun hours" refers to the solar insolation which a particular
location would receive if the sun were shining at its maximum value for a certain number of hours.
108
Figure 2-0-56 Average Sun Peak Hours in the Philippines
(Source: http://solarsystemsphilippines.com)
The figure above shows the average sun peak hours in the Philippines, during sun peak hours
maximum solar energy could be harnessed to generate electricity.
Number of Modules
To get the number of modules we just need to divide the Rated Capacity to the Power Rating per
Module since the Indicated power given from the Manufacturer’s data was considered as the
Electrical Output (ideally) of every module.
𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦
No. of PV Module = 𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑃𝑒𝑟 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒
For the Total Solar Energy Available, it is computed by multiplying the Solar Energy Effective Area
of the Solar Cell Modules by the Averaged Incident Radiation of Mabalacat, Pampanga
Total Solar Energy = Solar Energy Effective Area x Average Incident Radiation
The proponents have multiplied the Number of Cell per Module to the Cell Area and Number to solve
for the Solar Energy Effective Area.
Solar Energy Effective Area = Number of Cells per Module x Cell Area x Number of Modules To find
the Harnessed Solar Energy, the proponents have considered using the formula:
109
e = 𝐸𝐸𝑜𝑢𝑡 x 100%
𝑖𝑛
Where:
e = Module efficiency
𝐸𝑜𝑢𝑡 = Harnessed Solar Energy
𝐸𝑖𝑛 = Total Available Solar Energy
𝐻𝑎𝑟𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦
e = 𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐴𝑣𝑎𝑖𝑙𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦
Computation for the Harnessed Solar Energy
Harnessed Solar Energy = Module Efficiency x Total Available Solar Energy
For the Actual Energy Generated, the proponents have considered the possible losses that take
place during the operation, and the Actual Energy Generated can be computed by finding the
difference between the Harnessed Solar Energy and the Summation of Losses, these losses are the
following:
● Temperature Losses or 𝑄𝑡𝑒𝑚𝑝
●
Referring to manufacture data , Power Rating of the Modules decreases by 0.37% / °C and 0.41% /
°C.
Note: According to NASA Surface Meteorology and Solar Energy, the maximum average
temperature in the site is 28.5°C. Also the temperature at Standard Testing Condition (STC) of the
module is 25°C.
𝑄𝑡𝑒𝑚𝑝 = Harnessed Solar Energy x (𝑇𝑎𝑚𝑏𝑖𝑒𝑛𝑡 − 𝑇𝑆𝑇𝐶 ) x (0.37% / °C) or (0.41% / °C)
Where:
𝑇𝑎𝑚𝑏𝑖𝑒𝑛𝑡 = Maximum Average Temperature
𝑇𝑆𝑇𝐶 = Temperature of module at Standard Testing Condition
● Inverter Losses or 𝑄𝑖𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟
Referring to the manufacturer’s data of the Inverter, the Inverter efficiency 98.7%
𝑄𝑖𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟 = Harmessed Solar Energy x (1-𝑒𝑖𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟 )in Kwh
110
PV Solar Modules Arrangement
Figure 2-0-57 PV Solar Module Arrangement
For the installation Land Area,
It is assumed that the Solar Power Stations would be Rectangular pieces of land; the proponents
have used the formula for obtaining the area of rectangular plane simply multiply the width and
length. With the length considering the Length of each row, multiplied to Total Row Width.
Installation Land Area = Length of Row x Total Row Width
For the Length of Rows,
The proponents used the manufacturer’s data to obtain an accurate computations. The proponents
first have determined the number of panels per row multiply to the width of module.
Length of Row = (width of module) x (number of modules per row)
The Number of Panels per Row will be determined by dividing the number of Panels by the
Number of Rows.
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠
Number of Modules per Row = 𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑅𝑜𝑤𝑠
For the Total Row Width
The proponents have obtained the total row width by multiplying the number of rows to the row
width plus the inter-row spacing.
Total Row Width = (number of rows x row width) + (number of rows x inter-row spacing)
Total Row Width = number of rows (row width + inter-row spacing)
111
Using the principle of Pythagorean Theorem:
𝑅𝑜𝑤 𝑊𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ
cosθ = 𝐿𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒
Figure 2-0-58 Orientation of the Sun at Minimum Solar Angle

(Source: www.civicsolar.com)
For the computation of the Angular Inclination of Solar Panels, the angle can be computed as the
latitude of the selected region by the constant value of 0.812.
Angular Inclination θ = latitude x 0.812
For the Height Difference of the tilted module, the proponents have considered using Trigonometric
functions to obtain the value.
Height Difference = sin(Tilt Angle) x Length of Module
For the Middle Row Spacing calculation, using the principle of Trigonometry, the proponents have
acquired the formula.
Middle Row Spacing = 𝐻𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 𝐷𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒

𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑛 𝑎
Note: a = lower solar altitude angle
For the Azimuth Angle Correction, the proponents have formulated an equation for Correction
Shadow Distance based on the Azimuth Chart.
Minimum Module Row Spacing = (Module Row Spacing) x (cos (Azimuth Correction Angle))
Minimum Module Row Spacing = (Module Row Spacing) x (cos ( φ – 180))
112
Figure 2-0-59 Azimuth Chart
The Azimuthal Chart generated online will be used to determine the solar angular elevation with its
corresponding azimuthal angle, the proponents chose time between 9:00 AM to 3:00PM where the
sun usually in high temperature.
113
For Power Plant Economics
Figure 2-0-60 Breakdown of Cost for a Solar PV Power Plant

(Source: National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL))
Computation for the Summation of Fixed Costs of the Solar Power Plant,
Capital Cost = ∑ Fixed Cost
For the Fixed costs or Structural cost for the Solar Power Plant
The Current land cost per square meter in the province of Babatngon, Leyte is Php 250.00 per
square meter.
Land Cost = (Total Land Area) x (Cost per Land Area)
Indicated Cost per watt of each module,
Cost of Modules = (Price per Module) x (Number of Modules Used)
Cost of Structure including the cost of labor, engineering and construction
Cost of Structures = (Cost per Kwh) x (Plant Capacity)
Cost of Inverter, can be computed by multiplying the price of inverter to the number of inverter to
be used.
Cost of Inverter = (Price per Inverter) x (Number of Inverters to be used)

𝑃𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦
Number of Inverter = 𝑀𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑢𝑚 𝐼𝑛𝑝𝑢𝑡 𝐷𝐶 𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝐼𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟
114
Cost of Balance of System (BOS) = (Cost per 𝐾𝑤ℎ𝐵𝑂𝑆 ) x (Plant Capacity)
Cost for the Owner = (Cost per 𝐾𝑤ℎ𝑂𝑤𝑛𝑒𝑟 ′ 𝑠 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑡 ) x (Plant Capacity)
Cost of Engineering Procurement = (Cost per 𝐾𝑤ℎ𝐸𝑛𝑔𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 ) x (Plant Capacity)
Operation and Maintenance Cost
Table 2-0-22 Solar PV Plant O&M Cost Estimate

(Source: http://www.scottmadden.com)
115
For Annual Income of the Solar PV Power Plant;
Generation System Charge based on PELCO II, December 2018
Table 2-0-23 PELCO II Generation System Charge
Generation Charge = Php 5.6162/kWh

𝐺𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶ℎ𝑎𝑟𝑔𝑒
Generation Charge = 𝑥 𝐿𝑎𝑣𝑒
𝐾𝑤ℎ
Table 2-0-24 Feed-in-Tariff for Renewable Power Plant in the Philippines

(Source: International Energy Agency)
116
For Feed-in-Tariff Income;
𝑃ℎ𝑝 𝐻𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠 𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑠
For Feed-in-Tariff Income = Fit rates (𝐾𝑤ℎ) x 𝐿𝑎𝑣𝑒 x 24 x 365 𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟
𝑑𝑎𝑦
Using the basic principle of Capital Financing;
Gross Annual Income = Generation Charge + Feed-in-Tariff Income
For Annual Net Income of the Solar PV Power Plant;
Annual Net Income = Gross Annual Income - Operation and Maintenance Cost
The Rate of Return/Investment Method

𝐴𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒
ROI = 𝑥100%
𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡
117
Design Alternative 3: Option 1
Monocrystalline Silicone Solar Module
Manufacturer’s Data
Table 2-0-25 Electrical Properties (STC)
Manufacturer Manufacturer X
Module Costing $ 0.633/Watt
Model Name CS3U-375MS
Cell Type Monocrystalline Silicone
Module efficiency 18.90%
Mechanical Properties
Number of Cells 144 cells
Dimension of Cells 156.75 x 78.38mm
No. of Busbar 3
Dimensions (LxWxH) 2000x992x35mm
Weight 22.5 KG
Connector type IP67, MC4
Junction Box IP68 with 3 bypass diodes
Cable PV wire 12 AWG (4mm^2)
Length of the Cable 1250 mm
Glass High Transmission Tempered Glass
Frame Anodized Aluminum
Platform Temperature Characteristics
NOCT 41 ±3 °C
Pmax -0.37 %/°C
Voc -0.29%/°C
Isc 0.05%/°C
Electrical Properties
Nominal Power (Pnom) 375 W
Rated Volatage (Vmpp) 39.8 V
Rated Current (Impp) 9.43 A
Open Circuit Voltage (Voc) 47.6 V
Short Circuit Current (Isc) 9.93 A
Module Efficiency 18.9 %
Operating Temperature -40°C to +85°C
Maximum System Voltage 1500 V(UL), 1000V(IEC)
Fuse Rating 30A
Tolerance of Maximum Power Rating -+0.3% /°C
118
Polycrystalline Solar Module
MANUFACTURER’S DATA
Table 2-0-26 Platform Electrical Properties (STC)

Manufacturer Manufacturer Y
Model Name CS3U-360P
Cell Type Polycrystalline (156.75x78.38mm)
Dimensions (LxWxH) 2000 x 992x 35mm
Weight 22.5 kg
Cable 12 AWG (4mm^2), 4mm^2 (IEC)
Length of the Cable 2 x 1200mm
Front Cover 3.2mm tempered glass
Frame Anodized Aluminum Alloy
Connectors T4 (IEC / UL)
Per Pallet 30 pieces
Per Container 660 pieces
NOCT 42 ±3 °C
Pmax -0.37 %/°C
Voc -0.29%/°C
Isc 0.05%/°C
Opt. Operating Voltage (Vmp) 39.6 V
Opt. Operating Current (Imp) 9.10 A
Fuse Rating 30 A
Application Classification Class A
Power Tolerance 0 to + 5 W
119
Table 2-0-27 Inverter Electrical Properties
Output Data
AC Output Power (KW) @ 50°C 3510 kVA
AC Output Power (KW) @ 40°C 3630+kVA
Operating Grid Voltage (VAC) 34.5kV ± 10%
Operating Grid Frequency (Hz) 50Hz/60Hz
Current Harmonic Distortion (THDi) < 3% per IEEE519
Power Factor (cosine phi) 0.5 leading… 0.5 lagging adjustable
Input Data
MPPt @ full power (VDC) 934V – 1,310V
Maximum DC voltage 1,500V
Number of Inputs Up to 36
Max. DC continuous current (A) 3,970
Max. DC short circuit current (A) 6,000
Efficiency & Auxiliary Supply
Max. Efficiency PAC 98% including MV transformer (preliminary)
Max. Power Consumption (KVA) 20
Cabinet
Dimensions (ft) 21.7 x 7 x 7
Type of Ventilation Forced Air Cooling
Environment
Permissible Ambient Temperature -35°C to +60°C / >50°C Active Power derating
Relative Humidity 4% to 100% non-condensing
Max. Altitude (above sea level) 2,000 m
Noise Level < 79 dBA
Control Interface
Interface Graphic Display
Communication protocol Modbus TCP
Plant Controller Communication Optional
Keyed On/Off Switch Standard
Certifications
UL1741, CSA 22.2 No. 107.1-01, UL62109-1,
Safety IE62109, IEC62109-2
Compliance NEC 2014 / NEC 2017 (optional)
Utility Interconnect IEEE 1547-2003
(Source: Power Electronics)
120
CHAPTER 3
3.1 DESIGN ALTERNATIVE 1: DIESEL POWER PLANT-OPTION 1
For DM5415-06
Table 3-0-1 Summary of Design Calculation for Design Alternative 1-Option 1

27 MW Diesel Power Plant – Option 1 (DM5415-06)
Power Station
Total Energy Chargeable 81,438 kW
Plant Rated Capacity 32,900 kW
Plant Net Capacity 29,939 kW
Total Auxiliary Power 2,961 kW
Over-all Station Thermal Efficiency 36.76%
Diesel-Generator Set Specification
Number of Units 7 units
Manufacturer Caterpillar
Model Number PRIME DM5414-06
Speed 900 RPM
Frequency 60 Hz
Bore x Stroke (DxL) 0.28m x 0.3m
Displacement per cylinder 0.0185 m3
Dimension (LxWxH) 10.2617m x 2.5303m x 3.9777m
Weight 64,338.20 kg
Ratings
Brake Power 4,920 kW
Electrical Power 4,700 kW
Efficiencies
Mechanical Efficiency 97.21%
Generator Efficiency 95.53%
Combined Efficiency 92.86%
Thermal Efficiencies
Indicated Thermal Efficiency 43.50%
Brake Thermal Efficiency 42.29%
Combined Thermal Efficiency 40.40%
Heat Rates
𝑘𝐽
Indicated Heat Rate 8,275.52 𝑘𝑊−ℎ𝑟
𝑘𝐽
Brake Heat Rate 8,512.68 𝑘𝑊−ℎ𝑟
𝑘𝐽
Combined Heat Rate 8,911.1489 𝑘𝑊−ℎ𝑟
Fuel Consumption
𝑘𝑔
Mass Flow Input per unit 953.004 ℎ𝑟
𝑘𝑔
Total Mass Flow Input for 7 units 6,671.028 ℎ𝑟
𝑚3
Volume Flow Input per unit 1.13311 ℎ𝑟
121
𝒎𝟑
Total Volume Flow Input for 7 units 7.93177 𝒉𝒓
𝑚3
Day Tank Minimum Capacity of Fuel 27.19464 𝑑𝑎𝑦
Storage Tank Minimum Capacity of Fuel 5,710.8744 𝑚3
Specific Fuel Consumption
𝑘𝑔
Indicated SFC 0.1883035 𝑘𝑊−ℎ𝑟−𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
𝑘𝑔
Brake SFC 0.1937 𝑘𝑊−ℎ𝑟−𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
𝑘𝑔
Combined SFC 0.2028 𝑘𝑊−ℎ𝑟−𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
Heat Balance
Energy Chargeable 11,634 kW
Indicated Power 5061 kW
Useful heat output / Brake Power (BP) 4,920 kW
Heat loss due to friction 141 kW
Heat loss due to coolant 1,550 kW
Heat loss due to exhaust gasses 3,820 kW
Radiation and unaccounted losses 1,203 kW
Cooling System
Heat loss due to Water Coolant 1,005 kW
Heat loss due to Lubricating Oil 545 kW
𝑘𝑔
Mass Flow Rate of Cooling Water 42.8623 𝑠𝑒𝑐
𝐺𝑃𝑀
Cooling Water Feed Pump Minimum Capacity 685 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
𝑘𝑔
Mass Flow Rate of Lubricating Oil (SAE 30) 0.0185 𝑠𝑒𝑐
𝐺𝑃𝑀
Lube Oil Transfer Pump Minimum Capacity 0.0478 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
Air Intake
𝑘𝑔
Air Mass Flow Input per unit 31,298 ℎ𝑟
𝑘𝑔𝑎𝑖𝑟
32.8414
Air-Fuel Ratio 𝑘𝑔𝑓 −𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
Machine Foundation (Per Unit)
Machine Foundation Dimension
Top Dimension (L x W) 39.3667 ft x 14.30167 ft
Bottom Dimension (L’ x W’) 44.4401 ft x 19.0751 ft
Height (h) 4.1339 ft
Clearance 3 ft
Spread Footed Angle 30°
Bed Plate Dimension (a x b) 2.53035m x 10.2616m
Weight & Volume
Weight of the Machine Foundation (W F) 436,355.3647 lbf
Volume of the Machine Foundation (V F) 1015.6144 ft3
Weight of the Engine (WE) 141,840 lbf
Min. Weight of the Foundation (min. WF) 425,520 lbf
Safety
122
Factor of Safety (FS) 3
𝑙𝑏𝑓
Induced Stress (SI) 682.076 𝑓𝑡 2
𝑙𝑏𝑓
Design Stress (SD) 1000 𝑓𝑡 2
Type of Soil Sand
𝑙𝑏
Safe Bearing Capacity of Soil (SBC) 3000 𝑓𝑡𝑓2
Cementing Materials Estimation
Cement Class Class A
C:S:G Proportion 1:2:4
𝑓𝑡 3
Yield 5.06301 𝑏𝑎𝑔 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡
Number of Bags of Cement 575 bags of cement
Volume of Sand 1150 ft3
Volume Gravel 2300 ft3
Volume of Water 4025 gal
Weight of Reinforcement Steel Bars 989.6475 kg to 1979.2950 kg
For the Whole Power Plant
Cementing Materials Total
Volume Gravel 16,100 ft3
Volume of Water 28,175 ft3
Power Plant Economics
Capital Cost Php. 2,305,695,953
Cost by Components
Cost of Genset Php. 1,581,965,074
Cost of Oil Pump Php. 304,1519.296
Cost of Cooling water Pump Php. 1,942,446.912
Cost of Cooling Tower Php. 7,320,320.00
Cost of Day Tank Php. 32,666,928.00
Cost of Land Php. 135,000,000.00
Cost of Switchgear Php. 258,867,012.1
Cost of Emission Control Php. 57,526,002.68
Cost of Building Php. 230,104,010.7
Operations and Maintenance Cost
O&M Cost per kW 0.02 USD/kW-h
O&M Cost Php. 271,805,393.2 per year
Gross Income
Load Generation Price 3.788 Php/kW-hr
Gross Income Php. 1,003,108,508 per year
Value Added Tax (VAT)
VAT Percentage 12%
VAT Php. 120,373,020.9
123
Net Profit
Net Profit Php. 610,930.093
Return of Investment (ROI)
Return of Investment 26.50%
(For the design computations, please refer to Appendices)
124
3.2 DESIGN ALTERNATIVE 1: DIESEL POWER PLANT-OPTION 2
For 16CM32C

27 MW Diesel Power Plant – Option 2 (16CM32C)
Power Station
Total Energy Chargeable 72,095.7184 kW
Plant Rated Capacity 30,720 kW
Plant Net Capacity 27,955.2 kW
Total Auxiliary Power 2764.8 kW
Over-all Station Thermal Efficiency 38.78 %
Diesel-Generator Set Specification
Number of Units 4 units
Manufacturer Caterpillar
Model Number 16CM32C
Speed 720 RPM
Frequency 60 Hz
Bore x Stroke (DxL) 0.32m x 0.46m
Displacement per cylinder 592 Liters
Dimension (LxWxH) 10.51m x 3m x 5.661m
Weight 308,647 lbf or 140,001.3608 kg
Ratings
Brake Power 8,000 kW
Electrical Power 7,680 kW
Efficiencies
Mechanical Efficiency 60.02%
Generator Efficiency 96.00 %
Combined Efficiency 57.62 %
Thermal Efficiencies
Indicated Thermal Efficiency 73.95 %
Brake Thermal Efficiency 44.39 %
Combined Thermal Efficiency 42.61 %
Heat Rates
𝑘𝐽
Indicated Heat Rate 4,868.0688 𝑘𝑊−ℎ𝑟
𝑘𝐽
Brake Heat Rate 8,110.7683 𝑘𝑊−ℎ𝑟
𝑘𝐽
Combined Heat Rate 8,448.717 𝑘𝑊−ℎ𝑟
Fuel Consumption
𝑘𝑔
Mass Flow Input per unit 1424 ℎ𝑟
𝑘𝑔
Total Mass Flow Input for 4 units 5696 ℎ𝑟
𝑚3
Volume Flow Input per unit 1.6931 ℎ𝑟
𝑚3
Total Volume Flow Input for 4 units 6.7724 ℎ𝑟
Day Tank Minimum Capacity of Fuel 40.6344 𝑚3
125
𝑚3
Storage Tank Minimum Capacity of Fuel 4876.128 𝑚𝑜𝑛𝑡ℎ
Specific Fuel Consumption
𝑘𝑔
Indicated SFC 0.1068 𝑘𝑊−ℎ𝑟
𝑘𝑔
Brake SFC 0.178 𝑘𝑊−ℎ𝑟
𝑘𝑔
Combined SFC 0.1854 𝑘𝑊−ℎ𝑟
Heat Balance
Energy Chargeable 18,029.9296 kW
Indicated Power 13,328.9296 kW
Useful heat output / Brake Power (BP) 8000 kW
Heat loss due to friction 5328.9296 kW
Heat loss due to coolant 1,115 kW
Heat loss due to exhaust gasses 3,233 kW
Radiation and unaccounted losses 347 kW
Cooling System
Heat loss due to Water Coolant 1,115 kW
𝑘𝑔
Mass Flow Rate of Cooling Water 47.5537 𝑠𝑒𝑐
𝐺𝑃𝑀
Cooling Water Feed Pump Minimum Capacity 757 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
𝑘𝑔
Mass Flow Rate of Lubricating Oil (SAE 30) 3.956 × 10−3
𝑠 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
Lube Oil Transfer Pump Minimum Capacity 0.0714 GPM
Air Intake
𝑘𝑔
Air Mass Flow Input per unit 55,597.29 ℎ𝑟
𝑘𝑔𝑎𝑖𝑟
39.043
Air-Fuel Ratio 𝑘𝑔𝑓 −𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
Top Dimension (L x W) 40.5 ft x 15.8333 ft
Bottom Dimension (L’ x W’) 53.815 ft x 28.5031 ft
Height (h) 6.3349 ft
Clearance 3 ft
Spread Footed Angle 30°
Bed Plate Dimension (a x b) 3m x 10.51m
Weight & Volume
Weight of the Machine Foundation (W F) 1,006,731.317 lbf
Volume of the Machine Foundation (V F) 6,711.5421 ft3
Weight of the Engine (WE) 308,647 lbf
Min. Weight of the Foundation (min. W F) 925,941 lbf
Safety
Factor of Safety (FS) 3
𝑙𝑏
Induced Stress (SI) 857.5417 𝑓𝑡𝑓2
𝑙𝑏
Design Stress (SD) 1000 𝑓𝑡𝑓2
126
Type of Soil
Safe Bearing Capacity of Soil (SBC)
C:S:G Proportion 1:2:4
𝑓𝑡 3
Volume of Sand 2,652 ft3
Weight of Reinforcement Steel Bars 2,283.2516 kg to 4,566.5033 kg
For the Whole Power Plant
Volume of Water 4963.6364 ft3
Capital Cost Php. 2,151,243,218
Cost by Components
Cost of Genset Php. 1,477,141,856
Cost of Oil Pump Php. 173,805.312
Cost of Cooling water Pump Php. 1,101,603.584
Cost of Cooling Tower Php. 4,183,040.00
Cost of Day Tank Php. 23,357,544.19
Cost of Land Php. 135,000,000
Cost of Switchgear Php. 241,714,121.9
Cost of Emission Control Php. 53,714,249.32
Cost of Building Php. 214,856,997.3
Operations and Maintenance Cost
O&M Cost per kW 0.02 USD/kW-hr
O&M Cost Php. 281,421,545 per year
Gross Income
Load Generation Price 3.788 Php/kW-hr
Gross Income Php. 930,769,829.1
Value Added Tax (VAT)
VAT Percentage 12%
VAT Php. 111,316,085.6
Net Profit
Net Profit Php. 534,896,415.9
Return of Investment 24.86 %
127
3.3 DESIGN ALTERNATIVE 2: COAL-FIRED POWER PLANT-OPTION 1
For SST 150

27 MW Coal-Fired Power Plant – Option 1 (SST 150)
Computed Data
Higher Heating Value 10,406.7502 Kj/Kg
Mass of Fuel 16.0536 Kg/s
Air fuel ratio theoretical 3.3887 Kga/Kgf
Percent excess air 31.32%
Air fuel ratio actual 4.45 Kga/Kgf
Mass of Air 71.4385 Kg/s
Chimney
Head of Stack 52m
Volume flow of gas 117.0640 m^3/s
Velocity of gas 15.9467 m/s
Diameter 3.0573 m
Boiler
Heat adsorbed 110390.1702 kW
Heat Rejected 74085.7024 kW
Work Pump 139.7680 kW
Steam Rate 4.6326 kg/kW-hr
Developed Boiler Horsepower 11250.9096 HP
Turbine
Work Turbine 36444.2358 kW
Power Output 32070.9275 kW
Net Power 28062.0616 kW
Thermal Efficiency 32.8874 %
Cooling Tower
Cooling Tower Efficiency 66.67 %
Mass of Cooling Water 1,769.4221 kg/sec
Pump Capacity 28190.6322 gal/min
Capital Cost Estimation
Land Use 1,386,605.724 m2
Capital Cost 5,335,135,804 Php
Land Cost 554,642,289.6 Php
Cost of Foundation 422,636.02 Php
Income 931180021.6 Php/year
Fixed O&M 61,773,712.07 Php/year
Variable O&M 59,126,686.5 Php/year
Total O&M 120,900,398.6 Php/year
Net Profit 810279623 Php/year
Total Investment 5,890,200,729.62 Php
ROI 13.76 %
128
3.4 DESIGN ALTERNATIVE 2: COAL-FIRED POWER PLANT-OPTION 2
For SST 100

27 MW Coal-Fired Power Plant– Option 2 (SST 100)
Computed Data
Higher Heating Value 10,406.7502 Kj/Kg
Mass of Fuel 16.0536 Kg/s
Air fuel ratio theoretical 3.3887 Kga/Kgf
Percent excess air 31.32%
Air fuel ratio actual 4.45 Kga/Kgf
Mass of Air 71.4385 Kg/s
Chimney
Head of Stack 50 m
Volume flow of gas 117.0640 m^3/s
Velocity of gas 15.6370 m/s
Diameter 3.0874 m
Boiler
Heat adsorbed 129396.2839 kW
Heat Rejected 93742.0307 kW
Work Pump 172.4754 kW
Steam Rate 5.7899 kg/kW-hr
Developed Boiler Horsepower 32349.071 HP
Turbine
Work Turbine 35826.8186 kW
Power Output 31527.5212 kW
Net Power 27586.5811 kW
Thermal Efficiency 27.5543 %
Cooling Tower
Cooling Tower Efficiency 66.67 %
Mass of Cooling Water 2,238.8830 kg/sec
Pump Capacity 35670.6206 gal/min
Capital Cost Estimation
Land Use 1,363,111.228 m2
Capital Cost 5,244,737,847 Php
Land Cost 545,244,489.2 Php
Cost of Foundation 691,584.34 Php
Income 915402207.6 Php/year
Fixed O&M 60,727,024.95 Php/year
Variable O&M 69,749,820.35 Php/year
Total O&M 130,476,845.3 Php/year
Net Profit 784925362.3 Php/year
Total Investment 5,790,673,906 Php
ROI 13.55 %
129
3.5 DESIGN ALTERNATIVE 3: SOLAR POWER PLANT-OPTION 1
For Monocrystalline Solar Module

27 MW Solar Power Plant
Rated Capacity 27 MW
Total Number of PV Module 72 000 modules
Land Area 17.12 Hectares
Averaged Direct Normal Radiation 𝑘𝑊ℎ
4.8 𝑚2
Actual Energy Generated (Ep) 111 538.2682 kWh
Annual Sun Peak Hours 5.25 hours
Number of Inverters 8
Inverter Efficiency 98 %
PV System Grid-tied
Foundation Option Earthscrews
Solar Module Characteristics
Power Rating per Module 375 W
Cell Area 0.012286
𝑚2
𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑙
Area of Module 1.984 m2
No. of Cells per Module 144 cells
Length of Module 2.0 m
Width of Module 0.992 m
Solar Module Arrangement and Land Required Calculation
Orientation Facing South
Total Number of PV Module 72 000
Number of Modules Per Row 160
Number of Rows 450
Total Module Area 142 848 m2
Solar Energy Effective Area 127 381.248 m2
Length of Row 158.72 m
Total Row Width 1 071.8145 m
Latitude 15.224387°
Angular Inclination 12.3622°
Height from the Ground (z) 0.968999 m
Height Difference of Module 0.428182 m
Lowest Solar Altitude Angle 37°
Azimuth Angle 224°
Shadow Distance 0.568217 m
Inter-Row Spacing 0.408741 m
Plant Economics
Capital Cost Php 3,700,719,598.00
Operation and Maintenance Cost Php 84 706 560.00
130
Generation Charge Php 165 993 616.6 per year
Feed-in-Tariff Php 394 088 786.4
Gross Annual Income Php 560 082 403.00
Net Annual Income Php 475 375 843.00
Return of Investment (ROI) 12.85 %
Capital Cost Breakdown
Cost of Modules Php 893 654 208.00
Cost of Inverters Php 211 766 400.00
Owner’s Cost Php 268 237 440.00
Land Cost Php 843,655,000.00
Cost of Structure Php 1 143 538 560.00
Engineering Procurement Cost Php 77 647 680.00
Balance of System Cost (BOS) Php 261 178 560.00
131
3.6 DESIGN ALTERNATIVE 3: SOLAR POWER PLANT-OPTION 2
For Polycrystalline Solar Module

Total Number of PV Module 75 000modules
4.8 2
𝑚
PV System Grid-tied
Module Efficiency %
Cell Area 𝑚2
0.012286 𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑙
Length of Module 2m
Number of Rows 469
Total Row Width 785.454 m
Azimuth Angle 224°
Plant Economics
132
Land Cost Php 886,510,000.00
For the design computations, refer to Appendix D.
133
CHAPTER 4
STANDARDS, CONSTRAINTS AND TRADE-OFFS
4.1 Codes and Standards
As written in the Manual on Engineering Student Design Project for TIP Students an engineering design must
observe a certain codes and standards. These codes and standards must be observed by the proponents
when making a design.
Codes and standards are somehow different for each field, though there are many other applicable standards
that other fields can also use. In Mechanical Engineering these are some of the organizations that publishes
codes and standards that must be followed by mechanical engineers;
• Philippine Society of Mechanical Engineers (PSME)

• American Society of Mechanical Engineers (AMSE)
• American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)
• American Society for Testing and Measurement (ASTM)
• Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE)
4.1.1 Design Alternative 1 – Diesel Power Plant
The proponents considered the Philippine Mechanical Code (PMC) in thoroughly designing the Design
Alternative – Diesel Power Plant. Codes and standards from the Philippine Mechanical Code were used in the
computations for the design, the following sections of the codes that were used are;
SECTION 9.0 Diesel Fuel Oils
9.1 Classification. Refiners grade fuels broadly according to methods of production. (1) Distillate fuels are
produced by distinguished according to choice of initial and final boiling points used in the process. (2) Residual
fuels are those left after the distillation process. (3) Blended fuels are mixtures of straight distillate fuels with
cracked fuel stocks. Cracked stocks are residuals of fuels which have been treated thermally or catalytically
to obtain yields of lighter-grade fuels or gasoline.
9.2 Specification. Terms usually employed in diesel fuel-specification are:
Specific gravity, seldom used, compares the weight of the fuel with water, it is expressed as a decimal, with
water taken as 1.0 The term API (American Petroleum Institute) gravity is frequently used. Water is taken as
API 10 Degree. Oils lighter than water have higher degrees API gravity.
c. Diesel Engine – manufacturers supply foundation drawing with each engine sent out. In the absence of such
drawing, foundations may be designed but in no event, should absurdly shallow foundations be allowed.
Foundations perform three functions:
1. Support the weight of the engine.
2. Maintain proper alignment with the driven machinery, and

134
3. Absorb the vibration produced by unbalanced forces created by reciprocating revolving masses.
(a). Materials. The foundation should be concrete, 1 part of cement, 2-part sand and 4 parts of broken stone
or gravel. (Maximum of 50mm); the entire foundation should be poured at one time, with no interruption than
are required for spading and ramming. The top should be level and left rough for grouts. After pouring, the top
should be covered and wet down twice daily until the forms are remove at the end of the third or fourth day,
the engine should not be placed on the foundation until 10 days have elapsed, nor operated until after another
10 days.
(b). Soil Bearing Pressure. The first objective is achieved by making its supporting area sufficient large. The
safe load varies from about 4, 890Kg/m2 for alluvial soil or wet clay, to (12,225Kg/m2. average). In computation
2,406Kg/m2 may be used as weight of concrete.
(c). Depth. The foundation may be taken as good practice rule, to be 3.2 to 4.2 times the engine stroke, the
lower factor for well-balanced multi-cylinder engines and higher factors for engines with fewer cylinders, or on
less firm soil.
(d). Weight. The minimum weight required to absorb vibration could be expressed as a function of the
reciprocating masses and the speed of the engine. However, for practical purposes it is simpler to use empirical
formula.
4.1.2 Design Alternative 2 – Coal-Fired Power Plant
Boiler or Steam Generator - a closed vessel intended for use in heating water or for application of heat to
generate-steam or other vapor to be used externally to itself.
Coal-Fired Boiler- used stokered water temperature coal or pulverized coal for water-tube.
Condemned Boiler Unfired Pressure Vessel – a boiler or unfired pressure vessel that has been inspected
and declared unsafe to operate or disqualified, stamped and marked indicating its rejection by qualified
inspecting authority.
Existing Installations - any boiler or unfired pressure vessel constructed, installed, placed in operation but
subject to periodic inspection.
External Inspection - an inspection made on the external parts, accessories and/or component even when a
boiler or unfired pressure vessel is in operation.
Fire Tube Boiler- a boiler where heat is applied inside the tube.
Fusion Welding - a process of welding metals in a molten and vaporous state, without the application of
mechanical pressure or blows. Such welding may be accomplished by the oxy-acetylene or hydrogen flame
or by electric arc. Thermal welding is also classified as fusion welding.
135
Gas-Fired Boiler - uses natural gas or liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) for heating boiler, fire tube or water-
tube type.
Heat-Recovery Steam Generator- unfired pressure vessel that uses flue gas heat.
Internal Inspection - an inspection made when a boiler or unfired pressure vessel is shut down and hand
holes, manholes, or other inspection opening are opened ore removed for inspection of the interior.
Locomotive Boiler- a boiler mounted on a self-propelled track locomotive and used to furnish motivating
power for traveling on rails. (It does not include locomotive cranes, tractors, or other self propelled apparatus).
Locomotive boilers however, if dismantled from locomotive and reinstalled for stationary use, are not included
in this definition.
Low Pressure Heating Boiler - a boiler operated at a pressure not exceeding 1.055 kg/cm2 gage steam
water
temperature not exceeding 121 °C.
136
Medium Pressure Heating Boiler - a boiler operated at pressure not exceeding 103.5 MPa gage steam, or
water temperature not exceeding 130°C.
Miniature Boiler - as used in this Code herein mean any boiler which does not exceed any of the following
limits: 405 mm inside diameter, 1065 mm overall length of outside of heads at center, 1.85rn2 of water heating
surface, 7.03 kg/cm2 maximum allowable working pressure.
New Boiler or Unfired Pressure Vessel Installation- include all boilers and unfired pressure vessels
constructed, installed, placed in operation or constructed for.
Oil-Fired Boiler- uses Bunker C as fuel for heating boiler and power boiler.
Portable Boiler- an internally fired boiler which is self-contained and primarily intended for temporary
location and the construction and usage is obviously portable.
Power Boiler- a closed vessel in which steam or other vapor (to be used externally to itself) is
generated at a pressure of more than 1.055 kg/cm2 gage by the direct application of heat.
ASME Boiler Construction Code - The term, ASME shall mean the Boiler Construction Code of the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers with amendments and interpretations thereto made and approved by the
Council of the Society.
Reinstalled Boiler or Unfired Pressure Vessel- a boiler or unfired pressure vessel removed from its
original setting and re-erected at the same location or erected at a location without change of ownership
Second Hand Boiler or Unfired Pressure Vessel- as used herein shall mean a boiler or unfired pressure
vessel of which both the location and ownership have been changed after primary use.
Steam System- comprises steam generation, distribution, and utilization. It includes fuel, combustion air,
feed water, combustion system, steam quality and efficiency.
Unfired Pressure Vessel- a vessel in which pressure is obtained from an external source, or from an
indirect application of heat.
Waste-Heat Boiler- unfired pressure vessel that uses flue gas heat from waste incinerator.
Water Tube Boiler- a boiler where heat is applied outside the tube.
Section 1.0 General Requirements for Boilers and Pressure Vessel Installation
137
1.1 Installation and Operating Permits
Application for permits to install and operate steam generators for power or heat, unfired pressure
vessels for steam, air or gases shall be secured from the place or locality of installation. For municipalities,
permits shall be secured from the office of the Municipal City Engineer or Build in a Official, if available. A
similar permit to install and operate pollution sources equipment shall also be secured from the regional
offices of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources. For sample application forms, see back
pages. Application forms shall be accompanied by plans and specifications in quadruplicate showing:
a. General Layout giving a plan view, longitudinal view and at least a front view showing location
of boiler with respect to building, location, size and height of smokestack, location of steam
generator auxiliaries and location and size of fuel supply. Building permit and location plan of
the same, Electrical permit, Fire Department permit and other permits necessary should also
be stipulated on the plan.
b. Detailed assembly plan of boiler should show all appendages indicating instruments, panels if
any for controls and all safety devices. Details should show actual joints, riveting, welding,
thickness of plates, tubes, fusible plugs etc. Steam conditions like temperature, pressure,
degrees superheat should be indicated.
c. Piping drawing, preferably in isometric drawing showing elevations headers, leads to headers
preferably from the bottom, branches from headers, preferably from the top, expansion joints,
pipes covering sizes, fittings and valves and method support.
d. All plans and specification should be prepared under supervision of a Professional Mechanical
Engineer and should have his signature and seal on every page, regardless of boiler horsepower.
1.2 Locations
Steam boilers should preferably be located.
a. In detached build as of fire-resistant construction used for io other purpose and situated not
less than 3 m distance from buildings not forming part of factory, or in structures of fire resisting
materials, preferably stone or concrete walls connected to or in close proximity to other factory
buildings.
b. No part of the steam boiler should be closer than one meter from any wall.
c. In case of firetube boilers, sufficient room for tube removal either thru the front or rear should. be
provided.
1.3 Steam Boiler Rooms
a. Boiler rooms should be provided with two doors preferably on opposite ends or sides which if
locked may be opened without key from the inside.
138
b. As the room air is usually the source of combustion air, sufficient ventilation from outside should
be provided.
c. Steam boilers should be mounted over a suitable foundation or concrete pad of not less than 305
mm thick and with sufficient area at base to be supported by the bearing capacity of the soil with
a safety factor of not less than four (4).
1.4 Where brickwork is necessary, the surface facing the hot gases should be fired brick and the outside may
be red brick or other suitable material.
Q Brickwork should be provided with sufficient expansion joints both vertically and horizontally to
take care of expansion at operating temperature.
Q Insulating cables is used for medium pressure boiler.
1.5 No structural stress other than its own weight should be imposed on any brickwork and in no case should
the full weight or part weight of steam boiler or its appurtenances be supported on brickwork.
1.6 No steam boiler should be enclosed or walled-in without authorization and inspection by authorized
government representativeand who will conduct a hydrostatic test of 130% of stipulated working pressure.
1.7 Ceiling Clearance
η When boilers are replaced or new boilers are installed in either existing or new buildings, a
minimum height of at least 2,130 mm shall be provided between the top of the boiler proper and
the ceiling except in single installation of self-contained boilers where a minimum height of at
least 915 mm shall be provided between the highest point of any valve stem or fitting and the
ceiling.
1.8 Other Requirements
W All boilers and unfired pressure vessels shall be so located that adequate space will be
provided for the proper operation of the boiler and its appurtenances, for the inspection of all
surfaces, tubes, water walls, economizers, piping, valves and other equipment and for their
necessary maintenance and repair.
W Smokestacks should be of sufficient capacity to handle flue gases, self-supporting or guyed to

withstand a wind load 160 kph and rise at least 5,000 mm above the eaves of any building within
a radius of 50 meters. However, in lieu of the said height requirement, a system should be so
designed and constructed to eliminate smoke nuisance to the neighboring structures.
W No smokestack should be closer than 305 mm from any exposed woodwork or framing.
W Where two or more steam boilers will be connected in parallel, each steam outlet should be
provided with a non-return valve and a shut off valve.
139
W Only steam pressure sufficient for requirements should be allowed. No high pressure
will be generated just to be reduced on the line to suit requirements.
W All construction features of boiler should be in conformity with the ASME Boiler
Construction Code when available or its equivalent. (JIS, ASTM, IS0 Standards).
W All boiler installations, including reinstalled boilers, shall be installed in accordance

with the requirements of the latest revision of the A.S.M.E. Boiler Construction Code
and/or Rules and Regulations provided herein.
W Ladders and Catwalks. A steel catwalk or platform at least 455 mm wide and provided
with standard handrails and toe-board on either side shall be installed across the tops
of adjacent boilers or at some other convenient level for the purpose of affording safe
access to the boilers. All catwalks shall have at least two means of exit, each exit to
be remotely located from the other, and connected to a permanent stairway or inclined
ladder leading to the floor level.
Section 2.0 Specific Requirements for Fired Tube Boilers 2.1

Maximum Allowable Working Pressure
The maximum allowable working pressure on the shell of a boiler or drum shall be
determined by the strength of the weakest SECTION OF THE STRUCTURE, computed from the
thickness of the plate, the tensile strength of the plate, the efficiency of the longitudinal joint, OR
TUBE LIGAMENTS, the inside diameter of the outside course and the factor of safety by these
rules.
2.2 Allowable Stresses b. Pressure on Old Boilers
a. Tensile Strength
When the tensile strength of steel or wrought iron shell plates is not known, it shall
be taken as 379.31 ~lmm~ for steel and 310.04 Nlmm2 for wrought iron.
b. Crushing Strength of Mild Steel
The resistance to crush in of mild steel shall 9 be taken at 655.17 N/mm of cross
sectional area.
2.3 Factor of Safety
a. The Professional Mechanical Engineer shall increase the following factors of safety
shall be increased if the condition and safety of the boilers demand it.\
b. The lowest factor of safety permissible on existing installations shall be 4.5 except for
horizontal return tubular boilers having continuous lap seams more than 3,650 mm
in length where the factor of safety shall be 9, and when this latter type of boiler is
140
removed from its existing setting, it shall not be reinstalled for pressure in excess of
1.05 kg/cm2 gage.
c. Reinstalled or second-hand boilers shall have a minimum factor of safety of 6 when the
longitudinal seams are of lap riveted construction and a minimum factor of safety of 5 when the
longitudinal seams are of butt and double strap construction.
2.4 Age Limit of Fire Tube Boilers
The age limit of a horizontal return tubular, flue or cylinder boiler having a longitudinal lap joint
and operating at a pressure in excess of 0.345 MPa or 3.45 Bar gage shall be thirty years (30
years). A reasonable time for replacement shall he given at the discretion of the Inspector not
to exceed one (I) year.
a. Welded Boilers
Boilers having either longitudinal or circumferential seams or fusion welded

construction shall be constructed and stamped in accordance with the rules and
regulations of the ASME Boiler Construction Code.
b. Pressure on Old
In no case shall the maximum allowable working pressure of an old boiler

be increased to a greater pressure than would be allowed for a new boiler
of same construction.
c. Safety Valves
1. The use of weighted-lever safety valves shall be prohibited and direct spring-loaded pop type
valves shall replace these valves.
2. Safety valves having either the seat or disc of cast iron shall not be used.
3. Each boiler shall have at least one safety valve and if it has more than 46.5 m2 of water heating
surface or the generating capacity exceeds 910 kg/hr, it shall have two (2) or more safety valves.
4. The valve or valves shall be connected direct to the boiler, independent of any other steam
connection, and attached as close as possible to the boiler, without necessary intervening pipe or
fittings. When alternation is required to conform to this rule and regulation, owners or users shall
be allowed one (1) year in which to complete the work.
5. No valve of any description shall be placed between the safety valve and the boiler nor on the
vent-out pipe (if used) between the safety valve and the atmosphere. When a vent-out pipe is used,
it shall be sufficiently sized and fitted with an open drain to prevent water lodging in the upper part
of the safety valve or escape pipe. When an elbow is placed on a safety valve outlet or vent-out
pipe shall be securely anchored and supported. All safety valve discharges shall be so located or
141
piped as to be carried clear from walkways or platform used to control the main stop valves of 7
liters or steam headers.
6. The safety valve capacity of each boiler shall be such that the safety valve or valves will discharge
all the steam that can be generated by the boiler without allowing the pressure to rise more than 6%
above the highest pressure to which any valve is set, and in no case to more than 6% above
maximum allowable working pressure.
7. One or more safety valves on every boiler shall be set at or below the maximum allowable working
pressure. The remaining valves may be set within 3 to 5 percent above the maximum allowable
working pressure, but the highest setting shall not exceed 10% of the highest pressure to which any
valve is set.
8. When two or more boilers operating at different pressures and safety valve settings are
interconnected, the lower pressure boilers or interconnected piping shall be equipped with safety
valves of sufficient capacity to prevent over pressure considering the generating capacity of other
boilers.
9. The relieving capacity of the safety valves on any boiler shall be checked by any one of the three
following methods and if found to be insufficient, additional valves shall be provided.
9.1 By making the accumulation test, which consists of shutting off all other steam
discharge outlets from the boiler and forcing the fires to the maximum. The safety
valve capacity shall be sufficient to prevent a pressure in excess of 6 percent above
the maximum allowable working pressure.
9.2 By measuring the maximum amount of fuel that can be burned and computing
the corresponding evaporative capacity (steam generating capacity) upon the basis
of the heating value of this fuel. These computations shall be made as outlined in
the appendix of the ASME Boiler Construction Code.
9.3 By determining the maximum evaporative capacity by measuring the feed

water. When either of the methods outlined in (b) is employed, the sum of the safety
valve capacities shall be equal to or greater than the maximum evaporative capacity
(maximum steam generating capacity) of the boiler.
2.5 Feedwater System
a. All boilers shall have a feed water supply system which will permit feeding of the boilers at any
time while under pressure.
b. A boiler having more than 46.5 m2 of water heating surface shall have at least two means of
feeding, one of which shall be an approved feed pump or injector. Where a source of feed directly
from pressure mains is available at sufficient pressure to feed the boiler against a pressure 6
142
percent greater than the release pressure of the safety valve with the highest release setting,
this may be considered one of the means.
c. The feed piping to the boiler shall be provided with two check valves near the boiler and a valve
near the pump. When two or more boilers are fed from a common source, there shall also be a
valve on the branch to each boiler between the check vale and the boiler. When two or more boilers
are fed from a common source, there shall also be a valve on the branch to each boiler between
the check valve and source supply. Whenever a globe valve is used on feed piping, the inlet shall
be under the disc of the valve.
d. Where deaerating heaters are not employed, it is recommended that the temperature of the feed
water be not less than 102°C to avoid the possibility of setting up localized stress. Where deaerating
heaters are employed, it is recommended that the minimum feed water temperature be not less than
197°C so that dissolved gases may be thoroughly released.
2.6 Gages and Gage Connections - Fire Tube Boilers
a. Each boiler shall have three or more gage cocks, located within the range of the visible length
of the water glass, except when such boiler has two water glasses with independent connections
to the boiler, located on the same horizontal line and not less than 61 0 mm apart.
b. For all installations where the water gage glass or glasses are more than 9,000 mm from the
boiler operating floor, it is recommended that water level indicating or recording gages be installed
at eye height from the operating floor.
c. Each steam boiler shall have steam gage, with dial range not less than one and one half (1%)
times and not more than twice the maximum allowable working pressure, connected to the steam
space or to the steam connection to the water column. The steam gage shall be connected to a
siphon or equivalent device of sufficient capacity to keep the gage tube filled with water and so
arranged that the gage cannot be shut off from the boiler except by a cock placed near the gage
and provided with a tee or level handle arranged to be parallel to the pipe in which it is located when
the cock is open.
d. When a steam gage connection longer than 2,440 mm becomes necessary, a shut off valve may
be used provided the boiler is of the outside screw and yoke type and is locked open. The line shall
be ample size with provision for free blowing.
e. Each boiler shall be provided with a 6.35 mm nipple and globe valve connected to the steam
space for the exclusive purpose of attaching a test gage when the boiler is in service so that the
accuracy of the boiler steam gage may be ascertained.
f. Each stem outlet from a boiler (except safety valve connections) shall be fitted with a stop valve
located as close as practicable to the boiler.
143
g. When a stop valve is so located that water can accumulate, ample drains shall be provided. The
drainage shall be piped to a safe location and shall not be discharged on the top of the boiler or its
setting.
h. When boilers provided with manholes are connected to a common steam line, the steam
connection from each boiler shall be fitted with two stop valves having an ample free flow drain
between them. The discharge of this drain shall be visible to the operator while manipulating the
valves and shall be piped clear of the boiler setting. The stop valves shall consist preferably of one
automatic non-return valve and a second valve of the outside-screw and yoke type.
2.7 Blow Off Connections - Fire Tube Boiler
a. The construction of the setting around each blow off pipe shall permit of free expansion and
construction. Careful attention shall be given to the problem of sealing these setting openings
without restricting the movement of the blow-off piping.
b. Fire brick or other resisting materials, so constructed, shall protect all blow-off piping, when
exposed to furnace heat, that the piping may be readily inspected.
c. Each boiler shall have a blow-off pipe, fitted with a valve or cock, in direct connection with the
lowest water space. Cocks shall be of the gland or guard type and suitable for the pressure
allowed. The use of globe valves shall not be permitted. When the maximum allowable working
pressure exceeds 7.00 kg/cm2 gage, each blow-off pipe shall be provided with two valves or
a valve and cock, such valves and cocks to be of the extra heavy type.
d. All fittings between the boiler and blow-off valve shall be steel or extra heavy fittings or malleable
iron. In case of renewal of blow off pipe or fittings, they shall be installed in accordance with the
rules and regulations for new installations.
e. When the maximum allowable working pressure exceeds 7.00 kg/cm2 gage, blow off piping
shall be extra heavy from the boiler to the valve or valves, and shall be run full size without the
use of reducers or bushings. The piping shall be extra heavy wrought iron or steel and shall not
be galvanized.
f. Whenever repairs are made to fittings or appurtenances or it becomes necessary to replace

them, the work shall comply with the code for new installations.
g. All cases not specifically covered by these rules and regulations shall be treated as New
Installations or may be referred to the government agency for instructions concerning the
requirements.
144
Section 3.0 Specific Requirements for Miniature Boilers
3.1 New Boiler Installations
a. No Miniature Boiler, except reinstalled boilers and those exempted by these

Rules and Regulations, shall hereafter be installed unless it has been
constructed/ inspected and stamped in conformity with ASME Boiler
Construction Code and is approved, registered and inspected in accordance with
these Rules and Regulations.
3.2 Existing Installations
a. Rules and Regulations, as adopted for Power Boilers applying to strength of

materials and calculations to determine maximum allowable working pressure,
shall be used for Miniature Boilers unless a special rule is stated herein.
3.3 General Requirements
a. Maximum Allowable Working Pressure. The maximum allowable working pressure on the
shell of a boiler or drum shall be determined by this Code.
b. Construction. The construction of miniature boilers including Factor of Safety, except where
otherwise specified, shall conform to that required for power boilers.
c. Safety Valves
1. Each miniature boiler shall be equipped with a sealed, spring loaded pop type
safety valve not less than 12.7 mm pipe size, connected directly to the boiler.
The safety valve relieving capacity of each boiler shall be such that it will discharge
all the steam that can be generated by the boiler without allowing the pressure to rise
more than six (6) percent above the maximum allowable working pressure.
2. In those cases where the boiler is supplied with feedwater directly from a pressure
main or system without the use of a mechanical feeding device, the safety valve
shall be set to release at a pressure not in excess of ninety-four (94) percent of
the lowest pressure obtained in the supply main or system feeding the boiler.
Return traps shall not be considered mechanical feeding devices.
d. Water Gage Glass
1. Each miniature boiler shall be equipped with water gage glass for the determination
of water level.
145
2. The lowest permissible water level shall be at a point one-third (113) of the height of
the shell, except where the boiler is equipped with internal furnace, in which case it shall
be not less than one-third of the tube length above the top of the furnace.
3. For small boilers where there is insufficient space for the usual type of gage glass,
water level indicators of the glass bull's eye type may be used.
e. Feedwater Connection
1. Every miniature boiler shall be provided with at least one feed pump or other mechanical feeding
device except where the following conditions exist:
a) Where the boiler is connected to a water main or system having sufficient

pressure to feed the boiler at any time while under pressure.
b) Where the fuel burned is such that all heat input can be discontinued
instantaneously by the operation of a valve, cock, or switch, thereby permitting the
boiler pressure to be quickly lowered to a point where water can be introduced from
the connection to the water main.
c) Where the boiler is operated without extraction of steam (closed system) in

which case the boiler is filled, when cold, through the connections or opening
provided in accordance with the following rule.
2. Each miniature boiler shall be fitted with a feedwater connection which shall not be
less than 12.7 mm iron pipe size. The feed piping shall be provided with a check
valve near the boiler and a valve or check between the check valve boiler.
3. Feedwater may be introduced through the blow-off connection where the

boiler is operated without extraction of steam (closed system).
4. Feedwater shall not be introduced through the water column or gage glass
connections while the boiler is under pressure.
f. Blow-Off Connection
1. Each miniature boiler shall be provided with a blow-off connection, not less than
12.7 mm iron size, in direct connection with the lowest water space.
2. Blow-off piping shall not be galvanized and shall be provided with a valve or cock.
g. Steam Gage
Each miniature boiler shall be equipped with a steam gage having a dial range not less than one
and one-half (1%) times and not more than twice the maximum allowable working pressure. The
gage shall be connected to the steam space or to the steam connection to the gage glass by a
146
brass or bronze composition siphon tube, or equivalent device that will keep the gage tube filled
with water.
h. The steam piping from a miniature shall be provided with a stop valve located as close to the
boiler shell or drum as is practicable, except in those cases where the boiler and steam receiver
are operated as closed system.
i. For installations which are gas-fired, the burners used shall conform to the requirements
of the American Gas Association, as stated in the ASME Boiler Construction Code.
j. Each gas-fired boiler shall be equipped with a 100mm vent pipe or flue extended to an
approved location outside the building or connected to a chimney flue. Where the horizontal
run is more than 3,050 mm the vent shall be increased to 152 mm. A draft hood approved
design shall be provided on each boiler.
Section 4.0 Specific Requirements for Low-Pressure Heating Boilers
4.1 New Installation
a. No Heating Boiler, except re-installed boilers and those exempted by these Rules and
Regulations, shall hereafter be installed unless it has been constructed, inspected and
stamped in conformity with ASME Boiler Construction Code or its equivalent and is
approved, registered and inspected in accordance with the requirements of these Rules
and Regulations.
b. All new installation boilers, including reinstalled boilers, must be installed in accordance
with the requirements of the latest revision of the ASME Boiler Construction Code or its
equivalent and these Rules and Regulations.
4.2 General Requirements
If in the judgment of the Engineer based on the following and other requirements, a steam
heating boiler is unsafe for operation at the pressure previously approved, the pressure shall be
reduced, proper repair made, or the boiler retired from service.
a. Safety Valves
Each steam heating boiler shall be provided with one or more safety valves with a total
area of not less than 25.4m2 for each 0.465 m2 of grate area, or equivalent, if grates
are not used. It is further provided that the steam relieving capacity of the safety valve
or valves on any boiler shall be sufficient to prevent a boiler pressure greater than 1.4
kg/cm2. If there is any doubt as to the capacity of the safety valve, an accumulation test
shall be run.
147
No stop valve of any description shall be located between a boiler and its safety valve;
nor in the safety valve discharge pipe. The safety valve may be located on a main
steam pipe connection at the boiler.
b. Water Relief Valves Each Hot Water Heating or Hot Water Supply boiler shall have
one or more relief valves of the spring-loaded type without disc guides on the
pressure side of the valve.
The valves shall be set to relieve at or below the maximum allowable working pressure
of the boiler and so arranged that they cannot be reset to relieve at a higher pressure
of the boiler. Each relief valve shall have a substantial device which will positively lift
the disc from its seat at least 1.5 mm when there is no pressure on the boiler.
c. Steam Gage Each steam boiler shall have a steam pressure gage connected to
the steam space near the boiler itself. The ranges of the steam gage shall not be
less than 1.0 bar nor more than 2.0 bars.
d. Water Gage Glass and Gage Cocks Each steam boiler shall have at least one water
gage glass with the lowest visible part above the heating surfaces in primary
combustion chamber. When, in the judgment of an Engineer, the heating surfaces
above the low water line may be injured by contact with gases of high temperature,
the water gage shall be raised until the lowest visible part of the gage glass is above
such heating surface.
Each steam boiler shall have two or more gauge cocks located within the visible
length of the water gage glass; except when such boiler is provided with two water
gage glasses.
e. Stop Valves and Check Valves If a boiler may be closed off from the heating
system by closing a steam stop valve, there shall be a check valve in the
condensate return line between the boiler and the system.
If any part of heating system may be closed off from the remainder of the system by
closing a steam stop valve, there shall be
a check valve in the condensate return pipe from that part of the system.
f. Feedwater Connection Feedwater connections shall be independent of any water

gage connection and be made to the condensate return pipe or reservoir of the
condensate return pump. There should be a stop valve and a check valve in the
feedwater line at the boiler.
g. Return Pump
Each condensate return pump where practicable shall be provided with an

automatic water level control set to maintain the water level within the limits of two
gage cocks.
148
h. Repairs and Renewal of Fittings and Appurtenances
Whenever repairs are made to fittings or appurtenances or it becomes necessary to

replace them, the work must comply with the Code for New Installations.
Section 5.0 Unfired Pressure Vessels Test and Inspection
5.1 New Installations
a. Requirements
No Unfired Pressure Vessel except reinstalled vessels and those exempt by the
Rules and Regulations, shall hereafter be installed unless it has been constructed,
inspected and stamped in conformity with ASME Unfired Pressure Vessel Boiler
Construction Code and is approved, registered and inspected in accordance with the
requirements of these Rules and Regulations.
b. All new installations unfired pressure vessels, including reinstalled unfired

pressure vessels shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the
latest revision of the ASME Unfired Pressure Vessel Boiler Construction Code,
and these Rules and Regulations.
c. Inspections Upon completion of the installation, all unfired pressure vessels

shall be inspected by the representative authorized by the government
agency concerned.
d. Rupture Discs
Rupture discs or safety heads may be used for additional protection of pressure vessels.
5.2 Existing Installations
a. Maximum Allowable Working Pressure
1. For Internal Pressure - The maximum allowable working pressure on the shell of a
pressure vessel shall be determined by the strength of the weakest course
computed from the thickness of the plate, the tensile strength of the plate, the
efficiency of the longitudinal joint, the inside radius of the course and the factor of
safety by those rules.
2. For external pressure
The maximum allowable working pressure for cylindrical vessels subjected to

external or collapsing pressure shall be determined by the rules of the ASME
149
Section 6.0 Boiler Inspection
6.1 Scope
All boilers and unfired pressure vessels, whether locally manufactured or manufactured outside the
country, shall undergo hydrostatic tests before installation. All others unless otherwise exempted by
these Rules and Regulations, and which are subject to annual inspections as provided for in this
code shall be prepared for such inspections, or hydrostatic tests whenever necessary, by the owner
or user when notified by the authorized representative of the government agency. It is important that
inspection be thorough, complete, and accomplished as outlined in this section by both the
Authorized Inspector and plant inspector as defined in (a) and (b) below.
a. All reference to Authorized Inspector throughout this section mean the Authorized
Inspector, who is an Inspector employed by a city or municipality in the Philippines.
These Inspectors shall be licensed Mechanical Engineers for boilers below 350 hp
and Licensed Professional Mechanical Engineers for boilers 350 hp and above.
b. The plant inspector should be an individual who is a Licensed Mechanical Engineer

knowledgeable and experienced either with the construction, operation, inspection,
and maintenance procedures for power boilers. He should be designated by the
plant manager.
6.2 Inspection Frequency
Similar inspections should be made by the person responsible for the boiler plant as a whole
or by his duly authorized representative who is hereafter termed Quality Assurance Engineer
or Plant Inspector. Such inspections should be supplementary to those made by the
Authorized lInspector and should not be considered as supplanting or superseding the
mandatory inspections made by the Authorized Inspector.
If required by the jurisdiction before a boiler is put into operation for the first time, it should
be inspected by the Authorized Inspector. If such an inspection is not required, the boiler
should be inspected by the plant inspector. In addition to determining that all equipment is
furnished and installed in accordance with the jurisdiction, the Code, and the plant
specification, all controls should be tested by a person familiar with the control system. As
opposed to inspection during manufacture, which pertains to conforming to Code
requirements, this inspection will be concerned with ensuring that the boiler supports, piping
arrangements, safety devises, water columns, gage cocks, thermometers, controls, and
other apparatus on the boiler meet jurisdictional requirements and are adequate for
operation in the system or process in which the steam is to be used.
Boilers that have been on cold standby or out of service for a prolonged period should be
carefully inspected internally and externally for corrosion and for operability of accessories,
safety devices, and controls prior to placing the boiler in service.
150
6.3 Preparation for Inspection
6.3.1 General
Where soot blowers are installed, they should be operated before reducing the boiler load
to 50% of normal rating to clean external surfaces for inspection. It is not advisable to operate
soot blowers after extinguishing fires due to explosion hazard.
All fires should be extinguished. The fuel supply lines should be shut-off and locked where
feasible. Where oil is used, atomizers should be removed from oil burners. Where gas is
used and the supply line does not have a double block and bleed (two shut-off valves with a
vent to atmosphere between them), the supply line should be blanked off and a section of
the pipe removed between the gas shut-off valve and burner.
The boiler and furnace must be cooled sufficiently before draining to prevent damage to the
boiler and to prevent the baking of internal deposits that may be present on the heating
surface. It is recommended that the boiler be drained while there is sufficient heat present
dry out interior of the boiler when ventilated by opening manhole and handhole covers.
Before opening all manhole and selected handhole covers, wash out plugs and water
connections, the non-return and steam stop valves should be closed, tagged, and preferably
padlocked, and thedrain valves or cocks between the two valves should be opened. The
feed and check valves should be closed, tagged, and preferably padlocked shut with any
drain valves or cocks located between these two valves opened. After draining the boiler,
the blow off valves should be closed and padlocked. Blow off lines, where practical, should
be disconnected between pressure parts and valves.
The plant inspector should enter the boiler to make a personal examination of conditions,
but before entering he should first make sure that it has been properly ventilated and isolated
from active systems. Where possible portable lamps of 12V or less with current supplied
from transformers or batteries should be used. Only approved, properly guarded extension
cords with waterproof fittings should be used, and all connections should be made external
to the boiler. Light fixtures should be equipped with explosion-proof guards. Sockets, light
guards and fittings should be properly grounded. Where it is necessary to use higher voltage
supplies, all sockets, guards, and fittings should be properly grounded and the circuit
provided with appropriate ground fault service interrupters. Equipment should be suitable for
use in the boiler or furnace to prevent explosion and ignition of combustible materials (coal
dust, soot, oil, etc.) and electrical shock.
6.3.2 Water Side
The water surfaces of drums and tubes should be preferably not be cleaned, unless
otherwise agreed, until after the plant inspector has a chance to observe the conditions. The
plant inspector should enter the drum of the boiler to make a personal examination of
conditions, but before entering he should first make sure that the drum has been properly
ventilated.
151
6.3.3 Fire Side
The walls, baffles, tubes, tubesheets, shells, and drums should be cleaned of ash and soot
to give the plant inspector an opportunity to examine all parts thoroughly. Brickwork should
be removed as required by the plant inspector in order to determine the condition of the
furnace, supports, or other parts. It is not necessary to remove insulation material, masonry,
or fixed parts of the boiler unless defects or deterioration are suspected. Where there is
moisture or vapor showing through the covering, the covering should be removed and a
complete investigation made.
6.3.4 External Surfaces and Parts
The external inspection will not require any particular preparation other than giving the plant
inspector convenient access to the generating unit and its connections. All external
inspections by the plant inspector should include the examination of the boiler, its
appurtenances, and connections while the boiler is in service. This inspection is made
primarily to observe operation and maintenance of safety devices and operating procedures.
6.3.5 Inspection of Internal Surfaces and Parts
6.3.6 All Boilers
The internal inspection of the boiler by the plant inspector should include the examination of
the physical structure with a view to determining its adequacy for service. The inspection
should cover the condition of the entire boiler, which may include drum, waterwalls,
superheater, reheater, and economizer with their fittings, as well as steam and water
connections with their fittings and valves. The inspection should particularly include a
reexamination of defects and previous repairs recorded on past inspection reports. After the
drums, tubes, and other pressure parts have been inspected for deposits and scale, all these
surfaces should be cleaned internally either by washing, by mechanical means, or by
chemical methods as necessary to provide a clean metal surface for inspection by the plant
inspector. After cleaning, all loose scale and accumulated deposits should be removed from
the boiler and other pressure parts. Brickwork and refractory materials should be dried out
carefully when firing up.
The plant inspector should examine all internal surfaces of the exposed metal to observe
any detrimental action caused by water treatment, scale solvents, oil, or other substances
that may have entered the boiler. The upper half of the drums in the steam space should be
inspected, particularly for signs of grease, oil, or similar deposits. Any evidence of oil should
be taken to prevent the entrance of any additional oil into the boiler. Oil or scale deposits
subject to furnace heat in any boiler may cause tubes or other heating surfaces to overheat,
bulge, or rupture.
6.3.7 Corrosion and Grooving
Corrosion along or immediately adjacent to a joint or seam is more serious than a similar
amount of corrosion in the solid plate. Grooving or cracking along longitudinal seams is
152
especially significant as it is likely to occur when the material is highly stressed. Severe
corrosion is likely to occur at points where the circulation of water is poor, such places should
be inspected carefully.
Careful inspection of the interior of the boiler should be made for cracks, broken stays,
pitting, corrosions, erosion, scale, and thin place in the drums.
The interior face of riveted joints should be examined for conditions of riveting, thinness of
metal, corrosion, cracks, and other defects or faults.
Particular attention should also be given to the tube ends, tubesheets, and drums. The plant
inspector should note any corrosion or cracking of the tubesheets, tube ends, furnaces, or
drums, signs of leaking tubes, excessive thinning of the tubes from repeated rolling, and the
condition of any ferrules and nipples within the drums. The plant inspector should note any
evidence of corrosion or cracking due to leakage at manholes and handholes.
6.3.8 Stays
The plant inspector should note any erosion, corrosion, or cracking of stays and braces.
Particular inspection should be made of any welded stays or braces. All stays, whether
diagonal or through, should be examined to see if they are in even tension. All fastened ends
should be inspected to note if cracks exist where the plate is punched or drilled. If stays are
not found in proper tension, corrective action is recommended. The plant inspector should
test staybolts by tapping one end of each bolt with a hammer, and when practical, a hammer
or other heavy tool should be held at the opposite end by an assistant to make the test more
effective.
6.3.9 Fusible Plugs
Some older boilers of both firetube and watertube-type have fusible plugs. If fusible plugs
are used, determine whether they are kept in good condition and that they are not used for
more than 1 year, as provided for in ASME Code. When the boiler is opened, scrape clean
and brighten the exposed surface of the fusible material as well as the surface of the boiler
near the plugs. If the fusible metal does not appear sound, renew the plug. Never refill a plug
with anything but new metal.
6.3.10 Localization of Heal
Localization of heat caused by an improperly adjusted or defective burner or by poor stoker

installation or operation, creating a blowtorch effect upon the furnace and tubes, should be
corrected and the affected area should be inspected while the boiler is shut down.
6.3.1 1 Freedom of Expansion
When boiler or boiler parts are suspended, the supports and settings should be examined
carefully, especially at point when the boiler structure comes near the setting walls or floor
153
to make sure that the ash and soot will not restrict the boiler and produce excessive strains
due to thermal expansion under operating conditions.
6.3.12 Lap Joints

Boilers with riveted lap joints are apt to crack where the plates lap in the longitudinal or
straight seam. If there is any sign of leakage or other distress at this joint, it should be
investigated thoroughly to determine if cracks exist in the seam. Any cracks noted in the
shell plate are usually dangerous
6.3.13 Fire Surfaces
Particular attention should be given to plate or tube surfaces exposed to fire. The plant
inspector should observe whether any part of the boiler has become deformed during
operation by bulging or blistering. If bulges or blisters are large enough to seriously weaken
the plate or tube, or if water is leaking such a defect, the boiler should remain out of service
until the defective part or parts have received proper repairs. Careful observation should be
made to detect leakage from any part of the boiler structure, particularly in the vicinity of
seams and tube ends.
The plant inspector should inspect the setting for cracks and settlement. Where brickwork is
used as insulation of steel supporting members, it should be examined to see that it is in
good condition and that the air space, if any, is maintained. The furnace refractory should
be examined for spalling, and settlement.
6.3.14 Watertube Boilers
The interior of the tubes should be examined for scale and deposits. Tube ends should be
examined for wastage of metal, brittleness, and short tubes.
Where water walls are used, selected handholes should be opened in the headers. These
headers should be thoroughly inspected for corrosion or deposits and cleaned out, if
necessary, to prevent failures of waterwall tubes when starting up.
The condition of the internal pipes in the steam drum should be inspected to see that their
opening and perforations are free form deposits. All interior fittings should be inspected for
loose connections and damaged or missing gaskets.
Furnace wall headers that are partially exposed to radiant should be inspected carefully for
any evidence of cracking. Drums, tubes, and headers of boilers fired by coal or other fuels
containing or producing abrasive solid particles should be inspected carefully for erosion.
The inspector should inspect baffles and walls, particularly for holes, which may permit short
circuiting of gases. The plant inspector should inspect soot blowers, where used, and also
the boiler tubes for cutting or erosion due to discharge from the blower nozzles. The plant
inspector should enter the furnace for the inspection of the exterior of tubes, drums,
brickwork, and baffles
154
In watertube boiler, it should be noted whether the proper flue gas baffling is in place. The
deterioration of baffling often causes high temperature on portions of the boiler structure,
which are not intended for such temperatures and may result in a dangerous condition. The
location of combustion arches with respect to tube surfaces should be noted to make sure
they do not cause the flame to impinge on a particular part of the boiler and produce
overheating.
In vertical water tube boilers, the bridgewalls should be inspected to see that the mud drum
is properly protected. In sectional and non-sectional header-type water tube boilers, the front
and rear walls should be examined to make sure that the bottoms of the headers are properly
protected. Tile or refractory for protection of drums should be examined carefully to make
sure that drum plates are not exposed directly to furnace flames or gases. A defective
condition of refractory andlor insulation can be detected during operation by location of hot
spots on the casing or other outer covering of the furnace and boiler.
6.3.1 5 Firetube Boilers
6.3.1 5.1 Tube Defects
Tubes in horizontal firetube boilers deteriorate more rapidly at the ends toward the fire. They
should be carefully tapped with a light hammer on their outer surface to determine if there
has been a serious reduction in thickness. They should be inspected as far as possible either
through the handholes, if any, or inspected at the ends.
The surface of tubes should be carefully inspected to detect bulges, cracks, or any evidence
or defective welds. Where there is a high gas velocity, the tubes may become eroded by the
impingement by particles of fuel and ash. A leak from a tube frequently causes serious
erosion action on a number of tubes in its immediate vicinity. The exterior of the tubes should
be inspected for scale and deposits. The space between the tubes should be made visible
by lowering a small light between
them for the purpose of making sure that there is no restriction of circulation.
6.4.1 0.2 Ligaments Between Tube Holes
The ligaments between tube holes in the heads of all fire tube boilers should be inspected.
If leakage is noted, broken ligaments could be the reason.
6.4.10.3 Manholes and Other Openings

The manholes and other reinforcing plates as well as nozzles and other flanged or screwed
connections on the boiler, should be inspected internally and externally to see that they are
not cracked or deformed. Manhole ring surfaces should be examined for erosion and
corrosion. Particular attention should be given to areas of the shell where feedwater piping
terminates. Whenever possible, observation should be made from inside the boiler to check
soundness of pipe connections to the boiler. All opening to external attachments, such as
155
connections to the low water cutoff and opening to safety relief devices, should be inspected
to see that they are from obstruction.
6.4.1 0.4 Fire Surfaces
Firetubes sometimes blister but rarely collapse. The plant inspector should examine the
tubes for such defects; if any are found to have sufficient distortion to warrant it, they should
be replaced.
Inspection of fire tube boilers include a check for any impingement of flame on dry sheets,
particularly at the back arch of return tubular boiler. The arch should be entirely clear of the
rear tube sheets with sheet metal or asbestos rope closing the gap.
6.5 Inspection of External Surfaces and Part
6.5.1 General
The plant inspector should inspect the boiler for alignment, setting, loss of plumb, or
abnormal movement such as displacement of drums or other pressure parts. He should
ensure that provisions are made for expansion and contraction of the boiler and setting, that
external clearances for boiler expansion are unobstructed, and that all supports are in proper
condition to carry loads imposed on them. Permanent reference marks or indicators on
drums and headers are recommended to enable rechecking their position (both hot and
cold). The plant inspector should verify that proper expansion movement occurs as the boiler
is returned to service after an outage. Water sealed expansion joints between the furnace
and ash pit should be examined for leaks in the baffle and for accumulation of sludge.
Inspection should be made for evidence of corrosion made for leaks from root, stacks, valves
or pipes. Riveted joints, butt straps, and riveted heads should be examined for leaks or
wastage. If tell-tale holes are provided on stays, they should be kept clean. If there is
evidence, the stay should be replaced. Where butt straps are covered by masonry or
insulation, periodic testing and inspection for expansion is recommended. Supporting steel,
buck stays, and tie rods should be inspected for condition and possible shifting from place.
6.5.2 Piping
The condition of the main steam header, its connections to the boiler, and its support units
should be inspected to determine that it is properly supported, that allowance is made for
expansion and contraction without exerting excessive stress or strain on the pressure parts
of the boiler, and that the non-return and stop valves in good working condition.
All piping should be inspected for leaks; if any are found, it should be determined whether
they are the result of excessive strains due to expansion or contraction or other causes. The
general arrangement of the piping in regard to the provisions for expansion and drainage,
as well as adequate support at the proper points should be carefully noted. There should be
no pockets in the connecting piping that can hold water unless they can be drained or
equipped with steam traps.
156
The connections between individual boilers and the supply and return headers should be
especially noted to see that any change of position of the boiler due to settling or other
causes has not placed an undue strain on the piping.
The plant inspector should also determine that no parts, including all water pipes, are subject
to undue vibration. Special attention should be given to blow off pipes, connections, and
fittings because expansion and contraction due to rapid changes in temperature and water
hammer action cause strain upon the entire blow off and drain connection on each boiler
should be tested by opening the valve for a few seconds to determine whether there is
excessive vibration.
The blow off connections should be inspected carefully for corrosion and weakness where
they connect with the boiler. The protective cover of brick or tile should be intact and not
interfere in any way with the expansion of the boiler or pipe. Blow off lines, if embedded in
masonry, should be periodically exposed for inspection. Blow off piping should be supported
externally, if necessary, in such a manner that will drain properly and will not impose
excessive stress on the drum connection while either cold or hot and during blowdown.
6.5.3 Safety Valves
As the safety valve is the most important safety device on the power boiler, it should be
inspected with the utmost care. Safety valves should be inspected and tested as prescribed
in ASME Code.
6.5.4 Boiler Appurtenances

Boiler appurtenances such as gage glasses, gage cocks, water columns, water level
controls, high and low water alarms or cutoffs, blow off valves, feed valves, and non-return
valves should be inspected and tested at regular intervals and during . external inspections
or as required by the Authorized inspector. Boiler pressure gages and master gages should
be checked with other reliable gages in the same system or be compared with a properly
calibrated test gage. Safety is very important and should be foremost in the minds of those
who are assigned to inspect, operate and maintain power boilers. Only properly trained
qualified personnel should inspect, operate and repair power boilers.
6.6.1 Housekeeping
Generally, a neat boiler room indicates a wellrun plant. The boiler room should be kept free
of all material and equipment not necessary to operate the power boiler. Good housekeeping
should be encouraged, and procedures should include routine inspection to maintain a
desired level of cleanliness. The plant inspector should report improper housekeeping to his
immediate supervisor. Materials for repair or maintenance should not be stored in a manner
that will obstruct proper access to the boiler, furnace, or firing equipment. Any steam or water
leaks should be reported to his supervisor. If the leak is from the shell, drum, or other than
from a tube or pipe joint, it may be cause for immediate shutdown for investigation.
157
6.6.2 Certificates and/or Licenses
The Philippines requires licensed and certified personnel to operate and maintain power
boilers. All inspection certificates and licenses or certificates of personnel shall be posted in
an appropriate place. Owner or operators of the power boiler should ensure that all
jurisdictional requirements are met and, that permits and certificates are posted.
6.6.3 Record Keeping and Logs
6.6.3.1 General
All drawings, wiring diagrams, schematic arrangements, Manufacturer's descriptive

literature, spare parts list, written operating instruction, Manufacturer's suggested care and
maintenance, and other pertinent data should be kept permanently in the boiler room or
other suitable locations so it will be kept permanently in the boiler room or other suitable
locations so it will be readily available to those who operate and maintain the power boiler.
When changes or additions are made, the data and drawings should be revised
accordingly.
The plant inspector should have available for the benefit of the inspector all pertinent data
on the boiler unit as to design, dimensions, age, particulars about previous defects,
modifications, or repairs.
A record of each inspection should be kept in a uniform manner so that any change of
condition can be definitely noted and compared, especially with reference to the thickness
of scale, corrosion, erosion, cracks, and other unusual conditions. Between periodic
inspections by the authorized Inspector, the plant inspector should closely observe the
operation and condition of the boiler and should report immediately to the plant engineer or
plant management any serious defects, doubtful conditions. or unusual occurrences.
6.6.3.2 Permanent Log Book
A permanent log book should be provided for each power boiler in the plant to record
maintenance work, inspections, tests, repairs, and other pertinent data. Brief details of
repairs and other work performed on the boiler should be recorded. Performance of tests
and inspections required by jurisdictions or insurance companies should also be recorded.
6.6.3.3 Daily Log
A daily log for scheduling and recording work performed and maintenance, testing, and
inspection is recommended. The routine work normally performed on power boilers is listed.
As each portion of the work is completed, the person performing the work should enter the
date and his initials in the appropriate spaces.
The plant inspector should note particularly any evidence or carelessness in the
maintenance and operation of the boiler and related equipment.
158
The plant inspector should recommend immediate correction of any unsafe conditions and
should see that all recommendations in such reports are promptly and carefully considered.
6.7 Repairs
When repairs have been made, especially tube replacement, the plant inspector should
observe whether the work has been done properly. Excessive rolling of tubes, where they
are accessible, is a common fault of inexperienced workmen. However, when it is difficult
to reach the tube end and observe the extent of the rolling, they are frequently under-
rolled. This inadvertently results in separation of the parts and leakage.
When damage to pressure parts is encountered, requiring repairs by processes such as

welding, the review and acceptance of an Authorized inspector should be obtained on the
manner in which the repair is to be made. It may also be necessary to contract the Authorized
inspector prior to retubing and re-rolling of tubes. A hydrostatic test may be required if repairs
are made, as required by the Authorized Inspector.
6.8 Hydrostatic Test.
When there is a question or doubt in the extent of a defect found in a boiler, the Authorized
Inspector, in order to more fully decide upon its seriousness, may request the application of
a hydrostatic test.
Hydrostatic test pressure should not exceed 1-1/2 times the maximum allowable working
pressure. During the test, the safety valves should be gagged or removed from the boiler as
should all controls and appurtenances unable to withstand the test pressure without
damage. It is suggested that the minimum temperature of the water be 70°F and a maximum
of 120°F.
For new generation Boilers, (Boilers used for utility power generation) where hydrostatic
testing at 1.5 times Maximum Allowable Pressure entails costly downtimes and requires
modification of section, thereby causing major disruptions in plant operations that adversely
affect economic activities, the following testing procedures is hereby adopted:
a. In new installations, before operation, hydrostatic test at 1.5 times design

pressure.
b. Hydrostatic testing shall be conducted at least every 5 years thereafter at

a test pressure not exceeding 1.5 times but not lower than 1.2 times the
Maximum Allowable Working Pressure.
c. Hydrostatic testing may be conducted during shutdown for maintenance

purposes at a text pressure not greater than the set pressure of the safety
valve having the lowest setting.
d. While hydrostatic test may not be conducted in boiler used for utility power
generation during annual safety inspection, the inspection fee as
159
prescribed shall still be paid to the government agency concerned during
the annual internal inspection conducted.
6.9 Boiler-General
6.9.1 All Inspection
The following features of all boilers should be checked during each inspection:
a. safety 1 relief valve nameplate capacity, set pressure, connection to boiler,

discharge line, testing;
b. low water fuel supply cut-out, level control or regulator, water feeder
controls combined / separate, stop valves in connection lines, testing;
c. controls operative, control maintenance
d. flue and damper arrangement, combustion safeguards;
e. burner refractory, flame impingement, baffles, lining, supports;
f. source of feedwater, condition of feed pump, feedwater treatment;
g. condensate return system, amount returned;
h. review of boiler maintenance and operating logs;
i. buried line, line leakage;
j. steam pipe supports, piping free to expand and contract;
k. evidence of corrosion or erosion:
l. blow-off piping and valges;
m. pressure gage, gage cocks/ water glass.
6.9.2 Internal Inspection
Examine the following:
a. internal surfaces for scale deposits, oil deposit, other deposits, active / inactive
corrosion, erosion, grooving, bulging, warping, cracking, defective rivets, bowed,
loose or broken stays, water feed line obstructed; and
low water fuel supply cut-out dismantled, float condition, bellows, electrical
connections, mercury switches, and probe-type porcelains.
6.10 Authorized Inspector
Authorized inspector is defined in 6.1 a. When certification and/or licensing are required by
the jurisdictional authorities, the Authorized Inspector is normally the individual who will
make the required inspections for the issuance of the certificate and/or license to operate
When required by the jurisdictional authority the Authorized Inspector should make an
internal and external inspection of all power boilers at least once each year and any
additional inspections that the Authorized Inspector may seem necessary. In jurisdictions,
the annual internal inspection may be extended, if certain conditions are met.
160
When required buy jurisdictional authority, the Authorized Inspector should make an
inspection prior to placing boilers in service for the first time. This inspection should be as
outlined in 6.2.
The Authorized Inspector should review, for acceptance, the manner in which repairs or
alterations are to be made to ensure that Code integrity of the power boiler is maintained.
The Authorized Inspector may require and witness a hydrostatic test whenever repairs have
been made, or when there is a question or doubt about the extent of a defect found during
inspection of a power boiler. The plant inspector should accompany the Authorized Inspector
during his inspection.
6.11 Low Water Fuel Cut-Offs
All automatically-fired system or vapor boilers, excepting boilers a constant attendant who
has no other duties while the boilers is in operation, shall be equipped with an automatic
low-water fuel cut-off and/or water feeding device so constructed that the water inlet valve
cannot feed water into the boiler through the float chamber, and so located as to
automatically cut off the fuel supply and/or supply requisite feedwater when the surface of
the wall falls to the lowest safe water line. This point should be not lower than the bottom of
the water glass.
Such a fuel of feedwater control device may be attached direct to a boiler or to the tapped
openings provided for attaching a water glass direct to the boiler, provided that such
connections from the boiler are non-ferrous tees or Y's not less than 12.7 mm diameter pipe
size between the boiler and the water glass so that the water glass is attached direct and as
close as possible to the boiler; the straightway tapping of the Y or tee to take the water glass
fittings, the side outlet of the Y or the tee to take the fuel cut-off or water feeding device. The
ends of all nipples shall be reamed to full size diameter. Designs embodying a float bowl
shall have a vertical straight-a-way valve drain pipe at the lowest point in the water equalizing
pipe connections by which the bowl and equalizing pipe can be flushed and device tested.
6.12 Safety Gadgets I Cut-Outs No person shall remove or tamper with any safety gadgets
or components prescribed by these rules except for the purpose of making repairs. The
resetting of safety gadgets or components shall be done in the presence of an authorized
representative of the government agency concerned.
Section 7.0 Blow-Offs, Pressure Reduction, Fire Explosion Devices 7.1 Blow-Off Tanks
a. Blow-off piping from a power boiler or miniature shall not discharge directly into a sewer.
A blow-off tank shall be used where conditions do not provide an adequate and safe open
discharge.
b.
c. Blow-off tanks hereafter installed, if made of metal shall have a plate thickness of not less
than 8
161
mm diameter and shall be designed for a minimum working pressure of 0.345 MPa or 3.45
bars.
c. The outlet from the blow-off tank shall be twice the area of the inlet pipe and made to
extend internally within 203 mm from the bottom of the tank.
d. A vent pipe at least four (4) times the area of the inlet pipe shall lead to the outer
atmosphere.
e. Vents shall be as direct as possible to the outer air and discharge at a safe location. There
shall be no valve or other possible obstructions such as water pockets, between the tank
and the discharge end of vent pipe.
f. All pipe connections between the tank and the boiler shall be as direct as possible and
shall conform to ASME Boiler Construction Code or its equivalent.
g. For convenience in cleaning the tank, a manhole or an access opening shall be provided.
h. Where a blow-off tank is not vented as specified above, it shall be constructed for a
pressure equal to that allowed on the boiler to which it is attached or shall be equipped with
a safety valve or valves of sufficient capacity to prevent the pressure from exceeding the
safe working pressure of the tank.
7.2 Location of Blow-Offs.
The discharge of safety valves, blow-off pipes and other outlets shall be located so as to
prevent injury to personnel or avoid making a nuisance to the surrounding vicinity.
a. Underground Installations. Where necessary to install a vessel underground, it shall be

enclosed in a concrete or brick pit with a removable cover so that inspection of the entire
shell and heads of the vessel can be made.
b. Supports. Each unfired pressure vessel shall be supported by masonry or structural

supports of sufficient strength and rigidity to safely support the vessel and its contents.
There shall be no vibration in either the vessel nr its connecting piping.
7.3 Pressure Reducing Valves.
a. Where pressure reducing valves are used, one or more relief safety valves shall be
provided on the low pressure side of the reducing valve in case the piping or
equipment on the low pressure side does not meet the requirements for the full initial
pressure. The relief or safety valves shall be located adjoining to or as close as
possible to the reducing valve. Proper protection shall be provided to prevent injury
or damage caused by the escaping steam form the discharge of relief or safety
valves if vented to the atmosphere.
162
b. The combined discharge capacity of the relief valves shall be such that the pressure
rating of the lower pressure piping or equipment shall not exceed in case the
reducing valve sticks open.
c. The use of hand-controlled bypasses around reducing valves is permissible. The

by-pass if used around a reducing valve shall not be greater in capacity than the
reducing valve unless the piping or equipment is adequately protected by relief
valves or meets the requirements of the high pressure system.
d. It is mandatory that a pressure gage be installed on the low-pressure side of a

reducing valve.
7.4 Electric Steam Generators.
All appliances required for electric steam generators shall be attached in accordance with
the following:
a. A cable at least as large as one of the incoming power lines to the generators shall
be provided for grounding the generator shell. This cable shall be permanently
fastened on some part of the generator and shall be grounded in an improved
manner.
b. A suitable screen or guard shall be provided around high-tension bushing and a sign
posted warning of high voltage. This screen or guard shall be located that it will be
impossible for anyone working around the generator to accidentally come in contact
with the tension circuits. When adjusting safety valves, the power circuit to the
generator shall be open. The generator may be under steam pressure but the power
line shall be open while the operator is making the necessary adjustments.
c. Each kW electrical energy consumed by an electric steam generator operating at

maximum rating shall be considered the equivalent of 0.093 m2 of heating surface
of a fire tube boiler when determining the required amount of safety valve capacity
Section 8.0 Other Testing Methods
For existing boilers within the five (5) year interval of hydrostatic testing, any one of the following
methods may be undertaken. This, however, is not mandatory.
8.1 Vacuum Testing
The test is carried out by drawing vacuum of approximately 60 mbar-abs, through the system
using vacuum pumps at the condenser side or at any other convenient location to the boiler.
Using an ultrasonic monitor for noise detection, reading of more than 30 dB emanating from
each different location within the boiler will give an indication of possible leaks or abnormal
conditions that must be thoroughly investigated and corrected.
163
8.2 Ultrasonic Thickness Gauging
The test is based on the amount of time it takes generated sound waves to pass through a
material and back to the source after being reflected. The difference in time is translated into
thickness measurement of the material being tested. The test shall be performed on all tubes
with any indication of erosion. Tube below recommended nominal wall thickness shall be
repaired using weld overlaid or replaced as per currently practiced repair procedures.
8.3 Radiographic Testing
X-rays shall be used to penetrate and record on film the imperfection or defects in the boiler
tube materials and to determine integrity of welds. All welds performed on pressure parts
during outages shall be evaluated using this method.
8.4 Metallurgical Replication
This method to verify the microstructure of the boiler tubes. The metal surfaces to be
examined shall be polished using fine abrasives until a mirror-like surface is obtained. The
resulting surface shall be etched using an appropriate acid and applying softened acetate
film to obtain a reproducible image of the microstructure of the material. The replicated
images of the sample or component shall be examined in a metallurgical laboratory using
optical microscopes.
8.5 Tube Sampling
Periodically, samples of boiler tubing shall be removed from each water wall above the
burner elevations, platen pendant superheater, reheater, and economizer sections and
examined in metallurgical laboratory. Tube microstructure analysis, tube hardness and
thickness tests shall be performed, the results of which are to be used in predicting the
remaining life of boiler
4.1.3 Design Alternative 3: Solar Power Plant
The International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) is a worldwide organization for standardization

comprising all national electrotechnical committees (IEC National Committees). The object of IEC is
to promote international co-operation on all questions concerning standardization in the electrical
and electronic fields. IEC develops and publishes consensus-based International Standards for
electric and electronic products, systems and services, collectively known as electro technology.
There presently are 95 Technical Committees (TCs) and 80 Subcommittees (SCs) that do the
standards work of the IEC. Each of these TCs and SCs is assigned a technical area in which to work.
TCs and SCs do the work of writing consensus standards within the IEC, with representatives as
assigned from the National Committees. TC 82 “Solar photovoltaic energy systems” is responsible
for writing all IEC standards in Photovoltaic. TC82 has been in existence and writing standards since
the early 1980’s. Working Group 2 (Modules) of TC82 has been active over this entire period,
developing standards for PV modules. The following is a list of the IEC standards on PV modules
(and devices) published by TC82. The list includes details on which edition is now current and what
year that edition was published.
164
• IEC 60904-2: 2007 Ed 2 – Part 2: Requirements for reference solar devices
• IEC 60904-3: 2008 Ed 2 – Part 3: Measurement principles for terrestrial photovoltaic (PV)
solar devices with reference spectral irradiance data
• IEC 60904-7: 2008 Ed. 3 - Part 7: Computation of the spectral mismatch correction for
measurements of photovoltaic devices
• IEC 60904-10: 2009 Ed. 2 – Part 10: Methods of linearity measurement
• IEC 61646: 2008 Ed 2- Thin-film terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) modules - Design
qualification and type approval
• IEC 61730-1: 2004 Ed 1- Photovoltaic (PV) module safety qualification - Part 1:
Requirements for construction
• IEC 61730-2: 2004 Ed 1 - Photovoltaic (PV) module safety qualification - Part 2:
Requirements for testing
• IEC 61853-1: 2011 Ed 1 - Photovoltaic (PV) module performance testing and energy rating
- Part 1: Irradiance and temperature performance measurements and power rating
• IEC 62108: 2007 Ed 1 - Concentrator photovoltaic (CPV) modules and assemblies - Design
qualification and type approval.
4.2 Engineering Trade-Offs
A trade-off strategy is necessary to arrive at the best design. Every constraint considers should have
a trade-off that will offer an opportunity to improve the existing design through innovative design
solutions. The trade-off strategy is necessary in a design process since it is one of the factors that
will decide what will the final design be. Trade-offs are factors that has a low preference, and these
are known through the process of choosing the constraints. A design’s overall preference will be
based on the attribute with lower preference, since it can be given up raising the quality of the high
preferred goals of the design.
4.3 Constraints
According to the Manual on Engineering Student Design Project for TIP Students (Lists of constraints
for Mechanical Engineering) engineering design has its own requirements one of those is the use of
multiple realistic constraints. The constraints considered for mechanical engineering are as follows;
Economic, Environmental, Societal, Health and Safety, Manufacturability and Sustainability. The
proponents decided to use Pairwise Comparison in assessing the constraints of the design. Pairwise
comparison technique is a research design that yields interval-level scaled scores that are created
from ratings made by each respondent for all possible pairs of constraints under consideration. (Paul
J. Lavrakas, 2008)
Economical – This constraint includes the financial prospective of the designer, this relates to the
financial budget of the designer, the capital cost, cost of operation, maintenance and its return on
165
investments (ROI). This constraint can affect not just the project quality but its safety, functionality
and performance if the budget is insufficient or allocated inappropriately.
• Capital Cost
• Cost of Operation
• Return of Investment
Environmental – This constraint includes the impact of the design to the environment. It limits the
design with factors concerning the geographical location, geological features, toxic waste handling,
air pollution, noise, vibration of machineries, preservation of forestry, wildlife and agriculture, use of
land, water consumption and emissions.
• Land use
• Noise & Vibration
• Emission
• Water Consumption
Societal – This constraint includes the impact of the product/design to the interest of the population
residing in the choice of location and the policies that must be followed in the location. This interest
of the public may be an interest or an opposition the project based on their concerns such as
employment and preservation of nature or can be the necessity of the people residing such as electric
power.
• Employment
• Mission & Vision
• Preservation of agricultural land, forestry & wildlife
Health and Safety – This constraint focuses on the public safety, operation and safety the plant
operators and other factors that can harm the public’s health and safety. One of the fundamental
canons of PSME is that Mechanical Engineers must “Hold paramount the safety, health and welfare
of the public in the performance of their professional duties”. Designing a safe product or a system
doesn’t mean that it cannot fail or malfunction and cause accidents, it means to design a product or
a system in which the risks are acceptable.
• Safety, Health and Welfare of the Public

• Safety of the Operation Personnel
• Emissions that can harm the public
Manufacturability – This constraint focuses on the ease of the manufacturing process of the design,
based on the availability of the materials and equipment needed for the design. It can include the
simplification of the fabrication by utilizing common parts and materials.
• Availability of equipment
166
Sustainability – This constraint includes the impact of the design to the depleting natural resources,
thus supporting long-term ecological balance, it also includes the lifespan of the plant the source of
energy used and the ability to produce reliable and consistent electrical energy.
• Lifespan of the Plant

• Source of Energy
• Reliable Source of Electrical Energy
Table 4-0-1 Pairwise Comparison of Criteria for constraints
Health &
Constraints Economical Environmental Societal Manufacturability Sustainability Total
Safety
Economical 0 1 1 1 1 4
Environmental 1 1 1 1 1 5
Societal 0 0 0 1 0 1
Health & Safety 0 0 1 1 1 3
Manufacturability 0 0 0 0 0 0
Sustainability 0 0 1 0 1 2
Total: 15
Constraint Score Rank

Environmental 5 1st
Economical 4 2nd
Health & Safety 3 3rd
167
4.4 Trade-Offs
Constraints Consideration
Environmental
• Land Use (LAU) [Office of Energy and Renewable Energy]
Minimum LAU of 1 acre per megawatt; maximum of 19 acres per megawatt
• Water Consumption (WC) [Willie D. Jones; IEEE Spectrum]

Minimum WC of 530 liters per megawatt-hour; maximum of 31,200 liters per megawatt-
hour
Health & Safety

• Noise Exposure – According to the Philippine Mechanical Code
Table 4-0-2 Threshold Limit Values for Noise Exposure

(source: Philippine Mechanical Code)
Hours of exposure per day, Hrs. Max. Sound Level (Slow Response), dB
8 90
6 92
4 95
3 97
2 100
1.5 102
1 105
0.5 110
0.25 115*
Maximum value of exposure must not exceed 115 dB

• WHO Air quality guidelines for particulate matter – 25 𝜇g/m3 for 23-hour mean
Economic
• Capital Cost – Solvable
Minimum of 2,151,243,218; maximum of 5,335,135,804
• Operational and Maintenance Costs – Solvable
Minimum of 84,706,560; maximum of 281,421,545
• Return of Investment – Solvable
168
Minimum of 12.85%; maximum of 26.50%
4.5 Constraints and Trade-offs

In order to rate the design options, the degree of satisfaction must be indicated first for each design
option to the enumerated constraints. The percentage for each numerical value for the rating is
accumulated by dividing it to the maximum value.
𝑥
× 100% ≅ 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑒
6
Where:
x = numerical rating
six (6) is the maximum value of the numerical rating
For the lowest rating,
1
× 100% ≅ 17%
6
The percentage value of the rating one (1) will be 17%. Since one (1) is the lowest possible rating
to get, the percentage range would be from 1% to 17%. This method of calculation was made to
identify the ranks of each power plant with respect to the constraints.
Table 4-0-3 Rating Description
Description
Rating
Numerical Remarks
1 Not at all satisfied The constraints for the specific options were
not at all satisfied. Ranges from 1% - 17%
2 Slightly Satisfied The constraints for the specific options were
slightly satisfied. Ranges from 18% - 33%
3 Moderately Satisfied The constraints for the specific options were
moderately satisfied. Ranges from 34% -
50%
4 Satisfied The constraints for the specific options were
satisfied. Ranges from 51% - 66%
5 Very Satisfied The constraints for the specific options were
very satisfied. Ranges from 67% - 83%
6 Extremely Satisfied The constraints for the specific options were
extremely satisfied. Ranges from 84% -
100%
169
Therefore, if the design option meets the percentage rating of 1%-17% with respect with the given
constraints its numerical rank will be 1, and if it meets the range of 18% to 33% the numerical rating
will be 2, and if it reaches the range of 84% to 100% the numerical rating will be 6 which means that
the certain design option extremely satisfies the constraints.
Table 4-0-4 Scoring Basis for Constraints and Trade-Offs
Power Plant Type Diesel Power Plant Coal Power Plant Solar Power Plant
Specific
Constraint DM5415- Mono- Poly-
constrai 16CM32C SST150 SST100
s 06 crystalline crystalline
nts
Land
use, 0.1512 0.1609 0.8899 0.8757
1.56 1.62
(Computed (Computed (Computed (Computed
Acres/M ) ) ) )
(Computed) (Computed)
W
Environm
Water
ental 33,102.11 22,387.09 226,961.4 292,170.2
consumpt No water No water
ion, 49 22 774 682 consumptio consumptio
(Computed (Computed (Computed (Computed
Liters/(M ) ) ) )
n n
W-hour)
Capital
Cost of 2,305,695 2,151,243 5,335,13 5,244,73 3,700,719,5 3,643,708,
Power ,953 ,218 5,804 7,847 98 528
Plants in (Computed (Computed (Computed (Computed
(Computed) (Computed
Philippine ) ) ) )
)
Pesos
Operatin
g&
Maintena 271,805,3 281,421,5 120,900,3 130,476,8 84,706,560
Economic 93.2 45 98.6 45.3 84,706,560
nce Cost (Computed
al (Computed (Computed (Computed (Computed (Computed)
of Power ) ) ) )
)
Plants in
PhP,
Return of
Investme
26.50 % 24.86 % 13.76 % 13.55 % 13.05%
nt 12.85%
(Computed (Computed (Computed (Computed (Computed
Percenta (Computed)
) ) ) ) )
ge per
year
Allowable
Noise
Exposure 93.0 dBA 93.0 dBA 95 dBA 95 dBA
No Noise No Noise
Safety of Power (Tested (Tested (2017 (2017
Produced Produced
Plant by CAT) by CAT) IJEDR) IJEDR)
Operator
s, dB
170
20 20
15 15
(Internatio (Internatio
(Assessm (Assessm
Particulat nal nal
ent of ent of
e Matter Council Council No PM No PM
Coal-Fired Coal-Fired
(PM) in on on Emission Emission
Boiler Air Boiler Air
𝜇g/m3 Combusti Combusti
Emissions Emissions
on on
) )
Engines) Engines)
Rating Acquisition
An interpolation method is used in getting the rating for each constraint distributed in the six (6)
design options. The proponents have set the minimum to 1 % since the constraints focuses on
limitation. If the value is larger than the limit of the constraint it will have the lowest percentage
rating. The limit will be the middle value since it will always have a percentage rating of 51% which
is equivalent to numerical rating two (2).
For Land Usage

Using,
Table 4-0-5 Design Options Rating Acquisition for Land Usage

𝑎𝑐𝑟𝑒
Percentage Land Usage, 𝑀𝑊
17% Solar 2 (1.62)
X1 Solar 1 (1.56)
𝑎𝑐𝑟𝑒
51% 1
𝑀𝑊
X2 Coal 1 (0.8899)
X3 Coal 2 (0.8757)
X4 Diesel 2 (0.1609)
100% Diesel 1 (0.1512)
Computing for percentages by using interpolation,
For 𝑋1,
𝑋𝑛 − 17% Value @𝑋𝑛 − 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 @17%
=
51% − 17% 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 @51% − 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 @17%
For 𝑋2, 𝑋3, 𝑋4

=
100% − 51% 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 @100% − 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 @51%
The computed percentage rating for each design option is used for the numerical ranking of each
design option, the result for the land use constraint is as follows;
171
Table 4-0-6 Numerical Rating Result Based on Rating Acquisition
Diesel
Options Limit Value Diesel 2 Coal 1 Coal 2 Solar 1 Solar 2
1
Numerical 𝑎𝑐𝑟𝑒
1 6 6 4 4 1 1
Value 𝑀𝑊
Percentage 51% 100% 99.44% 57.36% 58.18% 20.29% 17%
For Water Consumption

Using,
Table 4-0-7 Design Options Rating Acquisition for Water Consumption

𝐿
Percentage Water Consumption, 𝑀𝑊−ℎ𝑟
17% Coal 2 (292,170.2682)
X1 Coal 1 (226,961.4774)
X2 Diesel 1 (33,102.1149)
X3 Diesel 2 (22,387.0922)
𝐿
51% 5,111.67 𝑀𝑊−ℎ𝑟
100% Solar 1 & 2 (No water consumption)
Computing for percentage,

For 𝑋1, 𝑋2, & 𝑋3
=
51% − 17% 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 @51% − 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 @17%
Diesel
1
Numerical 𝐿
Value
5,111.67𝑀𝑊−ℎ𝑟 3 3 1 2 6 6
172
Percentage 47.68% 48.95% 24.72% 17 % 100% 100%
For Particulate Matter

Using,
Table 4-0-9 Design Options Rating Acquisition for Particulate Matter

Percentage Particulate Matter
17% -
𝜇𝑔
51% 25 𝑚3
𝜇𝑔
X1 20 𝑚3
𝜇𝑔
X2 15 𝑚3
100% Solar 1 & 2 (No PM Emissions)
Computing for percentage,
𝑋1 − 51% 20 − 25
=
100% − 51% 0 − 25
𝑋1 = 60.8%
Based from the computation diesel 1 has a percentage rating of 94.65 % therefore has a numerical
ranking of 6 that has a range of 84%-100%
𝑋2 − 51% 15 − 25
=
100% − 51% 0 − 25
𝑋2 = 70.6%
Based from the computation diesel 1 has a percentage rating of 94.65 % therefore has a numerical
ranking of 6 that has a range of 84%-100%
Limit
Options Diesel 1 Diesel 2 Coal 1 Coal 2 Solar 1 Solar 2
Value
Numerical 𝜇𝑔
25 4 4 5 5 6 6
Value 𝑚3
173
For Capital Cost of Power Plant
Using,
Table 4-0-11 Design Options Rating Acquisition for Capital Cost

Percentage Capital Cost
17% Coal 1 (Php 5,335,135,804)
X1 Coal 2 (Php 5,244,737,847)
X2 Solar 1 (Php. 3,700,719,598 )
X3 Solar 2 (Php. 3,643,708,528)
51% Php 2,681,891,982
X4 Diesel 1 (Php. 2,305,695,953)
100% Diesel 2 (Php. 2,151,243,218)

For 𝑋1, 𝑋2, & 𝑋3
=
51% − 17% 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 @51% − 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 @17%
For 𝑋4
=
100% − 51% 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 @100% − 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 @51%
Diesel Diesel
Options Limit Value Coal 1 Coal 2 Solar 1 Solar 2
1 2
Numerical Php
Value
6 6 1 2 3 3
2,681,891,982
Percentage 51% 85.74% 100% 17% 18.17% 37.94% 38.67%
174
For Operation & Maintenance Cost
Using,
Table 4-0-13 Design Options Rating Acquisition for Operation & Maintenance Cost
Percentage Operation & Maintenance Cost
17% Diesel 1 (Php 281,421,545)
𝑋1 Diesel 2 (Php 271,805,393.2)
𝑋2 Coal 2 (Php 130,476,845.3)
𝑋3 Coal 1 (Php 120,900,398.6)
51% Php 117,492,390.80
100% Solar 1 & 2 (Php 84,706,560)

For 𝑋1, 𝑋2, & 𝑋3
=
51% − 17% 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 @51% − 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 @17%

Diesel
1
Numerical Php
Value
1 2 3 3 6 6
117,492,390.80
Percentage 51% 17% 18.99% 50.29% 48.31% 100% 100%
For Return of Investment

Using,
Table 4-0-15 Design Options Rating Acquisition for Return of Investment
Percentage Return of Investment

17% Solar 1 (12.85%)
𝑋1 Solar 2 (13.05%)
𝑋2 Coal 2 (13.55%)
𝑋3 Coal 1 (13.76%)
51% 15.125%
𝑋4 Diesel 2 (24.86 %)
100% Diesel 1 (26.50%)

For 𝑋1, 𝑋2, & 𝑋3
175
=
51% − 17% 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 @51% − 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 @17%
For 𝑋4
=
100% − 51% 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 @100% − 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 @51%
Table 4-0-16.Numerical Rating Result Based on Rating Acquisition

Limit Diesel
Options Diesel 2 Coal 1 Coal 2 Solar 1 Solar 2
Value 1
Numerical
15.125% 6 6 3 3 1 2
Value
Percentage 51% 100% 92.94% 30.6% 27.46% 17% 19.99%
For Noise Emission

Using,
Table 4-0-17 Design Options Rating Acquisition for Noise Emission

Percentage Noise Emission
17% Coal 1 & 2 (95 dBA)
X1 Diesel 1 & 2 (93 dBA)
51% 90 dBA
100% Solar 1 & 2 (0 dBA)
For 𝑋1
=
51% − 17% 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 @51% − 𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 @17%
176
Limit
Options Diesel 1 Diesel 2 Coal 1 Coal 2 Solar 1 Solar 2
Value
Numerical
90 dBA 2 2 1 1 6 6
Value
Percentage 51% 30.6% 30.6% 17% 17% 100% 100%
4.6 Constraints Justification
4.6.1 Environmental Constraints
The environmental constraint has two (2) specific constraints namely, land use and water
consumption.
Table 4-0-19 Environmental Constraints

Land Use Water Consumption
It is considered as land are used per MW of The need of water in power plants especially
power generated, this means that the lower the thermal plants is inevitable, therefore the
land area of use the better, since the power proponents considered this constraint,
generated of the 6 design options are identical. because we believe that it has an impact
This means that there is lesser land to be used environmentally, though water is considered
and therefore preserving the land by using it in renewable we still need to conserve it specially
agricultural purposes or habitat of wildlife. nowadays that deforestation and degradation
of rainforests are abundant which causes the
Land use was computed for each design destruction of clean water sources that are
options by dividing the land area used by the transported in cities though dams.
power generated by the power plant
Water consumption was computed for each
design option, for diesel, the heat rejected to
the coolant is used and the change of
temperature of the coolant in the cooling tower.
4.6.2 Economical Constraints
In our Economical Constraints, there are three (3) specific constraints considered.
Table 4-0-20 Economical Constraints

Operations and
Capital Cost Return of Investment
Maintenance Cost
177
Capital cost is the principal O&M cost is the cost for Return of Investment
amount of money needed in maintaining the power plant measures the gain or loss
constructing a power plant, a and for operating it like the cost generated on an investment
lower capital cost means less of fuel and lubricating oil for relative to the capital cost of
money is needed in diesel power plants. the power plant.
constructing the power plant.
For the diesel power plant, the For the six (6) design options
For the diesel power plant, the O&M cost used was a the return of investment was
capital cost was computed by standard computed by a computed using the computed
summing the cost of all program specializing in capital cost, operational and
components including the cost computing O&M cost for power maintenance cost and other
of land. plants miscellaneous costs.
For the coal power plant, the For the coal and solar power
capital cost was computed by plants, the O&M cost used for
using a standard construction computations are standards
cost published by EIA. for each type of the power
plant.
For the solar power plant, the
capital cost was computed by
summing up the cost of
components and the cost of
land
4.6.3 Health and Safety Constraints
For our health and safety constraints, we considered two (2) specific constraints
Table 4-0-21 Health and Safety Constraints

Noise Emission Particulate Matter
Long exposure to noise can be very harmful to Particulate matter is a common air pollutant
the health and safety of workers and operators emitted by engines or smoke stacks from
in the power plant, specially in diesel and coal industrial and power plants, Particulate matter
power plants. As stated in the Philippine can be classified as two types PM10 and PM2.5,
Mechanical Code there is only a safe level of PM10 has larger particle diameter than PM2.5.
sound and hours of exposure to it, in this
constraint we used the table from the For both diesel and coal power plant the
Philippine Mechanical Code in deciding for this particulate matter used for the constraints are
constraint from testing facilities which focuses on
reducing the pollutants in the air, the values
For the diesel and coal power plant the values are results of thorough experimentation and
of sound emission in dBA came from the computation in order to have a standard PM
specifications of the diesel engine and the value for the emission of diesel and coal power
turbine used in the coal power plant as per plants, on the other hand solar power plants
tested by the manufacturers. doesn’t have a particulate matter emission.
178
For the 1st Arrangement
Table 4-0-22 Scoring of Trade-offs and Constraints

Specific DM5415- SST- SST-
Constraint 16CM32C Mono Poly
Constraints 06 150 100
Land Use 6 6 4 4 1 1
Environmental Water
Consumption
3 3 1 2 6 6
Total Average 0.75 0.75 0.42 0.50 0.58 0.58
Environmental (50%) 0.38 0.38 0.21 0.25 0.29 0.29
Capital Cost 6 6 1 2 3 3
Operational
&
1 2 3 3 6 6
Economical Maintenance
Cost
Return of
Investment
6 6 3 3 1 2
Total Average 0.72 0.78 0.39 0.44 0.56 0.61
Economical (33%) 0.24 0.26 0.13 0.15 0.18 0.20
Noise
2 2 1 1 6 6
Health & Emission
Safety Particle
4 4 5 5 6 6
Matter
Total Average 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 1 1
Health & Safety (17%) 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.17 0.17
Total 71 73 43 49 64 66
Table 4-0-23 Ranking of Design Options

Rank Design Option
1 Diesel 2
2 Diesel 1
3 Solar 2
4 Solar 1
5 Coal 2
6 Coal 1
179
Figure 4-0-1 Representation of 1st Arrangement Analysis
1st Arrangement
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
Diesel 1 Diesel 2 Coal 1 Coal 2 Solar 1 Solar 2
4.7 Sensitivity Analysis
A sensitivity analysis is performed by the proponents for the selection of the best option based on
different perspective possible with the given constraints. The proponents considered the different
possible arrangement of the three (3) major constraints that were chosen.
The total number of possible arrangements can be solve using n! where n is the number of
constraints, in this case there are three (3) constraints chosen from six (6), thus, n = 3.
𝑛!
𝑛=3
𝒏𝒐. 𝒐𝒇 𝒑𝒐𝒔𝒔𝒊𝒃𝒍𝒆 𝒂𝒓𝒓𝒂𝒏𝒈𝒆𝒎𝒆𝒏𝒕 = 𝟔
Table 4-0-24 Basis of Sensitivity Analysis Arrangement

Percent Weight 50% 33% 17%
1st Arrangement Environmental Economic Health & Safety
2nd Arrangement Environmental Health & Safety Economic
3rd Arrangement Economic Environmental Health & Safety
4th Arrangement Economic Health & Safety Environmental
5th Arrangement Health & Safety Environmental Economic
6th Arrangement Health & Safety Economic Environmental
180
Since the 1st arrangement has been specified and has been analyzed using the rating acquisitions.
The 1st arrangement represents the results of the scoring of constraints and trade-offs based on
the designer’s perspective, the other arrangements to which the trade-offs are made are the
probable results other perspective are considered. Using sensitivity analysis, the proponents will
determine what will be the best design option while considering other constraints and trade-offs
perspective.
For the 2nd Arrangement

Land Use 6 6 4 4 1 1
Environmental Water
3 3 1 2 6 6
Consumption
Total Average 0.75 0.75 0.42 0.50 0.58 0.58
Environmental (50%) 0.38 0.38 0.21 0.25 0.29 0.29
Operational
&
1 2 3 3 6 6
Cost
Return of
6 6 3 3 1 2
Investment
Total Average 0.72 0.78 0.39 0.44 0.56 0.61
Economical (17%) 0.12 0.13 0.07 0.08 0.10 0.11
Noise
2 2 1 1 6 6
Health & Emission
Safety Particle
4 4 5 5 6 6
Matter
Total Average 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 1 1
Health & Safety (33%) 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.33 0.33
Total 67 68 45 50 72 73

Rank Design Option
1 Solar 2
2 Solar 1
3 Diesel 2
3 Diesel 1
5 Coal 2
6 Coal 1
181
Figure 4-0-2 Representation of 2nd Arrangement Analysis
2nd Arrangement
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
For the 3rd Arrangement

Land Use 6 6 4 4 1 1
Environmental Water
3 3 1 2 6 6
Consumption
Total Average 0.75 0.75 0.42 0.50 0.58 0.58
Environmental (33%) 0.25 0.25 0.14 0.17 0.19 0.19
Operational
&
1 2 3 3 6 6
Cost
Return of
6 6 3 3 1 2
Investment
Total Average 0.72 0.78 0.39 0.44 0.56 0.61
Economical (50%) 0.36 0.39 0.20 0.22 0.28 0.31
Noise
2 2 1 1 6 6
Health & Emission
Safety Particle
4 4 5 5 6 6
Matter
Total Average 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 1 1
Health & Safety (17%) 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.17 0.17
Total 70 73 43 48 64 67
182
Rank Design Option
1 Diesel 2
2 Diesel 1
2 Solar 2
3 Solar 1
3 Coal 2
6 Coal 1
Figure 4-0-3 Representation of 3rd Arrangement Analysis

3rd Arrangement
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
183
For the 4th Arrangement

Land Use 6 6 4 4 1 1
Environmental Water
Consumption
3 3 1 2 6 6
Total Average 0.75 0.75 0.42 0.50 0.58 0.58
Environmental (17%) 0.13 0.13 0.07 0.09 0.10 0.10
Operational
&
1 2 3 3 6 6
Cost
Return of
Investment
6 6 3 3 1 2
Total Average 0.72 0.78 0.39 0.44 0.56 0.61
Economical (50%) 0.36 0.39 0.20 0.22 0.28 0.30
Noise
2 2 1 1 6 6
Health & Emission
Safety Particle
4 4 5 5 6 6
Matter
Total Average 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 1 1
Health & Safety (33%) 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.33 0.33
Total 66 69 44 48 71 73

Rank Design Option
1 Solar 2
2 Solar 1
3 Diesel 2
3 Diesel 1
5 Coal 2
6 Coal 1
184
Figure 4-0-4 Representation of 4th Arrangement Analysis
4th Arrangement
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10

Land Use 6 6 4 4 1 1
Environmental Water
3 3 1 2 6 6
Consumption
Total Average 0.75 0.75 0.42 0.50 0.58 0.58
Environmental (33%) 0.25 0.25 0.14 0.17 0.19 0.19
Operational
&
1 2 3 3 6 6
Cost
Return of
6 6 3 3 1 2
Investment
Total Average 0.72 0.78 0.39 0.44 0.56 0.61
Economical (17%) 0.12 0.13 0.07 0.08 0.10 0.11
Noise
2 2 1 1 6 6
Health & Emission
Safety Particle
4 4 5 5 6 6
Matter
Total Average 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 1 1
Health & Safety (50%) 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.50 0.50
Total 62 63 44 52 79 80
185
Rank Design Option
1 Solar 2
2 Solar 1
3 Diesel 2
3 Diesel 1
5 Coal 2
6 Coal 1

5th Arrangement
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
5th
186

Land Use 6 6 4 4 1 1
Environmental Water
Consumption
3 3 1 2 6 6
Total Average 0.75 0.75 0.42 0.50 0.58 0.58
Environmental (17%) 0.13 0.13 0.07 0.09 0.10 0.10
Operational
&
1 2 3 3 6 6
Cost
Return of
Investment
6 6 3 3 1 2
Total Average 0.72 0.78 0.39 0.44 0.56 0.61
Economical (33%) 0.24 0.26 0.13 0.15 0.18 0.20
Noise
2 2 1 1 6 6
Health & Emission
Safety Particle
4 4 5 5 6 6
Matter
Total Average 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 1 1
Health & Safety (50%) 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.50 0.50
Total 62 64 45 49 78 80

Rank Design Option
1 Solar 2
1 Solar 1
3 Diesel 2
4 Diesel 1
5 Coal 2
5 Coal 1
187
6th Arrangement
80
60
40
20
Figure 4-0-7 Representation of All Arrangement Analysis

All Arrangements
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
Table 4-35 Summary of Data
Arrangements Diesel 1 Diesel 2 Coal 1 Coal 2 Solar 1 Solar 2

First 71% 73% 43% 49% 64% 66%
Second 67% 68% 45% 50% 72% 73%
Third 70% 73% 43% 48% 64% 67%
Fourth 66% 69% 44% 48% 71% 73%
Fifth 62% 63% 44% 52% 79% 80%
Sixth 62% 64% 45% 49% 78% 80%
Average 66.33% 68.33% 44% 49.33% 71.33% 73.17%
188
CHAPTER 5
FINAL DESIGN
5.1 Conclusion
Based on the thorough evaluation of the alternative designs using constraints and trade-offs, and
with the help of sensitivity analysis, the proponents concluded upon observation that the most ideal
power plant for Pampanga is the Solar Power Plant using the poly-crystalline solar modules. The
diesel power plant came in 2nd in ranking of power plants since it has a low capital cost and has a
high return of investment percentage but came short in the environmental constraint since it
requires a high volume of water and because of its emissions.
Solar Power Plant (Option 2) – Polycrystalline Solar Panels (Poly-SI)
Polycrystalline Solar Panels is type of solar panels has squares, its angles are not cut, and it has a
blue, speckled look. They are made by melting raw silicon, which is a faster and cheaper process
than that used for monocrystalline panels. This leads to a lower final price but also lower efficiency
(around 15%), lower space efficiency, and a shorter lifespan since they are affected by hot
temperatures to a greater degree.
Figure 5-0-1 Polycrystalline Solar Panels (Poly-SI)
189
Polycrystalline Solar Module
Figure 5-0-2 CanadianSolar CS3U-360PM
190
CanadianSolar CS3U-360PM
Table 5-0-1 Platform Electrical Properties (STC)

Manufacturer Manufacturer Y
Model Name CS3U-360P
Cell Type Polycrystalline (156.75x78.38mm)
Dimensions (LxWxH) 2000 x 992x 35mm
Weight 22.5 kg
Cable 12 AWG (4mm^2), 4mm^2 (IEC)
Length of the Cable 2 x 1200mm
Front Cover 3.2mm tempered glass
Frame Anodized Aluminum Alloy
Connectors T4 (IEC / UL)
Per Pallet 30 pieces
Per Container 660 pieces
NOCT 42 ±3 °C
Pmax -0.37 %/°C
Voc -0.29%/°C
Isc 0.05%/°C
Opt. Operating Voltage (Vmp) 39.6 V
Opt. Operating Current (Imp) 9.10 A
Fuse Rating 30 A
Application Classification Class A
Power Tolerance 0 to + 5 W
191
For Polycrystalline Solar Module

Total Number of PV Module 75 000modules
4.8 𝑚2
PV System Grid-tied
Module Efficiency %
Cell Area 𝑚2
0.012286 𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑙
Length of Module 2m
Number of Rows 469
Total Row Width 785.454 m
Azimuth Angle 224°
Plant Economics
192
Land Cost Php 886,510,000.00
For the design computations, refer to Appendix C.
5.2 Recommendation
The proponents would like to recommend to the future designers to seek continuous improvement
of this project and to further research the demand of power in Pampanga in the future years and to
seek for better alternative designs that can supply the needed power in Pampanga
193
APPENDIX A
COMPUTATION FOR DIESEL POWER PLANTS
DIESEL POWER PLANT-OPTION 1

V-type, 12 cylinders, 4-stroke Diesel Engine Unit
Determining the Minimum Rated Capacity of the Plant
From;
𝐸𝑃𝑁𝐸𝑇−𝐷 = 𝐸𝑃𝑇−𝑚𝑖𝑛 − 𝐴𝑃𝑇−𝑚𝑖𝑛
Where:
𝐸𝑃𝑁𝐸𝑇−𝐷 = Net Electrical Power ≥ 27 MW - Design Net Capacity of the Plant
𝐸𝑃𝑇−𝑚𝑖𝑛 = Minimum Total/Gross Electrical Power or Plant Rated Capacity
𝐴𝑃𝑇−𝑚𝑖𝑛 = Minimum Total Auxiliary Power of the Power Plant
Note:
APT = Total Auxiliary Power = 8% to 10% of the Rated Capacity for the Diesel Power Plant –
(Igor Kuzle, Darjan Bosnjak, Hrvoje Pandzic, 2010 – Auxiliary System Load Schemes in Large Thermal and
Nuclear Power Plants)
So;
Say AP = 9% of the Diesel Power Plant Rated Capacity
𝐴𝑃𝑇−𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.09(𝐸𝑃𝑇−𝑚𝑖𝑛 )
Thus;
𝐸𝑃𝑁𝐸𝑇−𝐷 = 𝐸𝑃𝑇−𝑚𝑖𝑛 − 0.09(𝐸𝑃𝑇−𝑚𝑖𝑛 )
𝐸𝑃𝑁𝐸𝑇−𝐷 = 0.91(𝐸𝑃𝑇−𝑚𝑖𝑛 )
Note that, 𝐸𝑃𝑁𝐸𝑇 ≥ 27 MW
Hence;
𝑬𝑷𝑻−𝒎𝒊𝒏 ≥ 𝟐𝟗. 𝟔𝟕𝟎𝟑 𝑴𝑾
*Thus, the minimum Total Electrical Power or Plant Rated Capacity is 29.6703 MW for a designed Net
Capacity of 27 MW
Number of Units
Using:
𝐷𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑔𝑛 𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑃𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡 = (𝐷𝑖𝑒𝑠𝑒𝑙 𝐺𝑒𝑛 − 𝑆𝑒𝑡 𝐶𝑎𝑝)(𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠)
Where:
194
Design Net Capacity of the Plant = 27 MW
Diesel Generator Set Capacity = 4.7 MW (Based on Manufacturer’s Data)
27 𝑀𝑊 = (4.7 𝑀𝑊)(𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠)

Therefore,
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 = 5.7447 ≈ 𝟔 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔
The minimum number of units needed – 6 units of 4.7 MW Diesel Gen-set
Checking if EPT > EPT-MIN

From:
𝐸𝑃𝑇 = (𝐷𝑖𝑒𝑠𝑒𝑙 𝐺𝑒𝑛 − 𝑆𝑒𝑡 𝐶𝑎𝑝. )(𝑚𝑖𝑛. 𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠)
Where:
𝐸𝑃𝑇 = Actual Total/ Gross Electrical Power or Plant Rated Capacity
Diesel Gen-Set Cap = 4.7 MW – Based on the Manufacturer’s Data
Min. no. of units = Minimum number of Gen-set units = 6 units
𝑀𝑊
𝐸𝑃𝑇 = 4.7 × 6 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
Therefore,
𝑬𝑷𝑻 = 𝟐𝟖. 𝟐 𝑴𝑾
𝑬𝑷 𝑇 < 𝑬𝑷 𝑇−𝑚𝑖𝑛
The electrical power produced by 6 units of DM5415-06 is not enough because of the auxiliary power
used in running the power plant.
For the Actual No. of Units
𝐸𝑃𝑇−𝑚𝑖𝑛
𝐴𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝑁𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 =
𝐷𝑖𝑒𝑠𝑒𝑙 𝐺𝑒𝑛 − 𝑆𝑒𝑡 𝐶𝑎𝑝
Then,
29.6703 𝑀𝑊
𝐴𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 =
𝑀𝑊
4.7 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
Therefore,
𝐴𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒂𝒍 𝒏𝒐. 𝒐𝒇 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔 = 𝟔. 𝟑𝟏𝟐𝟖 ≈ 𝟕 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔
The actual number of units needed to meet the design capacity and to sustain the auxiliary power is 7 units
of diesel generator set.
195
Heat Balance for Engine Performance (per unit)
Using 5-item Heat Balance:
𝐸𝑐 = 𝑄1 + 𝑄2 + 𝑄3 + 𝑄4 + 𝑄5
Where:
𝐸𝑐 = Energy Chargeable= Fuel Heat Input Energy = 11,634 kW

𝑄1 = Useful heat output = Brake Power (BP) = 4,920 kW
𝑄2 = Heat loss due to friction = Friction Power (FP) = Indicated Power – Brake Power
𝑄3 = Heat loss due to coolant = 𝑚𝑐 𝑐𝑝 ∆𝑇𝑐 = 𝑄𝐻2𝑂 + 𝑄𝐿𝑈𝐵𝐸 𝑂𝐼𝐿 = 1005 kW + 545 kW = 1550 kW
𝑄4 = Heat loss due to exhaust gasses = 3,820 kW
𝑄5 = Heat rejected to atmosphere and misc. losses = 233 kW + 970 kW = 1203 kW
Note: Values were gathered from the manufacturer’s data
Therefore:
𝐸𝑐 = 𝐵𝑃 + (𝐼𝑃 − 𝐵𝑃) + 𝑄3 + 𝑄4 + 𝑄5
𝐼𝑃 = 𝐸𝑐 − (𝑄3 + 𝑄4 + 𝑄5 )
Substituting the values,
𝐼𝑃 = 11 634𝑘𝑊 − (1 550𝑘𝑊 + 3820 𝑘𝑊 + 1 203 𝑘𝑊)
𝑰𝑷 = 𝟓𝟎𝟔𝟏 𝒌𝑾
For Friction Power (FP)
Using:
𝐹𝑃 = 𝐼𝑃 − 𝐵𝑃
𝐹𝑃 = (5 061 − 4 920)𝑘𝑊
𝑭𝑷 = 𝟏𝟒𝟏 𝒌𝑾
196
Mechanical Efficiency (em)
Using:
𝐵𝑃
𝑒𝑚 = × 100%
𝐼𝑃
Using the values from the computation and Manufacturer’s Data:
4920 𝑘𝑊
𝑒𝑚 = × 100%
5061 𝑘𝑊
𝒆𝒎 = 𝟗𝟕. 𝟐𝟏%
Generator Efficiency (egen)

Using:
𝑃𝑔𝑒𝑛
𝑒𝑔𝑒𝑛 = × 100%
𝐵𝑃
4700 𝑘𝑊
𝑒𝑔𝑒𝑛 = × 100%
4920 𝑘𝑊
𝒆𝒈𝒆𝒏 = 𝟗𝟓. 𝟓𝟑%

Overall/Combine Efficiency (ek)
Using:
𝑒𝑘 = 𝑒𝑔𝑒𝑛 × 𝑒𝑚 × 100%
𝑒𝑔𝑒𝑛 = 0.9553 × 0.9721 × 100%
𝒆𝒌 = 𝟗𝟐. 𝟖𝟔%
197
For the Thermal Efficiencies
Indicated Thermal Efficiency (eti)
Using:
𝐼𝑃
𝑒𝑡𝑖 = × 100%
𝐸𝑐
5061 𝑘𝑊
𝑒𝑡𝑖 = × 100%
11634 𝑘𝑊
𝒆𝒕𝒊 = 𝟒𝟑. 𝟓𝟎 %
Brake Thermal Efficiency (eti)

Using:
𝐵𝑃
𝑒𝑡𝑏 = × 100%
𝐸𝑐
4920 𝑘𝑊
𝑒𝑡𝑏 = × 100%
11634 𝑘𝑊
𝒆𝒕𝒃 = 𝟒𝟐. 𝟐𝟗 %
Overall/Combined Thermal Efficiency (etk)

Using:
𝑃𝑔𝑒𝑛
𝑒𝑡𝑘 = × 100%
𝐸𝑐
4700 𝑘𝑊
𝑒𝑡𝑘 = × 100%
11634 𝑘𝑊
𝒆𝒕𝒌 = 𝟒𝟎. 𝟒𝟎 %
198
Heat Rates
Indicated Heat Rate (HRind)
Using:
𝐸𝑐
𝐻𝑅𝑖𝑛𝑑 =
𝐼𝑃
𝑘𝐽 3600 𝑠𝑒𝑐
11634 𝑘𝑊 × ×
𝐻𝑅𝑖𝑛𝑑 = 𝑘𝑊 − 𝑠𝑒𝑐 1 ℎ𝑟
5061 𝑘𝑊
𝒌𝑱
𝑯𝑹𝒊𝒏𝒅 = 𝟖𝟐𝟕𝟓. 𝟓𝟐
𝒌𝑾 − 𝒉𝒓
Brake Heat Rate (HRb)

Using:
𝐸𝑐
𝐻𝑅𝑏 =
𝐵𝑃
11634 𝑘𝑊 × ×
𝐻𝑅𝑏 = 𝑘𝑊 − 𝑠𝑒𝑐 1 ℎ𝑟
4920 𝑘𝑊
𝒌𝑱
𝑯𝑹𝒃 = 𝟖𝟓𝟏𝟐. 𝟔𝟖
Overall/Combined Heat Rate (HRk)

Using:
𝐸𝑐
𝐻𝑅𝑘 =
𝑃𝑔𝑒𝑛
11634 𝑘𝑊 × ×
𝐻𝑅𝑘 = 𝑘𝑊 − 𝑠𝑒𝑐 1 ℎ𝑟
4700 𝑘𝑊
𝒌𝑱
𝑯𝑹𝒌 = 𝟖𝟗𝟏𝟏. 𝟏𝟒𝟖𝟗
199
Over-all Station Thermal Efficiency (eos)
Using:
𝐸𝑃𝑛𝑒𝑡
𝑒𝑜𝑠 = × 100%
𝐸𝑐𝑡
𝐸𝑃𝑛𝑒𝑡 = 𝐸𝑃𝑇 − 𝐴𝑃𝑇
Where:
11634 𝑘𝑊
𝐸𝑐𝑡 = 𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 𝐶ℎ𝑎𝑟𝑔𝑒𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒 = × 7 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 = 𝟖𝟏𝟒𝟑𝟖 𝒌𝑾
𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
4700 𝑘𝑊
𝐸𝑃𝑇 = 𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐸𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑐 𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 = × 7 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 = 𝟑𝟐𝟗𝟎𝟎 𝒌𝑾
𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
Then,
APT = 9% of the Plant Rated Capacity
APT = 0.09(32900 kW) = 2961 kW
For Net Plant Capacity: EPnet

Using:

Then,
𝐸𝑃𝑛𝑒𝑡 = 32900 𝑘𝑊 − 2961 𝑘𝑊
𝑬𝑷𝒏𝒆𝒕 = 𝟐𝟗𝟗𝟑𝟗 𝒌𝑾
Therefore,
29939 𝑘𝑊
𝑒𝑜𝑠 = × 100%
81438 𝑘𝑊
𝒆𝒐𝒔 = 𝟑𝟔. 𝟕𝟔 %
200
Fuel Consumption

Using:
𝑚𝑓 𝑘𝐽
𝑆𝐹𝐶 = ;
𝑃𝑜 𝑘𝑊 − ℎ𝑟
Where:
𝑚𝑓 = 𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑙𝑜𝑤 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑓𝑢𝑒𝑙
For Mass Flow Rate of Fuel (mf)

Using the formula for SFCb
𝑚𝑓
𝑆𝐹𝐶𝑏 =
𝐵𝑃
Where:
𝑘𝑔
SFCb = Brake Spec. Fuel Consumption = 0.1937 𝑘𝑊−ℎ𝑟
(According to the manufacturer’s data)
Then,
𝑚𝑓 = 𝐵𝑃 × 𝑆𝐹𝐶𝑏
𝑘𝑔
𝑚𝑓 = 4920 𝑘𝑊 × 0.1937
𝑘𝑊 − ℎ𝑟
𝑘𝑔
𝑚𝑓 = 953.004
ℎ𝑟 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
Total Mass Flow Rate of Fuel (mft)

Using:
𝑚𝑓𝑡 = 𝑚𝑓 × 𝑁𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝑘𝑔
𝑚𝑓𝑡 = 953.004 × 7 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝒌𝒈
𝒎𝒇𝒕 = 𝟔𝟔𝟕𝟏. 𝟎𝟐𝟖
𝒉𝒓
201
Indicated Specific Fuel Consumption (SFCind)
Using:
𝑚𝑓
𝑆𝐹𝐶𝑖𝑛𝑑 =
𝐼𝑃
Then,
𝑘𝑔
953.004
𝑆𝐹𝐶𝑖𝑛𝑑 = ℎ𝑟 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
5061 𝑘𝑊
Therefore,
𝒌𝒈
𝑺𝑭𝑪𝒊𝒏𝒅 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟖𝟖𝟑𝟎𝟑𝟓
𝒌𝑾 − 𝒉𝒓 − 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕
Brake Specific Fuel Consumption (SFCb)

From the manufacturer’s data:
𝒌𝒈
𝑺𝑭𝑪𝒃 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟗𝟑𝟕
Combined Specific Fuel Consumption (SFCk)

Using:
𝑚𝑓
𝑆𝐹𝐶𝑘 =
𝑃𝑔𝑒𝑛
Then,
𝑘𝑔
953.004
𝑆𝐹𝐶𝑘 = ℎ𝑟 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
4700 𝑘𝑊
Therefore,
𝒌𝒈
𝑺𝑭𝑪𝒌 = 𝟎. 𝟐𝟎𝟐𝟕𝟔𝟔𝟖
202
Volume Flow Rate of Fuel
Table A-0-1 Density of Diesel Fuel Used

(Philippine Mechanical Code 2008 Edition)
𝐾𝑔 𝑘𝑔
Density (𝜌) of Diesel Fuel at 15°C = 0.8407 𝑙𝑖𝑡𝑟𝑒 = 840.7 𝑚3
Using,
𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 (𝑚)
𝐷𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑦 (𝜌) =
𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 (𝑣)
Since the given standard is at 15°C, the density must be converted to 15.6°C as used for commercial
volume of liquid fuel.
Using,
𝑆𝐺@𝑇 = 𝑆𝐺@15.6°𝐶 × 𝐶𝑜𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 (𝑐)
203
Where:
𝜌𝑓
𝑆𝐺 =
𝜌𝑟𝑒𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑙
For the reference material, water is used since diesel fuel is liquid.
𝑘𝑔
Density of water = 1000 𝑚3
Therefore,
𝑘𝑔
840.7
𝑆𝐺@15°𝐶 = 𝑚3
𝑘𝑔
1000 3
𝑚
𝑺𝑮@𝟏𝟓°𝑪 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟒𝟎𝟕
Using the formula,
𝑐 = 1 − 0.0007 (15.6° − 𝑇) – (From Power Plant Engineering Textbook by Frederick T. Morse)
Then,
𝑐 = 1 − 0.0007 (15.6° − 15)
𝑐 = 0.99958
Therefore,
0.8407
𝑆𝐺@15.6°𝐶 =
0.99958
𝑺𝑮@𝟏𝟓.𝟔°𝑪 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟒𝟏𝟎𝟓𝟑
For the commercial density of Diesel Fuel

Using,
𝜌𝑓
𝑆𝐺 =
𝑘𝑔
𝜌𝑓 = 0.841053 × 1000
𝑚3
𝒌𝒈
𝝆𝒇 = 𝟖𝟒𝟏. 𝟎𝟓𝟑
𝒎𝟑
204
Therefore,
For the Commercial Volume Flow Rate of Diesel Fuel (vf):
𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑙𝑜𝑤 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑓𝑢𝑒𝑙 (𝑚𝑓 )

𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑓𝑙𝑜𝑤 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑓𝑢𝑒𝑙 (𝑣𝑓 ) =
𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑜𝑓 𝑓𝑢𝑒𝑙 (𝜌𝑓 )
𝑘𝑔
953.004
𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑓𝑙𝑜𝑤 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑓𝑢𝑒𝑙 (𝑣𝑓 ) = ℎ𝑟 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
𝑘𝑔
841.053 3
𝑚
𝑘𝑔
953.004
𝑘𝑔
841.053 3
𝑚
𝒎𝟑
𝒗𝒐𝒍𝒖𝒎𝒆 𝒇𝒍𝒐𝒘 𝒓𝒂𝒕𝒆 𝒐𝒇 𝒇𝒖𝒆𝒍 (𝒗𝒇 ) = 𝟏. 𝟏𝟑𝟑𝟏𝟏
𝒉𝒓 − 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕
For the total commercial volume flow rate
𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑓𝑙𝑜𝑤 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑓𝑢𝑒𝑙 (𝑣𝑓 ) = 𝑣𝑓 × 𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝑚3
𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑓𝑙𝑜𝑤 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑓𝑢𝑒𝑙 (𝑣𝑓 ) = 1.13311 × 7 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝒎𝟑
𝒕𝒐𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝒗𝒐𝒍𝒖𝒎𝒆 𝒇𝒍𝒐𝒘 𝒓𝒂𝒕𝒆 𝒐𝒇 𝒇𝒖𝒆𝒍 (𝒗𝒇 ) = 𝟕. 𝟗𝟑𝟏𝟕𝟕
𝒉𝒓
For the Day Tank Min. Capacity (Per Unit)

Using,
𝑫𝒂𝒚 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒌 𝑪𝒂𝒑𝒂𝒄𝒊𝒕𝒚 = 𝑽𝒇 × 𝑪. 𝑭.
Where:
Vf = Volume Flow Rate of Fuel per unit.
C.F. = Conversion Factor
So,
𝑚3 24 ℎ𝑟𝑠
𝐷𝑎𝑦 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑘 𝑀𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑚𝑢𝑚 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 = 1.13311 ×
ℎ𝑟 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 1 𝑑𝑎𝑦
𝑚3 𝑙𝑖𝑡𝑟𝑒𝑠
𝐷𝑎𝑦 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑘 𝑀𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑚𝑢𝑚 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 = 27.19464 = 27,194.64
𝑑𝑎𝑦 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 𝑑𝑎𝑦 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
205
For 7 units of day tank for the whole power plant.
Table A-0-2 Day tank Specifications

Source: Power Plant Engineering by Frederick T. Morse
Bulk Storage Tanks (pp. 459)
Diameter (m) Length (m) Capacity (Liters) Plate Thickness Weight (kg)
(mm)
2.44 7.57 35, 244 6.35 3.967
Storage Tank Minimum Capacity for Diesel Fuel
Note: Considering 30 days continuous full load operation

From;
𝑆𝑡𝑜𝑟𝑎𝑔𝑒 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑘 𝑀𝑖𝑛. 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝐷𝑖𝑒𝑠𝑒𝑙 𝐹𝑢𝑒𝑙 = (𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑚𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑣𝑓 ) × 𝐶. 𝐹.
Then,
𝑚3 24 ℎ𝑟𝑠 30 𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑠
𝑆𝑡𝑜𝑟𝑎𝑔𝑒 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑘 𝑀𝑖𝑛. 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝐷𝑖𝑒𝑠𝑒𝑙 𝐹𝑢𝑒𝑙 = 7.93177 × ×
ℎ𝑟 1 𝑑𝑎𝑦 1 𝑚𝑜𝑛𝑡ℎ
Therefore,
𝑆𝑡𝑜𝑟𝑎𝑔𝑒 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑘 𝑀𝑖𝑛. 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝐷𝑖𝑒𝑠𝑒𝑙 𝐹𝑢𝑒𝑙 = 5710.8744 = 5,710,874.4
𝑚𝑜𝑛𝑡ℎ 𝑚𝑜𝑛𝑡ℎ
𝒍𝒊𝒕𝒓𝒆𝒔
𝑺𝒕𝒐𝒓𝒂𝒈𝒆 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒌 𝑴𝒊𝒏. 𝑪𝒂𝒑𝒂𝒄𝒊𝒕𝒚 𝒇𝒐𝒓 𝑫𝒊𝒆𝒔𝒆𝒍 𝑭𝒖𝒆𝒍 ≈ 𝟓, 𝟕𝟏𝟏, 𝟎𝟎𝟎
𝒎𝒐𝒏𝒕𝒉
Air Intake Consumption
Air Intake Mass Flow (mair)

𝑘𝑔−𝑎𝑖𝑟
mair = 31, 298 ℎ𝑟−𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 – According to the manufacturer’s data
𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟𝑇 = 𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟 × 𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝑘𝑔 − 𝑎𝑖𝑟
𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟𝑇 = 31, 298 × 7 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟𝑇 = 219086
ℎ𝑟
206
𝒎
Air-Fuel Ratio ( 𝒎𝒂𝒊𝒓)
𝒇
From,
𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟 31,298
= ℎ𝑟
𝑚𝑓 𝑘𝑔
953.004
ℎ𝑟
Therefore,
𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟 𝑘𝑔𝑎𝑖𝑟
= 32.8414
𝑚𝑓 𝑘𝑔𝑓 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
Cooling System
Calculating the Cooling Water Mass Flow Rate

From;
𝑄3 = 𝑚𝑐𝑤 𝐶𝑝𝑐𝑤 ∆𝑇𝑐𝑤
Where;
Q3 = Heat loss due to coolant = 1 005 kW – (According to the manufacturer’s data)
mcw = Mass flow rate of the coolant = water as the cooling agent.
𝑘𝐽
Cpcw = Specific heat at constant pressure of the coolant = specific heat of water = 4.187 𝑘𝑔−𝐾
∆Tcw = Tin - Tout = temperature change of the coolant.
From the cooling tower manufacturer’s data;

Tin = 35⁰C
Tout = 29.5⁰C
Twb = 25.5⁰C
Using the formula:
𝑄3
𝑚𝑐𝑤 =
𝐶𝑝𝑐𝑤 ∆𝑇𝑐𝑤
𝑘𝐽
1,005
𝑚𝑐𝑤 = 𝑠𝑒𝑐
𝑘𝐽
4.187 × (35 − 29.4)𝐾
𝑘𝑔 − 𝐾
207
𝒌𝒈 𝒌𝒈
𝒎𝒄𝒘 = 𝟒𝟐. 𝟖𝟔𝟐𝟑 = 𝟏𝟓𝟒, 𝟑𝟎𝟒. 𝟏𝟑𝟖𝟕 − 𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕
𝒔𝒆𝒄 𝒉𝒓
For the total mass of cooling water

Using,
𝑚𝑐𝑤𝑇 = 𝑚𝑐𝑤 × 𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝑘𝑔
𝑚𝑐𝑤𝑇 = 42.8623 × 7 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝑠𝑒𝑐 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
𝒌𝒈 𝒌𝒈
𝒎𝒄𝒘𝑻 = 𝟑𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟑𝟔𝟏 = 𝟏, 𝟎𝟖𝟎, 𝟏𝟐𝟖. 𝟗𝟕𝟏
𝒔𝒆𝒄 𝒔𝒆𝒄
Capacity of Cooling Water Feed Pump

Using,
̇
𝑉𝑐𝑤𝑝 = 𝑚𝑐𝑤 × 𝑣𝑓@𝑇𝑖𝑛
Where:
𝑚𝑐𝑤 = mass flow rate of the cooling water
𝑣𝑓@𝑇𝑖𝑛 = Specific volume of water at cooling tower outlet temperature
Note:
𝑇𝑖𝑛 = 29.4°C – According to Manufacturer’s Data of Cooling Tower
𝑚3
𝑣𝑓@29.4°C = 0.00100412 𝑘𝑔 – From Steam Table, Table 1- Temperature, By interpolation.
𝑘𝑔 𝑚3
̇
𝑉𝑐𝑤𝑝 = 42.8623 × 0.00100412
𝑠𝑒𝑐 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 𝑘𝑔
𝑚3 1000 𝐿𝑖𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑠 1 𝑔𝑎𝑙 60 𝑠𝑒𝑐

̇
𝑉𝑐𝑤𝑝 = 0.04303889 × × ×
𝑠𝑒𝑐 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 𝑚3 3.7854 𝐿𝑖𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑠 1 𝑚𝑖𝑛.
𝑮𝑷𝑴 𝑮𝑷𝑴
𝑽̇𝒄𝒘𝒑 = 𝟔𝟖𝟐. 𝟏𝟖𝟐𝟓 ≈ 𝟔𝟖𝟓
𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕
Cooling Tower Min. Capacity

Using,
𝑇𝑂𝑅 = 𝑄3 × 𝐶. 𝐹
Where:
𝑄3 = 1,005 𝑘𝑊 – According to Manufacturer’s data; Heat loss due to coolant
TOR = Tons of Refrigeration
C.F. – Conversion Factor
208
1 𝑇𝑂𝑅
𝑇𝑂𝑅 = 1,005 𝑘𝑊 ×
3.5167 𝑘𝑊
𝑻𝑶𝑹 = 𝟐𝟖𝟓. 𝟕𝟕𝟗 𝑻𝑶𝑹 − 𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕
Therefore, the proponents used the NX1025P-1 Marley Cooling Tower that has a 337 Ton capacity per unit
for both options.
Table A-0-3 Schematic Data of NX1025P-1


Using the formula from Power Plant Engineering Textbook by Frederick T. Morse (p. 182)
𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝑐𝑜𝑜𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒 𝑇𝑖𝑛 − 𝑇𝑜𝑢𝑡

𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑜𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑔 = = × 100%
𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑜𝑟𝑒𝑡𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑙 𝑐𝑜𝑜𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒 𝑇𝑖𝑛 − 𝑇𝑤𝑏
35°𝐶 − 29.5°𝐶
𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑜𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑔 = × 100%
35°𝐶 − 25.5°𝐶
𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑜𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑔 = 57.89
209
Pump Capacity for Oil Lubrication
Using
(From Power Plant Engineering Textbook by Frederick T. Morse, p.174)
𝒎𝒐𝒊𝒍 ≈ 𝟏% 𝒐𝒇 𝒎𝒇𝒖𝒆𝒍
Where,
𝑚𝑜𝑖𝑙 = mass flow rate oil
𝑚𝑓𝑢𝑒𝑙 = mass flow rate of fuel consumption
𝑘𝑔 1 ℎ𝑟
𝑚𝑜𝑖𝑙 ≈ 0.01 × 953.004 ×
ℎ𝑟 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 3600 𝑠
𝑘𝑔
𝑚𝑜𝑖𝑙 ≈ 2.6472 × 10−3 × 7 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝒌𝒈 𝒌𝒈
𝒎𝒐𝒊𝒍−𝒕𝒐𝒕𝒂𝒍 ≈ 𝟎. 𝟎𝟏𝟖𝟓 ≈ 𝟔𝟔. 𝟕𝟏𝟎𝟑 − 𝒇𝒐𝒓 𝒘𝒉𝒐𝒍𝒆 𝒑𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝒑𝒍𝒂𝒏𝒕
Volume Flow Rate of Lubricating Oil

Using,
𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 (𝑚𝑜𝑖𝑙 )
𝐷𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑦 (𝜌𝑜𝑖𝑙 ) =
𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 (𝑣𝑜𝑖𝑙 )
Using, Diesel CJ-4 Lubricating Oil

Note: Diesel CJ-4 is a certificated oil of API and is used as a standard for commercial use because of the
use of EGR (Exhaust Gas Recirculation) and DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) – According to JXTG Nippon
Oil & Energy Corporation
Table A-0-4 Properties of Diesel CJ-4

210
Then,
(𝑚𝑜𝑖𝑙 )
𝑣𝑜𝑖𝑙 =
𝜌𝑜𝑖𝑙
𝑘𝑔
2.6472 × 10−3 𝑠 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
𝑣𝑜𝑖𝑙 =
𝑘𝑔
878 3
𝑚
−6
𝑚3 60 𝑠𝑒𝑐 1000 𝐿 1 𝑔𝑎𝑙
𝑣𝑜𝑖𝑙 = 3.01503 × 10 × × 3
×
𝑠𝑒𝑐 1 𝑚𝑖𝑛 1𝑚 3.7854𝐿
𝒗𝒐𝒊𝒍 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟒𝟕𝟖 𝑮𝑷𝑴 − 𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕
Note: The smallest capacity of oil pump available in the market is 2.3 GPM, therefore the proponents
decided to use an oil pump with 2.3 GPM
For the Minimum Requirement of Weight of the Machine Foundation
𝑾𝒇 ≥ 𝒎𝒊𝒏. 𝑾𝒇
Where:
Wf = Weight of the Foundation
Min. Wf = Minimum Weight of the Foundation
For Rectangular Machine Foundation

Note: Atop = Abase
Dimensions Needed:
L = Length of the machine foundation
W = Width of the Machine Foundation
a = 99.62 in. = 8.30167 ft. = 2530.31 mm
b = 404 in. = 33.6667 = 10261.7 mm
c = Clearance = 0.5 to 1 ft.
Solving for the Length & Width of the Machine Foundation

Using,
𝐿 = 𝑏 + 2𝑐
𝑊 = 𝑎 + 2𝑐
Note: Using 0.5 ft as clearance.
211
For the Length of Machine Foundation
𝑳 = 𝟑𝟑. 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟕 𝒇𝒕. + 𝟐(𝟎. 𝟓 𝒇𝒕) = 𝟑𝟒. 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟕 𝒇𝒕.
For the Width of Machine Foundation
𝑾 = 𝟖. 𝟑𝟎𝟏𝟔𝟕 𝒇𝒕. + 𝟐(𝟎. 𝟓 𝒇𝒕) = 𝟗. 𝟑𝟎𝟏𝟔𝟕 𝒇𝒕.
For the Height of the Machine Foundation

Using,
ℎ = (3.2 𝑡𝑜 4.2) × (𝐿𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝐸𝑛𝑔𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑆𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑘𝑒)
Where:
Length of the Engine Stroke = 300 mm or 0.984252 ft. – According to Manufacturer’s Data
Note: Use 3.2 for the computation
ℎ = 3.2 × 0.984252 𝑓𝑡.
𝒉 = 𝟑. 𝟏𝟒𝟗𝟔 𝒇𝒕.
For the Volume of the Foundation

Using the formula:
𝑉𝐹 = 𝐿 × 𝑊 × ℎ
Then,
𝑉𝐹 = 34.6667 𝑓𝑡.× 9.30167 𝑓𝑡 × 3.1496 𝑓𝑡
𝑽𝑭 = 𝟏𝟎𝟏𝟓. 𝟔𝟏𝟒𝟒 𝒇𝒕𝟑
For the Weight of Foundation

Using,
𝑊𝐹
𝛾𝐹 =
𝑉𝐹
Where:
𝑙𝑏
𝛾𝐹 = Specific Weight of the Foundation = 150 𝑓𝑡𝑓3
WF = Weight of the foundation
VF = Volume of the foundation
𝑙𝑏𝑓
𝑊𝐹 = 150 × 1015.6144 𝑓𝑡 3
𝑓𝑡 3
𝑊𝐹 = 152342.16 𝑙𝑏𝑓
212
For the Minimum Weight of the Foundation (min. WF)
Using,
𝑚𝑖𝑛. 𝑊𝐹 = (3 𝑡𝑜 5 𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠) × (𝑊𝐸 ) − 𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝑃𝑆𝑀𝐸 𝐶𝑜𝑑𝑒

Where:
WE = Weight of the Engine to be supported = 141,840 lbf - According to Manufacturer’s Data
Note: Use 3 as multiplying factor.
𝑚𝑖𝑛. 𝑊𝐹 = 3 𝑥 141,840 𝑙𝑏𝑓
𝑚𝑖𝑛. 𝑊𝐹 = 425,520 𝑙𝑏𝑓

Therefore,
WF < min. WF – Dimension are not okay!
In conclusion, rectangular foundation is not applicable

Using “Spread Footed” Machine Foundation
So,
Note: Atop ≠ Abase
First Adjustment
Tapered Width Machine Foundation
Using the formulas:

𝐿𝑏 = 𝐿 + 2𝑥
𝐿 + 𝐿𝑏
𝐿𝑚𝑖𝑑 =
2
𝑊𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 𝑊
L = 34.6667 ft.
W = 9.30167 ft.
h = 3.1496 ft
𝜃 = 22.5° 𝑡𝑜 30° 𝑎𝑙𝑠𝑜 45° − 𝑐𝑟𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑙 𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒
𝑥 = ℎ × tan(𝜃)
Using
𝜃 = 30°
𝑥 = 3.1496 𝑓𝑡. × tan(30°)
𝑥 = 1.8184 𝑓𝑡.
213
Then,
𝐿𝑏 = 34.6667 𝑓𝑡. +(2 × 1.8184 𝑓𝑡)
𝐿𝑏 = 38.3035 𝑓𝑡
For 𝐿𝑚𝑖𝑑
34.6667 𝑓𝑡. + 38.3035 𝑓𝑡.

𝐿𝑚𝑖𝑑 =
2
𝐿𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 36.4851 𝑓𝑡
For Wmid
𝑊𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 𝑊 = 9.30176 𝑓𝑡.
Volume of Tapered Width Machine Foundation

Using,
ℎ
𝑉𝑇𝑊𝐹 = (𝐴 + 4𝐴𝑚𝑖𝑑 + 𝐴𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒 )
6 𝑡𝑜𝑝
Where:
Atop = L x W
Amid = Lmid x Wmid
Abase = Lb x W
For Atop
𝐴𝑡𝑜𝑝 = 34.6667 𝑓𝑡 × 9.30167 𝑓𝑡 = 322.4582 𝑓𝑡 2
For Amid
𝐴𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 36.4851 𝑓𝑡 × 9.30167 𝑓𝑡 = 339.3724 𝑓𝑡 2
For Abase
𝐴𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒 = 38.3035 𝑓𝑡 × 9.30167 𝑓𝑡 = 356.2865 𝑓𝑡 2
Therefore,
3.1496 𝑓𝑡
𝑉𝑇𝑊𝐹 = (322.4582 𝑓𝑡 2 + (4 × 339.3724 𝑓𝑡 2 ) + 356.2865 𝑓𝑡 2 )
6
3.1496 𝑓𝑡
𝑉𝑇𝑊𝐹 = (322.4582 𝑓𝑡 2 + (4 × 339.3724 𝑓𝑡 2 ) + 356.2865 𝑓𝑡 2 )
6
𝑉𝑇𝑊𝐹 = 1068.8873 𝑓𝑡 3
214
For Weight of Tapered Width Machine Foundation
Using,
𝑊𝑇𝑊𝐹
𝛾𝐹 =
𝑉𝑇𝑊𝐹
Where:
𝑙𝑏
𝑊𝑇𝑊𝐹 = Weight of Tapered Width Machine Foundation
𝑉𝑇𝑊𝐹 = Volume of Tapered Width Machine Foundation
Therefore,
𝑙𝑏𝑓
𝑊𝐹 = 150 × 1068.8873 𝑓𝑡 3
𝑓𝑡 3
𝑊𝐹 = 160,333.095 𝑓𝑡 3
Comparing the weight of the foundation to the minimum weight of foundation
In conclusion, the adjustments made are still not enough to achieve the minimum weight of the foundation,
therefore the proponents decided to adjust the clearance
Using 3 ft clearance:
Using the values:
a = 99.62 in or 8.30167 ft - From the manufacturer’s data

b = 404.00 in or 33.6667 ft - From the manufacturer’s data.
c = 3 ft
h = 3.1496 ft
𝑳 = 𝟑𝟑. 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟕 𝒇𝒕. + 𝟐(𝟑 𝒇𝒕) = 𝟑𝟗. 𝟔𝟔𝟔𝟕 𝒇𝒕.
𝑾 = 𝟖. 𝟑𝟎𝟏𝟔𝟕 𝒇𝒕. + 𝟐(𝟑 𝒇𝒕) = 𝟏𝟒. 𝟑𝟎𝟏𝟔𝟕 𝒇𝒕.
215
Using,
Where:
ℎ = 3.2 × 0.984252 𝑓𝑡.
𝒉 = 𝟒. 𝟏𝟑𝟑𝟗 𝒇𝒕.
Using
𝜃 = 30°
𝑥 = 4.1339 𝑓𝑡. × tan(30°)
𝑥 = 2.3867 𝑓𝑡.
Then,
𝐿𝑏 = 39.6667 𝑓𝑡. +(2 × 2.3867 𝑓𝑡)
𝐿𝑏 = 44.4401 𝑓𝑡
39.6667 𝑓𝑡. + 44.4401𝑓𝑡.

𝐿𝑚𝑖𝑑 =
2
𝐿𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 42.0534 𝑓𝑡
For Wbase
𝑊𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒 = 14.30167 𝑓𝑡 + (2 × 2.3867 𝑓𝑡) = 19.0751𝑓𝑡
For Wmid
14.30167 𝑓𝑡. + 19.0751𝑓𝑡.

𝑊𝑚𝑖𝑑 = = 16.6884 𝑓𝑡
2
216
Using,
ℎ
6 𝑡𝑜𝑝
Where:
Atop = L x W
Amid = Lmid x Wmid
Abase = Lb x Wb
For Atop
𝐴𝑡𝑜𝑝 = 39.6667 𝑓𝑡 × 14.30167 𝑓𝑡 = 567.300 𝑓𝑡 2
For Amid
𝐴𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 42.0534 𝑓𝑡 × 16.6884 𝑓𝑡 = 701.804 𝑓𝑡 2
For Abase
𝐴𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒 = 44.4401 𝑓𝑡 × 19.0751 𝑓𝑡 = 847.699 𝑓𝑡 2
Therefore,
4.1339 𝑓𝑡
𝑉𝑇𝑊𝐹 = (567.300 𝑓𝑡 2 + (4 × 701.804 𝑓𝑡 2 ) + 847.699 𝑓𝑡 2 )
6
𝑉𝑇𝑊𝐹 = 2909.0358 𝑓𝑡 3

Using,
𝑊𝑇𝑊𝐹
𝛾𝐹 =
𝑉𝑇𝑊𝐹
Where:
𝑙𝑏
Therefore,
𝑙𝑏𝑓
𝑊𝐹 = 150 × 2909.0358 𝑓𝑡 3
𝑓𝑡 3
𝑊𝐹 = 436,355.3647 𝑙𝑏𝑓
217
Comparing WF to min. WF
WF = 436,355.3647 lbf
While
Min. WF = 425,520 lbf
436,355.3647 lbf > 425,520 lbf
Therefore,
WF > min. WF - Dimensions are okay!
Machine Foundation Dimensions:
Atop = L x W = 39.6667 ft x 14.30167 ft

Abase = Lb x Wb = 44.4401 ft x 19.0751 ft
h = 4.13386 ft
Spread-Footed Angle = 𝜃 = 30⁰
Clearance = 3 ft
Checking for Safety

Using
𝑆𝐼 ≤ 𝑆𝐷
Where:
SI = Induced Stress
SD = Design Stress
For Induced Stress

Using,
𝑊𝐹 + 𝑊𝐸
𝑆𝐼 =
𝐴𝑏
Where:
WF = Weight of Foundation = 436,355.3647 lbf
WE = Engine Weight = 141,840 lbf
Ab = Area of base = 847.699 ft2
436,355.3647 𝑙𝑏𝑓 + 141,840 𝑙𝑏𝑓

𝑆𝐼 =
847.699 𝑓𝑡 2
𝑙𝑏𝑓
𝑆𝐼 = 682.076
𝑓𝑡 2
218
For Design Stress
Using,
𝑆𝐵𝐶
𝑆𝐷 =
𝐹𝑆
Where:
SBC = Soil Bearing Capacity
FS = Factor of Safety = use 3 to 5 – from Philippine Mechanical Code
For Soil Bearing Capacity (SBC)
Types of Soil Ton/ft2

Native Rock 200 up
Ashlor Masonry 25 to 30
Best Brick Masonry 15 to 20
Common Brick Masonry 5 to 10
Clay, Compact 5 to 8
Clay, Soft 1 to 2
Gravel and Sand 8 to 10
Sand 2 to 6
Quick Sand, Loom etc. 0.5 to 1
Table A-0-5 SBC of Different Types of Soil
Note: Safe bearing pressure of soil for machine foundation are from quarter to a half of the above values
Using the value of SBC of Sand,
𝑡𝑜𝑛 𝑙𝑏
SBC = 2 to 6 𝑓𝑡 2 = 4000 to 12000 𝑓𝑡𝑓2
Note: Only take the quarter of SBC for Sand
𝑙𝑏
SBC = 3000 𝑓𝑡𝑓2
𝑙𝑏𝑓
3000
𝑓𝑡 2
𝑆𝐷 =
3
𝑙𝑏𝑓
𝑆𝐷 = 1000
𝑓𝑡 2
Therefore,
𝑙𝑏𝑓 𝑙𝑏𝑓
682.076 < 1000
𝑓𝑡 2 𝑓𝑡 2
The machine foundation is safe, since the relation between the induced and design stress satisfies the
condition of SI ≤ SD
219
• Cement (C)
• Sand (S)
• Gravel (G)
• Water (H2O)
• Reinforcing Steel Bars (RSB)
According to the Philippine Mechanical Code (PMC), the foundations for diesel engines should be concrete
with ratio of one (1) part cement, two (2) parts sand and four (4) parts of gravel.
Concrete Ratio: 1:2:4; C:S:G
Class Cement (Bag) Sand (ft3) Gravel (ft3)

AA 1 1.51 3
A 1 2 4
B 1 2.5 5
C 1 3 6
D 1 4 8
Table A-0-6. Classifications of Concrete
The concrete mixture proportion is Class A based on the table.
Amount of Cementing Materials

Using;
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝐶𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑀𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑙𝑠 = (𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑜𝑟𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛) × (𝑁𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑏𝑎𝑔𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡)
Where:
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑀𝑎𝑐ℎ𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝐹𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑡𝑎𝑖𝑜𝑛
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑏𝑎𝑔𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 =
Proportion = Class A = 1:2:4
For Number of Bags of Cement

Where:
Volume of Machine Foundation = 2,909.01 ft3
Yield = ∑ absolute volume of cementing materials (C,S,G and H2O)
For Yield
Using
220
(𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑐. 𝑊𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡)(𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑜𝑟𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛)
𝐴𝑏𝑠. 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝐶𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑀𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑙𝑠 =
(𝐵𝑢𝑙𝑘 𝑆. 𝐺. )(𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑐. 𝑊𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟)
Material Bulk Specific Gravity Specific Weight

Cement 3.15 𝑙𝑏
𝑓
94 𝑏𝑎𝑔
Sand, dry 2.64 𝑙𝑏
110 𝑓𝑡𝑓3
Gravel, dry 2.66 𝑙𝑏𝑓
96 𝑓𝑡 3
Table A-0-7 Properties of Cementing Materials
𝑙𝑏
Note: For water use 7 gal per bag of cement with standard specific weight of 62.4 𝑓𝑡𝑓3
For Cement
Using
𝑙𝑏𝑓 𝑓𝑡 3
3 94
×1
𝑓𝑡 𝑏𝑎𝑔
𝐴𝑏𝑠. 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝐶𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 =
𝑙𝑏𝑓
3.15 × 62.4 3
𝑓𝑡
𝒇𝒕𝟑
𝑨𝒃𝒔. 𝑽𝒐𝒍𝒖𝒎𝒆 𝒐𝒇 𝑪𝒆𝒎𝒆𝒏𝒕 = 𝟎. 𝟒𝟕𝟖𝟐𝟑
𝒃𝒂𝒈 𝒐𝒇 𝒄𝒆𝒎𝒆𝒏𝒕
For Sand
Using
110
× 2
𝑓𝑡 3 𝑏𝑎𝑔
𝐴𝑏𝑠. 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑆𝑎𝑛𝑑 =
𝑙𝑏𝑓
2.64 × 62.4 3
𝑓𝑡
𝒇𝒕𝟑
𝑨𝒃𝒔. 𝑽𝒐𝒍𝒖𝒎𝒆 𝒐𝒇 𝑺𝒂𝒏𝒅 = 𝟏. 𝟑𝟑𝟓𝟒𝟕
For Gravel
Using
×96
4
𝐴𝑏𝑠. 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑙 =
𝑙𝑏𝑓
2.66 × 62.4 3
𝑓𝑡
221
𝒇𝒕𝟑
𝑨𝒃𝒔. 𝑽𝒐𝒍𝒖𝒎𝒆 𝒐𝒇 𝑮𝒓𝒂𝒗𝒆𝒍 = 𝟐. 𝟑𝟏𝟑𝟒𝟖
For Water
Using
𝑔𝑎𝑙 1 𝑓𝑡 3
𝐴𝑏𝑠. 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 = 7 ×
𝑏𝑎𝑔 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 7.48 𝑔𝑎𝑙
𝒇𝒕𝟑
𝑨𝒃𝒔. 𝑽𝒐𝒍𝒖𝒎𝒆 𝒐𝒇 𝑾𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒓 = 𝟎. 𝟗𝟑𝟓𝟖𝟑
Therefore,
𝑓𝑡 3 𝑓𝑡 3 𝑓𝑡 3 𝑓𝑡 3
𝑌𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑 = 0.47823 + 1.33547 + 2.31348 + 0.93583
𝑏𝑎𝑔 𝑏𝑎𝑔 𝑏𝑎𝑔 𝑏𝑎𝑔
𝒇𝒕𝟑
𝒀𝒊𝒆𝒍𝒅 = 𝟓. 𝟎𝟔𝟑𝟎𝟏

Using,
2,909.01 𝑓𝑡 3
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝐵𝑎𝑔𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝐶𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 =
𝑓𝑡 3
5.06301
𝑏𝑎𝑔 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝐵𝑎𝑔𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝐶𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 = 574.551 𝑏𝑎𝑔𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡
Therefore,
The needed bags of cement for one unit is 575 bags of cement, and 3450 bags of cement for the whole
power plant.
For Cementing Materials
For Cement
𝑵𝒖𝒎𝒃𝒆𝒓 𝒐𝒇 𝑩𝒂𝒈𝒔 𝒐𝒇 𝑪𝒆𝒎𝒆𝒏𝒕 = 𝟓𝟕𝟓 𝒃𝒂𝒈𝒔 𝒐𝒇 𝒄𝒆𝒎𝒆𝒏𝒕
For Sand
𝑓𝑡 3
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑆𝑎𝑛𝑑 = 2 × 575 𝑏𝑎𝑔𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡
Therefore,
222
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑆𝑎𝑛𝑑 = 1150 𝑓𝑡 3 − 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
Or
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑆𝑎𝑛𝑑 = 8050 𝑓𝑡 3 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑤ℎ𝑜𝑙𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡
For Gravel
𝑓𝑡 3
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑙 = 4 × 575 𝑏𝑎𝑔𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡
Therefore,
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑙 = 2,300 𝑓𝑡 3 − 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡

Or
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑙 = 16,100 𝑓𝑡 3 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑤ℎ𝑜𝑙𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡
For Water
𝑔𝑎𝑙
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 = 7 × 575 𝑏𝑎𝑔𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡
Therefore,
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 = 4,025 𝑔𝑎𝑙 − 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡

Or
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 = 28,175 𝑓𝑡 3 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑤ℎ𝑜𝑙𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡
For the Weight of Reinforcement Steel Bars

Using
𝑾𝑹𝑺𝑩 = (𝟎. 𝟓% 𝒕𝒐 𝟏%) × 𝑾𝑭
Where:
WF = 436,355.3647 lbf
𝑊𝑅𝑆𝐵 = (0.005 𝑡𝑜 0.01) × 436,355.3647 𝑙𝑏𝑓

Therefore,
1 𝑘𝑔
𝑊𝑅𝑆𝐵 = 2181.7768 𝑙𝑏𝑓 × = 989.6475𝑘𝑔
2.2046 𝑙𝑏𝑓
1 𝑘𝑔
𝑊𝑅𝑆𝐵 = 4363.5536 𝑙𝑏𝑓 × = 1979.2950 𝑘𝑔
2.2046 𝑙𝑏𝑓
𝑾𝑹𝑺𝑩 = 𝟗𝟖𝟗. 𝟔𝟒𝟕𝟓 𝒌𝒈 𝒕𝒐 𝟏𝟗𝟕𝟗. 𝟐𝟗𝟓𝟎 𝒌𝒈 − 𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕

and
𝑾𝑹𝑺𝑩 = 𝟔𝟗𝟐𝟕. 𝟓𝟑𝟐𝟓 𝒌𝒈 𝒕𝒐 𝟏𝟑𝟖𝟓𝟓. 𝟎𝟔𝟓 𝒌𝒈 − 𝒇𝒐𝒓 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒘𝒉𝒐𝒍𝒆 𝒑𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝒑𝒍𝒂𝒏𝒕
223
Tabulated Data for the Cementing Materials of the Power Plant
Machine Foundation
C:S:G Ratio 1:2:4
𝑓𝑡 3
Volume of Gravel 16,100 ft3
Weight of RSB 6927.5325 kg to 13855.065 kg
Table A-0-8 Machine Foundation Summary of Data

Type Spread Footed Machine Foundation
Top Area 39.6667 ft x 14.30167 ft
Base Area 44.4401 ft x 19.0751 ft
Height 4.1339 ft
Spread Foot Angle 30°
Table A-0-9 Machine Foundation Dimensions
For the Capital Cost of Diesel Power Plant Construction

Using the data from U.S. Energy Information Administration; Average construction cost of power plants.
Figure A-0-1 Average Construction Cost of Power Plant

(Source: www.eia.gov)
224
Note: Based on EIA’s data use $1672 per kilowatt
Converting US dollars to Philippine Peso:
Table A-0-10 Dollar to Phil. Peso Exchange Rate

(Source: Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas)
Using Exchange Rate of 1 USD = 52.2880 Php
𝑈𝑆𝐷 𝑃ℎ𝑝
𝑆𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑎𝑟𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑘𝑊 = 1672 × 52.2880
𝑘𝑊 𝑈𝑆𝐷
𝑷𝒉𝒑
𝑺𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒅𝒂𝒓𝒅 𝑪𝒂𝒑𝒊𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒌𝑾 = 𝟖𝟕𝟒𝟐𝟓. 𝟓𝟑𝟔
𝒌𝑾
For Total Plant Rated Capacity

Using:
𝑃𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 = (𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠) × (𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑐𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦)
Where:
No. of units = 7 units
Unit Rated Capacity = 4,700 kW – Generator Output – According to the Manufacturer’s Data
𝑘𝑊
𝑃𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 = 7 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 × 4,700
𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
𝑷𝒍𝒂𝒏𝒕 𝑹𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒅 𝑪𝒂𝒑𝒂𝒄𝒊𝒕𝒚 = 𝟑𝟐, 𝟗𝟎𝟎 𝒌𝑾
Therefore,
𝑃ℎ𝑝
𝑆𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑎𝑟𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 32,900 𝑘𝑊 × 87425.536
𝑘𝑊
𝑺𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒅𝒂𝒓𝒅 𝑪𝒂𝒑𝒊𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟐, 𝟖𝟕𝟔, 𝟑𝟎𝟎, 𝟏𝟑𝟒. 𝟎𝟎

225
For Actual Capital Cost of the Power Plant
Using,
𝑨𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒂𝒍 𝑪𝒂𝒑𝒊𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 = ∑ 𝑪𝟏 + 𝑪𝟐 + 𝑪𝟑 + 𝑪𝟒 + 𝑪𝟓 + 𝑪𝟔 + 𝑪𝟕 + 𝑪𝟖 + 𝑪𝟗
Where:
C1 = Diesel Generator Set Cost
C2 = Lubricating Oil Pump Cost
C3 = Cooling Water Pump Cost
C4 = Day Tank Cost
C5 = Land Cost
C6 = Switchgear Cost
C7 = Emission Cost
C8 = Misc. Cost
C9 = Building Cost
For Lubricating Oil Pump Cost:

Using,
According to www.jmesales.com
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑶𝒊𝒍 𝑷𝒖𝒎𝒑 = $ 𝟖𝟑𝟏. 𝟎𝟎

Conversion
𝑷𝒉𝒑
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑶𝒊𝒍 𝑷𝒖𝒎𝒑 = $ 𝟖𝟑𝟏. 𝟎𝟎 × 𝟓𝟐. 𝟐𝟖𝟖𝟎 × 𝟕 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔
𝑼𝑺𝑫
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑶𝒊𝒍 𝑷𝒖𝒎𝒑 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑. 𝟑𝟎𝟒, 𝟏𝟓𝟗. 𝟐𝟗𝟔
For Cooling Water Pump Cost:

Using,
According to absolutewaterpumps.com
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑾𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒓 𝑷𝒖𝒎𝒑 = $𝟓, 𝟑𝟎𝟕. 𝟎𝟎

Conversion
𝑷𝒉𝒑
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑾𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒓 𝑷𝒖𝒎𝒑 = $𝟓, 𝟑𝟎𝟕 × 𝟓𝟐. 𝟐𝟖𝟖𝟎 × 𝟕 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔
𝑼𝑺𝑫
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑾𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒓 𝑷𝒖𝒎𝒑 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑. 𝟏, 𝟗𝟒𝟐, 𝟒𝟒𝟔. 𝟗𝟏𝟐
For Cooling Tower Cost:
226
Using,
According to ebay.com
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑪𝒐𝒐𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒈 𝑻𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 = $𝟐𝟎, 𝟎𝟎𝟎

Conversion
𝑷𝒉𝒑
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑪𝒐𝒐𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒈 𝑻𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 = $𝟐𝟎, 𝟎𝟎𝟎 × 𝟓𝟐. 𝟐𝟖𝟖𝟎 × 𝟕 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔
𝑼𝑺𝑫
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑪𝒐𝒐𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒈 𝑻𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑. 𝟕, 𝟑𝟐𝟎, 𝟑𝟐𝟎
For Day Tank Cost:

Using,
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑫𝒂𝒚 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒌 = $𝟖𝟗, 𝟐𝟓𝟎

Conversion
𝑷𝒉𝒑
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑫𝒂𝒚 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒌 = $𝟖𝟗, 𝟐𝟓𝟎 × 𝟓𝟐. 𝟐𝟖𝟖𝟎 × 𝟕 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔
𝑼𝑺𝑫
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑫𝒂𝒚 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒌 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑. 𝟑𝟐, 𝟔𝟔𝟔, 𝟗𝟐𝟖
For Land Cost:

Using,
According to www.property24.com.ph
𝑳𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑. 𝟏𝟑𝟓, 𝟎𝟎𝟎, 𝟎𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎
227
Power Plant Component Cost Subdivision
Using,
Figure A-0-2 Percentage of Project Cost by Component

(Source: Electric Power Research Institute)
For Generator Set Cost:

Using,
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝐺𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑒𝑡 = (𝐺𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑒𝑡 𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑒) × (𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡)

Then,
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝐺𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑒𝑡 = 0.55 × 𝑃ℎ𝑝. 1,581,965,074
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑮𝒆𝒏𝒔𝒆𝒕 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑. 𝟏, 𝟓𝟖𝟏, 𝟗𝟔𝟓, 𝟎𝟕𝟒
For Switchgear Cost:

Using,
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑆𝑤𝑖𝑡𝑐ℎ𝑔𝑒𝑎𝑟 = (𝑆𝑤𝑖𝑡𝑐ℎ𝑔𝑒𝑎𝑟 𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑒) × (𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡)
Then,
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑆𝑤𝑖𝑡𝑐ℎ𝑔𝑒𝑎𝑟 = 0.09 × 𝑃ℎ𝑝 2,876,300,134.00

Therefore,
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑺𝒘𝒊𝒕𝒄𝒉𝒈𝒆𝒂𝒓 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟐𝟓𝟖, 𝟖𝟔𝟕, 𝟎𝟏𝟐. 𝟏
For Emission Control Cost:

Using,
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝐸𝑚𝑖𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙 = (𝐸. 𝐶. 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑒) × (𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡)
Then,
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝐸. 𝐶. = 0.02 × 𝑃ℎ𝑝 2,876,300,134.00

Therefore,
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑬𝒎𝒊𝒔𝒔𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒕𝒓𝒐𝒍 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟓𝟕, 𝟓𝟐𝟔, 𝟎𝟎𝟐. 𝟔𝟖
228
For Building Cost:
Using,
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝐵𝑢𝑖𝑙𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑔 = (𝐵𝑢𝑖𝑙𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑒) × (𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡)
Then,
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑀𝑖𝑠𝑐. = 0.08 × 𝑃ℎ𝑝 2,876,300,134.00

Therefore,
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑴𝒊𝒔𝒄. = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟐𝟑𝟎, 𝟏𝟎𝟒, 𝟎𝟏𝟎. 𝟕
For Actual Capital Cost

Using,
𝑨𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒂𝒍 𝑪𝒂𝒑𝒊𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 = ∑ 𝑪𝟏 + 𝑪𝟐 + 𝑪𝟑 + 𝑪𝟒 + 𝑪𝟓 + 𝑪𝟔 + 𝑪𝟕 + 𝑪𝟖 + 𝑪𝟗
𝑨𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒂𝒍 𝑪𝒂𝒑𝒊𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑. 𝟐, 𝟑𝟎𝟓. 𝟔𝟗𝟓, 𝟗𝟓𝟑
For Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Cost:

Using
According to Homer Energy Calculations, the O&M cost for Diesel Power Plants is 0.02 $/kWh
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑂&𝑀 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 𝑃𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑥 𝑂&𝑀 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡
Where:
Plant Rated Capacity = 29,670.3 kW
𝑈𝑆𝐷 𝑃ℎ𝑝 𝑃ℎ𝑝
O&M Cost = 0.02 𝑘𝑊ℎ × 52.288 𝑈𝑆𝐷 = 9,160.8576 𝑘𝑊−𝑦𝑟
𝑃ℎ𝑝
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑂&𝑀 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 29,670.3 𝑘𝑊 × 9,160.8576
𝑘𝑊 − 𝑦𝑟
𝑻𝒐𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝑶&𝑴 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟐𝟕𝟏, 𝟖𝟎𝟓, 𝟑𝟗𝟑. 𝟐 𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒚𝒆𝒂𝒓
Gross Income of the Power Plant for One Year Period

Note: For full load continuous operation
Using,
𝑮𝒓𝒐𝒔𝒔 𝑰𝒏𝒄𝒐𝒎𝒆 = 𝑳𝒐𝒂𝒅 𝑫𝒆𝒍𝒊𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒆𝒅 × 𝑳𝒐𝒂𝒅 𝑷𝒓𝒊𝒄𝒆
Where:
229
Load Delivered = Net Plant Capacity = 30,229.7 kW
Load Price = Average price of load generation
For Average Price of Load Generation
Using the data from WESM,
Table A-0-11 Load Weighted Average Prices

(Source: Wholesale Electricity Spot Market (WESM))
Note: Ex-Post is the actual price since it is computed after the event, on the other hand ex-ante is the
projected price of the load.
Using the average value for Luzon:
𝑃ℎ𝑝 𝑃ℎ𝑝
Load Price = 3,788 or 3.788 𝑘𝑊−ℎ𝑟
𝑀𝑊−ℎ𝑟
Therefore,
𝑃ℎ𝑝 24 ℎ𝑟 365 𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑠
𝐺𝑟𝑜𝑠𝑠 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒 = 30,229.7 𝑘𝑊 × 3.788 × ×
𝑘𝑊 − ℎ𝑟 1 𝑑𝑎𝑦 1 𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟
𝑮𝒓𝒐𝒔𝒔 𝑰𝒏𝒄𝒐𝒎𝒆 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟏, 𝟎𝟎𝟑, 𝟏𝟎𝟖, 𝟓𝟎𝟖 𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒚𝒆𝒂𝒓
Net Profit of the Power Plant for One (1) Year Period
Using,
𝑵𝒆𝒕 𝑷𝒓𝐨𝐟𝐢𝐭 = 𝐆𝐫𝐨𝐬𝐬 𝐈𝐧𝐜𝐨𝐦𝐞 − (𝐎&𝑀 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 + 𝑉𝐴𝑇)
Where; Gross Income = Php 1,003,108,508 per year

O&M Cost = Php 271,805,396.2 per year
VAT = Value Added Tax
Computation of Value Added Tax (VAT)

Note: Value Added Tax (VAT) = 12% of gross receipt derived from the sale or exchange of services –
TRAIN Tax Reform
So,
𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 𝐴𝑑𝑑𝑒𝑑 𝑇𝑎𝑥 = 12% 𝑜𝑓 𝐺𝑟𝑜𝑠𝑠 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒
𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 𝐴𝑑𝑑𝑒𝑑 𝑇𝑎𝑥 = 0.12 × 𝑃ℎ𝑝 1,003,108,508 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟
𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝑨𝒅𝒅𝒆𝒅 𝑻𝒂𝒙 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟏𝟐𝟎, 𝟑𝟕𝟑, 𝟎𝟐𝟎. 𝟗 𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒚𝒆𝒂𝒓
230
Therefore,
𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝑃𝑟ofit = 𝑃ℎ𝑝 1,003,108,508 − (𝑃ℎ𝑝 271,805,393.2 + Php 120,373,020.9)
𝑵𝒆𝒕 𝑷𝒓𝒐𝒇𝒊𝒕 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟔𝟏𝟎, 𝟗𝟑𝟎, 𝟎𝟗𝟑 − 𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒚𝒆𝒂𝒓

Using,
Note: Assumption for this computation is for continuous full load operation within one year period.
𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑖𝑡
𝑅𝑂𝐼 = 𝑥 100%
𝑃ℎ𝑝
610,930,093 𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟
𝑅𝑂𝐼 = 𝑥 100%
2,305,695,953 𝑃ℎ𝑝
𝑹𝑶𝑰 = 𝟐𝟔. 𝟓𝟎 %
231
DIESEL POWER PLANT-OPTION 2
V-type, 12 cylinders, 4-stroke Diesel Engine Unit
Determining the Minimum Rated Capacity of the Plant
From;
𝐸𝑃𝑁𝐸𝑇−𝐷 = 𝐸𝑃𝑇−𝑚𝑖𝑛 − 𝐴𝑃𝑇−𝑚𝑖𝑛
Where:
𝐸𝑃𝑁𝐸𝑇−𝐷 = Net Electrical Power ≥ 27 MW - Design Net Capacity of the Plant
𝐸𝑃𝑇−𝑚𝑖𝑛 = Minimum Total/Gross Electrical Power or Plant Rated Capacity
𝐴𝑃𝑇−𝑚𝑖𝑛 = Minimum Total Auxiliary Power of the Power Plant
Note:
So;
Say AP = 9% of the Diesel Power Plant Rated Capacity
𝐴𝑃𝑇−𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.09(𝐸𝑃𝑇−𝑚𝑖𝑛 )
Thus;
𝐸𝑃𝑁𝐸𝑇−𝐷 = 𝐸𝑃𝑇−𝑚𝑖𝑛 − 0.09(𝐸𝑃𝑇−𝑚𝑖𝑛 )
𝐸𝑃𝑁𝐸𝑇−𝐷 = 0.91(𝐸𝑃𝑇−𝑚𝑖𝑛 )
Note that, 𝐸𝑃𝑁𝐸𝑇 ≥ 27 MW
Hence;
𝑬𝑷𝑻−𝒎𝒊𝒏 ≥ 𝟐𝟗. 𝟔𝟕𝟎𝟑 𝑴𝑾
*Thus, the minimum Total Electrical Power or Plant Rated Capacity is 29.6703 MW for a designed Net
Capacity of 27 MW
Number of Units
Using:
𝐷𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑔𝑛 𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑃𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡 = (𝐷𝑖𝑒𝑠𝑒𝑙 𝐺𝑒𝑛 − 𝑆𝑒𝑡 𝐶𝑎𝑝)(𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠)
Where:
Design Net Capacity of the Plant = 27 MW
Diesel Generator Set Capacity = 7.68 MW (Based on Manufacturer’s Data)
27 𝑀𝑊 = (7.68 𝑀𝑊)(𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠)
232
Therefore,
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 = 3.5156 ≈ 𝟒 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔
The minimum number of units needed – 4 units of 7.68 MW Diesel Gen-set
Checking if EPT > EPT-MIN

From:
𝐸𝑃𝑇 = (𝐷𝑖𝑒𝑠𝑒𝑙 𝐺𝑒𝑛 − 𝑆𝑒𝑡 𝐶𝑎𝑝. )(𝑚𝑖𝑛. 𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠)
Where:
𝐸𝑃𝑇 = Actual Total/ Gross Electrical Power or Plant Rated Capacity
Diesel Gen-Set Cap = 7.68 MW – Based on the Manufacturer’s Data
Min. no. of units = Minimum number of Gen-set units = 4 units
𝑀𝑊
𝐸𝑃𝑇 = 7.68 × 4 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
Therefore,
𝑬𝑷𝑻 = 𝟑𝟎. 𝟕𝟐 𝑴𝑾
𝑬𝑷 𝑇 > 𝑬𝑷 𝑇−𝑚𝑖𝑛
The electrical power produced by 4 units of 16CM32C is enough for the auxiliary power used in
running the power plant and the power to be supplied
Heat Balance for Engine Performance (per unit)

Using 5-item Heat Balance:
Figure A-0-3 Heat Balance
𝐸𝑐 = 𝑄1 + 𝑄2 + 𝑄3 + 𝑄4 + 𝑄5
233
Where:
𝐸𝑐 = Energy Chargeable= Fuel Heat Input Energy = 18,023.9296 𝑘𝑊

𝑄1 = Useful heat output = Brake Power (BP) = 8000 kW
𝑄2 = Heat loss due to friction = Friction Power (FP) = Indicated Power – Brake Power
𝑄3 = Heat loss due to coolant = 𝑚𝑐 𝑐𝑝 ∆𝑇𝑐 = 1,115 kW
𝑄4 = Heat loss due to exhaust gasses = 3,233 kW
𝑄5 = Heat rejected to atmosphere and misc. losses = 347 kW
Note: Values of Q1 to Q5 were gathered from the manufacturer’s data
Calculation of Fuel Heat Input Energy

Using,
𝐸𝑐 = 𝑚𝑓 × 𝑄ℎ
Where:
𝑚𝑓 = mass of fuel
𝑄ℎ = Heating Value of Fuel
Computing for the Mass of Fuel

Using the formula:
𝑚𝑓
𝑆𝐹𝐶𝐵 =
𝐵𝑃
𝑚𝑓 = 𝑆𝐹𝐶𝐵 × 𝐵𝑃
Where:
𝑆𝐹𝐶𝐵 = Brake Specific Fuel Consumption = 178 g/kWh – From Manufacturer’s Data
BP = Brake Power = 8000 kW – From Manufacturer’s Data
Then,
𝑔 1 𝑘𝑔 1ℎ
𝑚𝑓 = 178 × × × 8000 𝑘𝑊
𝑘𝑊 − ℎ 1000𝑔 3600𝑠
𝑘𝑔 𝑘𝑔
𝑚𝑓 = 0.3956 = 1424 − 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
𝑠 ℎ
For the Heating Value

Note: The performance is measure using a standard fuel with fuel gravity of 35 °API
Using the formula:
𝑘𝐽
𝑄ℎ = 41,130 + 139.6 °𝐴𝑃𝐼,
𝑘𝑔
𝑘𝐽
𝑄ℎ = 41,130 + 139.6 × (35°𝐴𝑃𝐼),
𝑘𝑔
234
𝒌𝑱
𝑸𝒉 = 𝟒𝟔, 𝟎𝟏𝟔
𝒌𝒈
Therefore,
For Fuel Heat Input Energy
𝐸𝑐 = 𝑚𝑓 × 𝑄ℎ
Then,
𝑘𝑔 𝑘𝐽
𝐸𝑐 = 0.3956 × 46,016
𝑠 𝑘𝑔
𝑬𝒄 = 𝟏𝟖, 𝟎𝟐𝟑. 𝟗𝟐𝟗𝟔 𝒌𝑾
Therefore:
𝐸𝑐 = 𝐵𝑃 + (𝐼𝑃 − 𝐵𝑃) + 𝑄3 + 𝑄4 + 𝑄5
𝐼𝑃 = 𝐸𝑐 − (𝑄3 + 𝑄4 + 𝑄5 )
Substituting the values,
𝐼𝑃 = 18,023.9296 𝑘𝑊 − (1,115 𝑘𝑊 + 3,233 𝑘𝑊 + 347𝑘𝑊)
𝑰𝑷 = 𝟏𝟑, 𝟑𝟐𝟖. 𝟗𝟐𝟗𝟔 𝒌𝑾
For Friction Power (FP)
Using:
𝐹𝑃 = 𝐼𝑃 − 𝐵𝑃
𝐹𝑃 = (13,328.9296 − 8000)𝑘𝑊
𝑭𝑷 = 𝟓𝟑𝟐𝟖. 𝟗𝟐𝟗𝟔 𝒌𝑾
Mechanical Efficiency (em)

Using:
𝐵𝑃
𝑒𝑚 = × 100%
𝐼𝑃
235
8000 𝑘𝑊
𝑒𝑚 = × 100%
13,328.9296 𝑘𝑊
𝒆𝒎 = 𝟔𝟎. 𝟎𝟐%
Generator Efficiency (egen)

Using:
𝑃𝑔𝑒𝑛
𝑒𝑔𝑒𝑛 = × 100%
𝐵𝑃
7680 𝑘𝑊
𝑒𝑔𝑒𝑛 = × 100%
8000 𝑘𝑊
𝒆𝒈𝒆𝒏 = 𝟗𝟔. 𝟎 %
Overall/Combined Efficiency (ek)
Using:
𝑒𝑘 = 𝑒𝑔𝑒𝑛 × 𝑒𝑚 × 100%
𝑒𝑔𝑒𝑛 = 0.6002 × 0.96 × 100%
𝒆𝒎 = 𝟓𝟕. 𝟔𝟐 %
For the Thermal Efficiencies

Indicated Thermal Efficiency (eti)
Using:
𝐼𝑃
𝑒𝑡𝑖 = × 100%
𝐸𝑐
13,328.9296 𝑘𝑊
𝑒𝑡𝑖 = × 100%
18,023.9296 𝑘𝑊
𝒆𝒕𝒊 = 𝟕𝟑. 𝟗𝟓 %
Brake Thermal Efficiency (eti)

Using:
236
𝐵𝑃
𝑒𝑡𝑏 = × 100%
𝐸𝑐
8000 𝑘𝑊
𝑒𝑡𝑏 = × 100%
18023.9296 𝑘𝑊
𝒆𝒕𝒃 = 𝟒𝟒. 𝟑𝟗 %
Overall/Combined Thermal Efficiency (etk)

Using:
𝑃𝑔𝑒𝑛
𝑒𝑡𝑘 = × 100%
𝐸𝑐
7680 𝑘𝑊
𝑒𝑡𝑘 = × 100%
18023.9296 𝑘𝑊
𝒆𝒕𝒌 = 𝟒𝟐. 𝟔𝟏 %
Heat Rates
Indicated Heat Rate (HRind)
Using:
𝐸𝑐
𝐻𝑅𝑖𝑛𝑑 =
𝐼𝑃
18,023.9296 𝑘𝑊 × ×
𝐻𝑅𝑖𝑛𝑑 = 𝑘𝑊 − 𝑠𝑒𝑐 1 ℎ𝑟
13,328.9296 𝑘𝑊
𝒌𝑱
𝑯𝑹𝒊𝒏𝒅 = 𝟒𝟖𝟔𝟖. 𝟎𝟔𝟖𝟖
Brake Heat Rate (HRb)

Using:
237
𝐸𝑐
𝐻𝑅𝑏 =
𝐵𝑃
18,023.9296 𝑘𝑊 × ×
𝐻𝑅𝑏 = 𝑘𝑊 − 𝑠𝑒𝑐 1 ℎ𝑟
8000 𝑘𝑊
𝒌𝑱
𝑯𝑹𝒃 = 𝟖𝟏𝟏𝟎. 𝟕𝟔𝟖𝟑
Overall/Combined Heat Rate (HRk)

Using:
𝐸𝑐
𝐻𝑅𝑘 =
𝑃𝑔𝑒𝑛
18,023.9296 𝑘𝑊 × ×
𝐻𝑅𝑘 = 𝑘𝑊 − 𝑠𝑒𝑐 1 ℎ𝑟
7680 𝑘𝑊
𝒌𝑱
𝑯𝑹𝒌 = 𝟖𝟒𝟒𝟖. 𝟕𝟏𝟕
Over-all Station Thermal Efficiency (eos)

Using:
𝐸𝑃𝑛𝑒𝑡
𝑒𝑜𝑠 = × 100%
𝐸𝑐𝑡
Where:
18023.9296 𝑘𝑊
𝐸𝑐𝑡 = 𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 𝐶ℎ𝑎𝑟𝑔𝑒𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒 = × 4 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 = 𝟕𝟐, 𝟎𝟗𝟓. 𝟕𝟏𝟖𝟒 𝒌𝑾
𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
7680 𝑘𝑊
𝐸𝑃𝑇 = 𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐸𝑙𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑟𝑖𝑐 𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 = × 4 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 = 𝟑𝟎, 𝟕𝟐𝟎 𝒌𝑾
𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
238
Then,
APT = 9% of the Plant Rated Capacity
APT = 0.09(32900 kW) = 2961 kW
For Net Plant Capacity: EPnet

Using:

Then,
𝐸𝑃𝑛𝑒𝑡 = 30720𝑘𝑊 − 2764.8 𝑘𝑊
𝑬𝑷𝒏𝒆𝒕 = 𝟐𝟕, 𝟗𝟓𝟓. 𝟐 𝒌𝑾
Therefore,
27,955.2 𝑘𝑊
𝑒𝑜𝑠 = × 100%
72095.7184 𝑘𝑊
𝒆𝒐𝒔 = 𝟑𝟖. 𝟕𝟖 %
Fuel Consumption

Using:
𝑚𝑓 𝑘𝐽
𝑆𝐹𝐶 = ;
𝑃𝑜 𝑘𝑊 − ℎ𝑟
Where:
𝑚𝑓 = 𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑙𝑜𝑤 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑓𝑢𝑒𝑙
For Mass Flow Rate of Fuel (mf)

Using the formula for SFCb
𝑚𝑓
𝑆𝐹𝐶𝑏 =
𝐵𝑃
Where:
𝑘𝑔
SFCb = Brake Spec. Fuel Consumption = 0.178
𝑘𝑊−ℎ𝑟
(According to the manufacturer’s data)
Then,
𝑚𝑓 = 𝐵𝑃 × 𝑆𝐹𝐶𝑏
239
𝑘𝑔
𝑚𝑓 = 8000 𝑘𝑊 × 0.178
𝑘𝑔
𝑚𝑓 = 1424
Total Mass Flow Rate of Fuel (mft)

Using:
𝑚𝑓𝑡 = 𝑚𝑓 × 𝑁𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑈𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝑘𝑔
𝑚𝑓𝑡 = 1424 × 4 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝒌𝒈
𝒎𝒇𝒕 = 𝟓𝟔𝟗𝟔
𝒉𝒓
Indicated Specific Fuel Consumption (SFCind)

Using:
𝑚𝑓
𝑆𝐹𝐶𝑖𝑛𝑑 =
𝐼𝑃
Then,
𝑘𝑔
1424
𝑆𝐹𝐶𝑖𝑛𝑑 = ℎ𝑟 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
13,328.9296 𝑘𝑊
Therefore,
𝒌𝒈
𝑺𝑭𝑪𝒊𝒏𝒅 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟎𝟔𝟖
Brake Specific Fuel Consumption (SFCb)

From the manufacturer’s data:
𝒌𝒈
𝑺𝑭𝑪𝒃 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟕𝟖
Combined Specific Fuel Consumption (SFCk)

Using:
𝑚𝑓
𝑆𝐹𝐶𝑘 =
𝑃𝑔𝑒𝑛
Then,
𝑘𝑔
1424
𝑆𝐹𝐶𝑘 = ℎ𝑟 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
7680 𝑘𝑊
Therefore,
240
𝒌𝒈
𝑺𝑭𝑪𝒌 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟖𝟓𝟒
Volume Flow Rate of Fuel
Table A-0-12 Density of Diesel Fuel Used

(Philippine Mechanical Code 2008 Edition)
𝐾𝑔 𝑘𝑔
Density (𝜌) of Diesel Fuel at 15°C = 0.8407 𝑙𝑖𝑡𝑟𝑒 = 840.7 𝑚3
Using,
𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 (𝑚)
𝐷𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑦 (𝜌) =
𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 (𝑣)
Since the given standard is at 15°C, the density must be converted to 15.6°C as used for commercial
volume of liquid fuel.
Using,
241
𝑆𝐺@𝑇 = 𝑆𝐺@15.6°𝐶 × 𝐶𝑜𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 (𝑐)
Where:
𝜌𝑓
𝑆𝐺 =
For the reference material, water is used since diesel fuel is liquid.
𝑘𝑔
Density of water = 1000 𝑚3
Therefore,
𝑘𝑔
840.7
𝑆𝐺@15°𝐶 = 𝑚3
𝑘𝑔
1000 3
𝑚
𝑺𝑮@𝟏𝟓°𝑪 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟒𝟎𝟕
Using the formula,
𝑐 = 1 − 0.0007 (15.6° − 𝑇) – (From Power Plant Engineering Textbook by Frederick T. Morse)
Then,
𝑐 = 1 − 0.0007 (15.6° − 15)
𝑐 = 0.99958
Therefore,
0.8407
𝑆𝐺@15.6°𝐶 =
0.99958
𝑺𝑮@𝟏𝟓.𝟔°𝑪 = 𝟎. 𝟖𝟒𝟏𝟎𝟓𝟑
For the commercial density of Diesel Fuel

Using,
𝜌𝑓
𝑆𝐺 =
𝑘𝑔
𝜌𝑓 = 0.841053 × 1000
𝑚3
242
𝒌𝒈
𝝆𝒇 = 𝟖𝟒𝟏. 𝟎𝟓𝟑
𝒎𝟑
Therefore,
For the Commercial Volume Flow Rate of Diesel Fuel (vf):
𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 𝑓𝑙𝑜𝑤 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑓𝑢𝑒𝑙 (𝑚𝑓 )

𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑓𝑙𝑜𝑤 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑓𝑢𝑒𝑙 (𝑣𝑓 ) =
𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑜𝑓 𝑓𝑢𝑒𝑙 (𝜌𝑓 )
𝑘𝑔
1424
𝑘𝑔
841.053 3
𝑚
𝒎𝟑
𝒗𝒐𝒍𝒖𝒎𝒆 𝒇𝒍𝒐𝒘 𝒓𝒂𝒕𝒆 𝒐𝒇 𝒇𝒖𝒆𝒍 (𝒗𝒇 ) = 𝟏. 𝟔𝟗𝟑𝟏
𝒉𝒓 − 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕
For the total commercial volume flow rate
𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑓𝑙𝑜𝑤 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑓𝑢𝑒𝑙 (𝑣𝑓 ) = 𝑣𝑓 × 𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝑚3
𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑓𝑙𝑜𝑤 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑓𝑢𝑒𝑙 (𝑣𝑓 ) = 1.6931 × 4 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝒎𝟑
𝒕𝒐𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝒗𝒐𝒍𝒖𝒎𝒆 𝒇𝒍𝒐𝒘 𝒓𝒂𝒕𝒆 𝒐𝒇 𝒇𝒖𝒆𝒍 (𝒗𝒇 ) = 𝟔. 𝟕𝟕𝟐𝟒
𝒉𝒓
For the Day Tank Min. Capacity (Per Unit)

Using,
𝑫𝒂𝒚 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒌 𝑪𝒂𝒑𝒂𝒄𝒊𝒕𝒚 = 𝑽𝒇 × 𝑪. 𝑭.
Where:
Vf = Volume Flow Rate of Fuel per unit.
C.F. = Conversion Factor
So,
𝑚3 24 ℎ𝑟𝑠
𝐷𝑎𝑦 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑘 𝑀𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑚𝑢𝑚 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 = 1.6931 ×
ℎ𝑟 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 1 𝑑𝑎𝑦
𝐷𝑎𝑦 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑘 𝑀𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑚𝑢𝑚 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 = 40.6344 = 40,634.4
𝑑𝑎𝑦 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 𝑑𝑎𝑦 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
For 7 units of day tank for the whole power plant.
243
Diameter (m) Length (m) Capacity (Liters) Plate Thickness Weight (kg)
(mm)
2.44 10.06 46,969 6.35 5,028
Table A-0-13 Day tank Specifications
Source: Power Plant Engineering by Frederick T. Morse
Bulk Storage Tanks (pp. 459)
Storage Tank Minimum Capacity for Diesel Fuel
Note: Considering 30 days continuous full load operation

From;
𝑆𝑡𝑜𝑟𝑎𝑔𝑒 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑘 𝑀𝑖𝑛. 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝐷𝑖𝑒𝑠𝑒𝑙 𝐹𝑢𝑒𝑙 = (𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑚𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑖𝑎𝑙 𝑣𝑓 ) × 𝐶. 𝐹.
Then,
𝑚3 24 ℎ𝑟𝑠 30 𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑠
𝑆𝑡𝑜𝑟𝑎𝑔𝑒 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑘 𝑀𝑖𝑛. 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝐷𝑖𝑒𝑠𝑒𝑙 𝐹𝑢𝑒𝑙 = 6.7724 × ×
ℎ𝑟 1 𝑑𝑎𝑦 1 𝑚𝑜𝑛𝑡ℎ
Therefore,
𝑆𝑡𝑜𝑟𝑎𝑔𝑒 𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑘 𝑀𝑖𝑛. 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝐷𝑖𝑒𝑠𝑒𝑙 𝐹𝑢𝑒𝑙 = 4876.128 = 4,876,128
𝑚𝑜𝑛𝑡ℎ 𝑚𝑜𝑛𝑡ℎ
𝒍𝒊𝒕𝒓𝒆𝒔
𝑺𝒕𝒐𝒓𝒂𝒈𝒆 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒌 𝑴𝒊𝒏. 𝑪𝒂𝒑𝒂𝒄𝒊𝒕𝒚 𝒇𝒐𝒓 𝑫𝒊𝒆𝒔𝒆𝒍 𝑭𝒖𝒆𝒍 ≈ 𝟒, 𝟖𝟕𝟔, 𝟏𝟐𝟖
𝒎𝒐𝒏𝒕𝒉
Air Intake Consumption
Air Intake Mass Flow (mair)
𝑚3 −𝑎𝑖𝑟
vair = 46,135 ℎ𝑟−𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 – According to the manufacturer’s data
𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟
𝜌𝑎𝑖𝑟 =
𝑣𝑎𝑖𝑟
𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟 = 𝜌𝑎𝑖𝑟 × 𝑣𝑎𝑖𝑟
Note: Use density of air at 20°C since the test for performance indicated that the inlet temp. of air is 20°C
Then,
𝑘𝑔 𝑚3 − 𝑎𝑖𝑟
𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟 = 1.2051 × 46,135
𝑚3 ℎ𝑟 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
244
𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟𝑇 = 𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟 × 𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟𝑇 = 55,597.29 × 4 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟𝑇 = 222,389.154
ℎ𝑟
𝒎
Air-Fuel Ratio ( 𝒎𝒂𝒊𝒓)
𝒇
From,
𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟 55,597.29
= ℎ𝑟
𝑚𝑓 𝑘𝑔
1424
ℎ𝑟
Therefore,
𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟 𝑘𝑔𝑎𝑖𝑟
= 39.043
𝑚𝑓 𝑘𝑔𝑓 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
Cooling System
Calculating the Cooling Water Mass Flow Rate

From;
𝑄3 = 𝑚𝑐𝑤 𝐶𝑝𝑐𝑤 ∆𝑇𝑐𝑤
Where;
Q3 = Heat loss due to coolant = 1 115 kW – (According to the manufacturer’s data)
mcw = Mass flow rate of the coolant = water as the cooling agent.
𝑘𝐽
Cpcw = Specific heat at constant pressure of the coolant = specific heat of water = 4.187 𝑘𝑔−𝐾
∆Tcw = Tin - Tout = temperature change of the coolant.
From the cooling tower manufacturer’s data;

Tin = 35⁰C
Tout = 29.5⁰C
Twb = 25.5⁰C
Using the formula:
𝑄3
𝑚𝑐𝑤 =
𝐶𝑝𝑐𝑤 ∆𝑇𝑐𝑤
245
𝑘𝐽
1,115 𝑠𝑒𝑐
𝑚𝑐𝑤 =
𝑘𝐽
4.187 × (35 − 29.4)𝐾
𝑘𝑔 − 𝐾
𝒌𝒈 𝒌𝒈
𝒎𝒄𝒘 = 𝟒𝟕. 𝟓𝟓𝟑𝟕 = 𝟏𝟕𝟏, 𝟏𝟗𝟑. 𝟏𝟒𝟖𝟗 − 𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕
For the total mass of cooling water

Using,
𝑚𝑐𝑤𝑇 = 𝑚𝑐𝑤 × 𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝑘𝑔
𝑚𝑐𝑤𝑇 = 47.5537 × 4 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝑠𝑒𝑐 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
𝒌𝒈 𝒌𝒈
𝒎𝒄𝒘𝑻 = 𝟏𝟗𝟎. 𝟐𝟏𝟒𝟖 = 𝟔𝟖𝟒, 𝟕𝟕𝟑. 𝟐𝟖
Capacity of Cooling Water Feed Pump

Using,
̇
𝑉𝑐𝑤𝑝 = 𝑚𝑐𝑤 × 𝑣𝑓@𝑇𝑖𝑛
Where:
𝑚𝑐𝑤 = mass flow rate of the cooling water
𝑣𝑓@𝑇𝑖𝑛 = Specific volume of water at cooling tower outlet temperature
Note:
𝑇𝑖𝑛 = 29.4°C – According to Manufacturer’s Data of Cooling Tower
𝑚3
𝑣𝑓@29.4°C = 0.00100412 – From Steam Table, Table 1- Temperature, By interpolation.
𝑘𝑔
𝑘𝑔 𝑚3
̇
𝑉𝑐𝑤𝑝 = 47.5537 × 0.00100412
𝑠𝑒𝑐 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 𝑘𝑔
𝑚3 1000 𝐿𝑖𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑠 1 𝑔𝑎𝑙 60 𝑠𝑒𝑐

̇
𝑉𝑐𝑤𝑝 = 0.04774962 × × ×
𝑠𝑒𝑐 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 𝑚 3 3.7854 𝐿𝑖𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑠 1 𝑚𝑖𝑛.
𝑮𝑷𝑴 𝑮𝑷𝑴
𝑽̇𝒄𝒘𝒑 = 𝟕𝟓𝟔. 𝟖𝟒𝟗 ≈ 𝟕𝟓𝟕
𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕
Cooling Tower Min. Capacity

Using,
𝑇𝑂𝑅 = 𝑄3 × 𝐶. 𝐹
246
Where:
𝑄3 = 1,005 𝑘𝑊 – According to Manufacturer’s data; Heat loss due to coolant
TOR = Tons of Refrigeration
C.F. – Conversion Factor
1 𝑇𝑂𝑅
𝑇𝑂𝑅 = 1,115 𝑘𝑊 ×
3.5167 𝑘𝑊
𝑻𝑶𝑹 = 𝟑𝟏𝟕. 𝟎𝟓𝟗 𝑻𝑶𝑹 − 𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕
Therefore, the proponents used the NX1025P-1 Marley Cooling Tower that has a 337 Ton capacity per unit
for both options.
Table A-0-14 Schematic Data of NX1025P-1


Using the formula from Power Plant Engineering Textbook by Frederick T. Morse (p. 182)
𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝑐𝑜𝑜𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒 𝑇𝑖𝑛 − 𝑇𝑜𝑢𝑡

𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑜𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑔 = = × 100%
𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑜𝑟𝑒𝑡𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑙 𝑐𝑜𝑜𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑟𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒 𝑇𝑖𝑛 − 𝑇𝑤𝑏
247
35°𝐶 − 29.5°𝐶
𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑜𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑔 = × 100%
35°𝐶 − 25.5°𝐶
𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑜𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑔 = 57.89 %
Pump Capacity for Oil Lubrication

Using
(From Power Plant Engineering Textbook by Frederick T. Morse, p.174)
𝒎𝒐𝒊𝒍 ≈ 𝟏% 𝒐𝒇 𝒎𝒇𝒖𝒆𝒍
Where,
𝑚𝑜𝑖𝑙 = mass flow rate oil
𝑚𝑓𝑢𝑒𝑙 = mass flow rate of fuel consumption
𝑘𝑔 1 ℎ𝑟
𝑚𝑜𝑖𝑙 ≈ 0.01 × 1424 ×
ℎ𝑟 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 3600 𝑠
𝑘𝑔
𝑚𝑜𝑖𝑙 ≈ 3.956 × 10−3 × 4 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝒌𝒈 𝒌𝒈
𝒎𝒐𝒊𝒍−𝒕𝒐𝒕𝒂𝒍 ≈ 𝟎. 𝟎𝟏𝟓𝟖 ≈ 𝟓𝟔. 𝟗𝟔 − 𝒇𝒐𝒓 𝒘𝒉𝒐𝒍𝒆 𝒑𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝒑𝒍𝒂𝒏𝒕
Volume Flow Rate of Lubricating Oil

Using,
𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠 (𝑚𝑜𝑖𝑙 )
𝐷𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑦 (𝜌𝑜𝑖𝑙 ) =
𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 (𝑣𝑜𝑖𝑙 )
Using, Diesel CJ-4 Lubricating Oil

Note: Diesel CJ-4 is a certificated oil of API and is used as a standard for commercial use because of the
use of EGR (Exhaust Gas Recirculation) and DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) – According to JXTG Nippon
Oil & Energy Corporation
248
Table A-0-15 Properties of Diesel CJ-4
Then,
(𝑚𝑜𝑖𝑙 )
𝑣𝑜𝑖𝑙 =
𝜌𝑜𝑖𝑙
𝑘𝑔
3.956 × 10−3 𝑠 − 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
𝑣𝑜𝑖𝑙 =
𝑘𝑔
878 3
𝑚
−6
𝑚3 60 𝑠𝑒𝑐 1000 𝐿 1 𝑔𝑎𝑙
𝑣𝑜𝑖𝑙 = 4.5057 × 10 × × ×
𝑠𝑒𝑐 1 𝑚𝑖𝑛 1 𝑚3 3.7854𝐿
𝒗𝒐𝒊𝒍 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟕𝟏𝟒 𝑮𝑷𝑴 − 𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕
Note: The smallest capacity of oil pump available in the market is 2.3 GPM, therefore the proponents
decided to use an oil pump with 2.3 GPM
For the Minimum Requirement of Weight of the Machine Foundation
𝑾𝒇 ≥ 𝒎𝒊𝒏. 𝑾𝒇
Where:
Wf = Weight of the Foundation
Min. Wf = Minimum Weight of the Foundation
For Rectangular Machine Foundation

Note: Atop = Abase
249
Dimensions Needed:
L = Length of the machine foundation
W = Width of the Machine Foundation
a = 118 in. = 9.8333 ft. = 3000 mm
b = 414 in. = 34.5 ft = 10,510 mm
c = Clearance = 1 ft.
Solving for the Length & Width of the Machine Foundation

Using,
𝐿 = 𝑏 + 2𝑐
𝑊 = 𝑎 + 2𝑐
Note: Using 0.5 ft as clearance.
𝑳 = 𝟑𝟒. 𝟓 𝒇𝒕. + 𝟐(𝟏 𝒇𝒕) = 𝟑𝟔. 𝟓 𝒇𝒕.
𝑾 = 𝟗. 𝟖𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝒇𝒕. + 𝟐(𝟏 𝒇𝒕) = 𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝒇𝒕.

Using,
Where:
ℎ = 4.2 × 1.5083𝑓𝑡.
𝒉 = 𝟔. 𝟑𝟑𝟒𝟗 𝒇𝒕.
For the Volume of the Foundation

Using the formula:
𝑉𝐹 = 𝐿 × 𝑊 × ℎ
Then,
𝑉𝐹 = 36.5 𝑓𝑡.× 11.8333 𝑓𝑡 × 6.3349 𝑓𝑡
𝑽𝑭 = 𝟐𝟕𝟑𝟔. 𝟏𝟒𝟏𝟐 𝒇𝒕𝟑
250
For the Weight of Foundation
Using,
𝑊𝐹
𝛾𝐹 =
𝑉𝐹
Where:
𝑙𝑏
𝛾𝐹 = Specific Weight of the Foundation = 150 𝑓3
𝑓𝑡
WF = Weight of the foundation
VF = Volume of the foundation
𝑙𝑏𝑓
𝑊𝐹 = 150 × 2736.1412 𝑓𝑡 3
𝑓𝑡 3
𝑊𝐹 = 410421.1776 𝑙𝑏𝑓
For the Minimum Weight of the Foundation (min. WF)

Using,
𝑚𝑖𝑛. 𝑊𝐹 = (3 𝑡𝑜 5 𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒𝑠) × (𝑊𝐸 ) − 𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝑃𝑆𝑀𝐸 𝐶𝑜𝑑𝑒

Where:
WE = Weight of the Engine to be supported = 308,647 lbf - According to Manufacturer’s Data
Note: Use 3 as multiplying factor.
𝑚𝑖𝑛. 𝑊𝐹 = 3 𝑥 308,647 𝑙𝑏𝑓
𝑚𝑖𝑛. 𝑊𝐹 = 925,941 𝑙𝑏𝑓

Therefore,
In conclusion, rectangular foundation is not applicable

Using “Spread Footed” Machine Foundation
So,
Note: Atop ≠ Abase
First Adjustment
Using the formulas:

𝐿𝑏 = 𝐿 + 2𝑥
251
𝐿 + 𝐿𝑏
𝐿𝑚𝑖𝑑 =
2
𝑊𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 𝑊
L = 36.5 ft.
W = 11.8333ft.
h = 6.3349 ft
Using
𝜃 = 30°
𝑥 = 6.3349 𝑓𝑡. × tan(30°)
𝑥 = 3.6575 𝑓𝑡.
Then,
𝐿𝑏 = 36.5 𝑓𝑡. +(2 × 3.6575 𝑓𝑡)
𝐿𝑏 = 43.815 𝑓𝑡
36.5 𝑓𝑡. + 43.815 𝑓𝑡.

𝐿𝑚𝑖𝑑 =
2
𝐿𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 40.1575 𝑓𝑡
For Wmid
𝑊𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 𝑊 = 11.8333 𝑓𝑡.

Using,
ℎ
6 𝑡𝑜𝑝
Where:
Atop = L x W
Amid = Lmid x Wmid
Abase = Lb x W
252
For Atop
𝐴𝑡𝑜𝑝 = 36.5 𝑓𝑡 × 11.8333 𝑓𝑡 = 431.9155 𝑓𝑡 2
For Amid
𝐴𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 40.1575 𝑓𝑡 × 11.8333 𝑓𝑡 = 475.1957 𝑓𝑡 2
For Abase
𝐴𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒 = 43.815 𝑓𝑡 × 11.8333 𝑓𝑡 = 518.4760 𝑓𝑡 2
Therefore,
4.41 𝑓𝑡
𝑉𝑇𝑊𝐹 = (431.9155 𝑓𝑡 2 + (4 × 475.1957 𝑓𝑡 2 ) + 518.4760 𝑓𝑡 2 )
6
𝑽𝑻𝑾𝑭 = 𝟐𝟎𝟗𝟓. 𝟔𝟏𝟑𝟏 𝒇𝒕𝟑

Using,
𝑊𝑇𝑊𝐹
𝛾𝐹 =
𝑉𝑇𝑊𝐹
Where:
𝑙𝑏
Therefore,
𝑙𝑏𝑓
𝑊𝐹 = 150 3
× 2095.6131 𝑓𝑡 3
𝑓𝑡
𝑊𝐹 = 313341.9666 𝑓𝑡 3
Comparing the weight of the foundation to the minimum weight of foundation
In conclusion, the adjustments made are still not enough to achieve the minimum weight of the foundation,
therefore the proponents decided to adjust the clearance
Using 3 ft clearance:
Using the values:
253
a = 118 in or 9.8333 ft - From the manufacturer’s data
b = 414 in or 34.5 ft - From the manufacturer’s data.
c = 3 ft
h = 6.3349 ft
𝑳 = 𝟑𝟒. 𝟓 𝒇𝒕. + 𝟐(𝟑 𝒇𝒕) = 𝟒𝟎. 𝟓 𝒇𝒕.
𝑾 = 𝟗. 𝟖𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝒇𝒕. + 𝟐(𝟑 𝒇𝒕) = 𝟏𝟓. 𝟖𝟑𝟑𝟑 𝒇𝒕.

Using,
Where:
ℎ = 4.2 × 1.5083 𝑓𝑡.
𝒉 = 𝟔. 𝟑𝟑𝟒𝟗 𝒇𝒕.
Using
𝜃 = 30°
𝑥 = 6.3349 𝑓𝑡. × tan(30°)
𝑥 = 6.6575 𝑓𝑡.
Then,
𝐿𝑏 = 40.5 𝑓𝑡. +(2 × 6.6575 𝑓𝑡)
254
𝐿𝑏 = 53.815 𝑓𝑡
40.5 𝑓𝑡. + 53.815𝑓𝑡.

𝐿𝑚𝑖𝑑 =
2
𝐿𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 47.1575 𝑓𝑡
For Wbase
𝑊𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒 = 15.8333 𝑓𝑡 + (2 × 6.3349𝑓𝑡) = 28.5031𝑓𝑡
For Wmid
15.8333 𝑓𝑡. + 28.5031𝑓𝑡.

𝑊𝑚𝑖𝑑 = = 22.1682 𝑓𝑡
2

Using,
ℎ
6 𝑡𝑜𝑝
Where:
Atop = L x W
Amid = Lmid x Wmid
Abase = Lb x Wb
For Atop
𝐴𝑡𝑜𝑝 = 40.5 𝑓𝑡 × 15.8333 𝑓𝑡 = 641.2487 𝑓𝑡 2
For Amid
𝐴𝑚𝑖𝑑 = 47.1575 𝑓𝑡 × 22.1682 𝑓𝑡 = 1045.3969 𝑓𝑡 2
For Abase
𝐴𝑏𝑎𝑠𝑒 = 44.4401 𝑓𝑡 × 19.0751 𝑓𝑡 = 1533.8943 𝑓𝑡 2
Therefore,
6.3349 𝑓𝑡
𝑉𝑇𝑊𝐹 = (641.2487 𝑓𝑡 2 + (4 × 1045.3969 𝑓𝑡 2 ) + 1533.8943 𝑓𝑡 2 )
6
𝑉𝑇𝑊𝐹 = 6711.5421 𝑓𝑡 3
255
Using,
𝑊𝑇𝑊𝐹
𝛾𝐹 =
𝑉𝑇𝑊𝐹
Where:
𝑙𝑏
Therefore,
𝑙𝑏𝑓
𝑊𝐹 = 150 × 6711.5421 𝑓𝑡 3
𝑓𝑡 3
𝑊𝐹 = 1,006,731.317 𝑙𝑏𝑓
Comparing WF to min. WF
WF = 1,006,731.317 lbf
While
Min. WF = 925,941 lbf
1,006,731.317 lbf > 925,941 lbf
Therefore,
WF > min. WF - Dimensions are okay!
Machine Foundation Dimensions:
Atop = L x W = 40.5 ft x 15.8333 ft

Abase = Lb x Wb = 53.815 ft x 28.5031 ft
h = 6.3349 ft
Spread-Footed Angle = 𝜃 = 30⁰
Clearance = 3 ft
Checking for Safety

Using
𝑆𝐼 ≤ 𝑆𝐷
Where:
SI = Induced Stress
SD = Design Stress
For Induced Stress
256
Using,
𝑊𝐹 + 𝑊𝐸
𝑆𝐼 =
𝐴𝑏
Where:
WF = Weight of Foundation = 1,006,731.317 lbf
WE = Engine Weight = 308,647 lbf
Ab = Area of base = 1,533.8943 ft2
1,006,731.317 𝑙𝑏𝑓 + 308,647 𝑙𝑏𝑓

𝑆𝐼 =
1,533.8943 𝑓𝑡 2
𝑙𝑏𝑓
𝑆𝐼 = 857.5417
𝑓𝑡 2
For Design Stress

Using,
𝑆𝐵𝐶
𝑆𝐷 =
𝐹𝑆
Where:
SBC = Soil Bearing Capacity
FS = Factor of Safety = use 3 to 5 – from Philippine Mechanical Code
For Soil Bearing Capacity (SBC)
Types of Soil Ton/ft2

Native Rock 200 up
Ashlor Masonry 25 to 30
Best Brick Masonry 15 to 20
Common Brick Masonry 5 to 10
Clay, Compact 5 to 8
Clay, Soft 1 to 2
Gravel and Sand 8 to 10
Sand 2 to 6
Quick Sand, Loom etc. 0.5 to 1
Table A-0-16 SBC of Different Types of Soil
Note: Safe bearing pressure of soil for machine foundation are from quarter to a half of the above values
Using the value of SBC of Sand,
257
𝑡𝑜𝑛 𝑙𝑏
SBC = 2 to 6 𝑓𝑡 2 = 4000 to 12000 𝑓𝑡𝑓2
Note: Only take the quarter of SBC for Sand
𝑙𝑏
SBC = 3000 𝑓𝑡𝑓2
𝑙𝑏𝑓
3000
𝑓𝑡 2
𝑆𝐷 =
3
𝑙𝑏𝑓
𝑆𝐷 = 1000
𝑓𝑡 2
Therefore,
𝑙𝑏𝑓 𝑙𝑏𝑓
857.5417 < 1000
𝑓𝑡 2 𝑓𝑡 2
The machine foundation is safe, since the relation between the induced and design stress satisfies the
condition of SI ≤ SD
• Cement (C)
• Sand (S)
• Gravel (G)
• Water (H2O)
• Reinforcing Steel Bars (RSB)
According to the Philippine Mechanical Code (PMC), the foundations for diesel engines should be concrete
with ratio of one (1) part cement, two (2) parts sand and four (4) parts of gravel.
Concrete Ratio: 1:2:4; C:S:G
Class Cement (Bag) Sand (ft3) Gravel (ft3)

AA 1 1.51 3
A 1 2 4
B 1 2.5 5
C 1 3 6
D 1 4 8
Table A-0-17 Classifications of Concrete
The concrete mixture proportion is Class A based on the table.
Amount of Cementing Materials

Using;
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝐶𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑀𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑙𝑠 = (𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑜𝑟𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛) × (𝑁𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑏𝑎𝑔𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡)
Where:
258
Proportion = Class A = 1:2:4

Where:
Volume of Machine Foundation = 6711.5421 ft3
Yield = ∑ absolute volume of cementing materials (C,S,G and H2O)
For Yield
Using
(𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑐. 𝑊𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡)(𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑜𝑟𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛)
𝐴𝑏𝑠. 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝐶𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑀𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑙𝑠 =
(𝐵𝑢𝑙𝑘 𝑆. 𝐺. )(𝑆𝑝𝑒𝑐. 𝑊𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟)
Material Bulk Specific Gravity Specific Weight

Cement 3.15 𝑙𝑏
𝑓
94 𝑏𝑎𝑔
Sand, dry 2.64 𝑙𝑏
110 𝑓𝑡𝑓3
Gravel, dry 2.66 𝑙𝑏
96 𝑓𝑡𝑓3
Table A-0-18 Properties of Cementing Materials
𝑙𝑏
Note: For water use 7 gal per bag of cement with standard specific weight of 62.4 𝑓𝑡𝑓3
For Cement
Using
× 94
1
𝐴𝑏𝑠. 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝐶𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 =
𝑙𝑏𝑓
3.15 × 62.4 3
𝑓𝑡
𝒇𝒕𝟑
𝑨𝒃𝒔. 𝑽𝒐𝒍𝒖𝒎𝒆 𝒐𝒇 𝑪𝒆𝒎𝒆𝒏𝒕 = 𝟎. 𝟒𝟕𝟖𝟐𝟑
For Sand
Using
259
110 × 2
𝐴𝑏𝑠. 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑆𝑎𝑛𝑑 =
𝑙𝑏𝑓
2.64 × 62.4 3
𝑓𝑡
𝒇𝒕𝟑
𝑨𝒃𝒔. 𝑽𝒐𝒍𝒖𝒎𝒆 𝒐𝒇 𝑺𝒂𝒏𝒅 = 𝟏. 𝟑𝟑𝟓𝟒𝟕
For Gravel
Using
96 × 4
𝐴𝑏𝑠. 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑙 =
𝑙𝑏𝑓
2.66 × 62.4 3
𝑓𝑡
𝒇𝒕𝟑
𝑨𝒃𝒔. 𝑽𝒐𝒍𝒖𝒎𝒆 𝒐𝒇 𝑮𝒓𝒂𝒗𝒆𝒍 = 𝟐. 𝟑𝟏𝟑𝟒𝟖
For Water
Using
𝑔𝑎𝑙 1 𝑓𝑡 3
𝐴𝑏𝑠. 𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 = 7 ×
𝑏𝑎𝑔 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 7.48 𝑔𝑎𝑙
𝒇𝒕𝟑
𝑨𝒃𝒔. 𝑽𝒐𝒍𝒖𝒎𝒆 𝒐𝒇 𝑾𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒓 = 𝟎. 𝟗𝟑𝟓𝟖𝟑
Therefore,
𝑓𝑡 3 𝑓𝑡 3 𝑓𝑡 3 𝑓𝑡 3
𝑌𝑖𝑒𝑙𝑑 = 0.47823 + 1.33547 + 2.31348 + 0.93583
𝑏𝑎𝑔 𝑏𝑎𝑔 𝑏𝑎𝑔 𝑏𝑎𝑔
𝒇𝒕𝟑
𝒀𝒊𝒆𝒍𝒅 = 𝟓. 𝟎𝟔𝟑𝟎𝟏

Using,
6711.5421 𝑓𝑡 3
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝐵𝑎𝑔𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝐶𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 =
𝑓𝑡 3
5.06301
260
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝐵𝑎𝑔𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝐶𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 = 1325.6032 𝑏𝑎𝑔𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡
Therefore,
The needed bags of cement for one unit is 1326 bags of cement, and 5304 bags of cement for the whole
power plant.
For Cementing Materials
For Cement
𝑵𝒖𝒎𝒃𝒆𝒓 𝒐𝒇 𝑩𝒂𝒈𝒔 𝒐𝒇 𝑪𝒆𝒎𝒆𝒏𝒕 = 𝟏𝟑𝟐𝟔 𝒃𝒂𝒈𝒔 𝒐𝒇 𝒄𝒆𝒎𝒆𝒏𝒕
For Sand
𝑓𝑡 3
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑆𝑎𝑛𝑑 = 2 × 1326 𝑏𝑎𝑔𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡
Therefore,
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑆𝑎𝑛𝑑 = 2652 𝑓𝑡 3 − 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡

Or
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑆𝑎𝑛𝑑 = 10608 𝑓𝑡 3 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑤ℎ𝑜𝑙𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡
For Gravel
𝑓𝑡 3
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑙 = 4 × 1326 𝑏𝑎𝑔𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡
Therefore,
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑙 = 5304 𝑓𝑡 3 − 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡

Or
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝐺𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑙 = 21,216 𝑓𝑡 3 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑤ℎ𝑜𝑙𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡
For Water
𝑔𝑎𝑙
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 = 7 × 1326 𝑏𝑎𝑔𝑠 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡
Therefore,
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 = 9282 𝑔𝑎𝑙 − 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡

Or
𝑉𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑊𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 = 37,128 𝑔𝑎𝑙 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑤ℎ𝑜𝑙𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡
For the Weight of Reinforcement Steel Bars

Using
𝑾𝑹𝑺𝑩 = (𝟎. 𝟓% 𝒕𝒐 𝟏%) × 𝑾𝑭
Where:
261
WF = 1,006,731.317 lbf
𝑊𝑅𝑆𝐵 = (0.005 𝑡𝑜 0.01) × 1,006,731.317 𝑙𝑏𝑓
Therefore,
1 𝑘𝑔
𝑊𝑅𝑆𝐵 = 5033.6566 𝑙𝑏𝑓 × = 2283.2516 𝑘𝑔
2.2046 𝑙𝑏𝑓
1 𝑘𝑔
𝑊𝑅𝑆𝐵 = 10,067.3132 𝑙𝑏𝑓 × = 4,566.5033 𝑘𝑔
2.2046 𝑙𝑏𝑓
𝑾𝑹𝑺𝑩 = 𝟐𝟐𝟖𝟑. 𝟐𝟓𝟏𝟔 𝒌𝒈 𝒕𝒐 𝟒, 𝟓𝟔𝟔. 𝟓𝟎𝟑𝟑𝒌𝒈 − 𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕

and
𝑾𝑹𝑺𝑩 = 𝟗𝟏𝟑𝟑. 𝟎𝟎𝟔𝟒 𝒌𝒈 𝒕𝒐 𝟏𝟖𝟐𝟔𝟔. 𝟎𝟏𝟑𝟐 𝒌𝒈 − 𝒇𝒐𝒓 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒘𝒉𝒐𝒍𝒆 𝒑𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝒑𝒍𝒂𝒏𝒕
Tabulated Data for the Cementing Materials of the Power Plant
Machine Foundation
C:S:G Ratio 1:2:4
Yield 𝑓𝑡 3
5.06301 𝑏𝑎𝑔 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡
Volume of Gravel 21,216 ft3
Volume of Water 4963.6364 ft3
Weight of RSB 9133.0064 kg to 18266.0132 kg
Table A-0-19 Machine Foundation Summary of Data

Type Spread Footed Machine Foundation
Top Area 40.5 ft x 15.8333 ft
Base Area 53.815 ft x 28.5031 ft
Height 6.3349 ft
Spread Foot Angle 30°
Table A-0-20 Machine Foundation Dimensions
262
For the Capital Cost of Diesel Power Plant Construction

Using the data from U.S. Energy Information Administration; Average construction cost of power plants.
Figure A-0-4 Average Construction Cost of Power Plant

(Source: www.eia.gov)
Note: Based on EIA’s data use $1672 per kilowatt

Converting US dollars to Philippine Peso:
Table A-0-21 Dollar to Phil. Peso Exchange Rate

Using Exchange Rate of 1 USD = 52.2880 Php
263
𝑈𝑆𝐷 𝑃ℎ𝑝
𝑆𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑎𝑟𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑘𝑊 = 1672 × 52.2880
𝑘𝑊 𝑈𝑆𝐷
𝑷𝒉𝒑
𝑺𝒕𝒂𝒏𝒅𝒂𝒓𝒅 𝑪𝒂𝒑𝒊𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒌𝑾 = 𝟖𝟕𝟒𝟐𝟓. 𝟓𝟑𝟔
𝒌𝑾
For Total Plant Rated Capacity

Using:
𝑃𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 = (𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠) × (𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑐𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦)
Where:
No. of units = 4 units
Unit Rated Capacity = 7,680 kW – Generator Output – According to the Manufacturer’s Data
𝑘𝑊
𝑃𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 = 4 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠 × 7,680
𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡
𝑷𝒍𝒂𝒏𝒕 𝑹𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒅 𝑪𝒂𝒑𝒂𝒄𝒊𝒕𝒚 = 𝟑𝟎, 𝟕𝟐𝟎 𝒌𝑾
Therefore,
𝑃ℎ𝑝
𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 30,720 𝑘𝑊 × 87425.536
𝑘𝑊
𝑪𝒂𝒑𝒊𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟐, 𝟔𝟖𝟓, 𝟕𝟏𝟐, 𝟒𝟔𝟔. 𝟎𝟎
For Actual Capital Cost of the Power Plant

Using,
𝑨𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒂𝒍 𝑪𝒂𝒑𝒊𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 = ∑ 𝑪𝟏 + 𝑪𝟐 + 𝑪𝟑 + 𝑪𝟒 + 𝑪𝟓 + 𝑪𝟔 + 𝑪𝟕 + 𝑪𝟖
Where:
C1 = Diesel Generator Set Cost
C2 = Lubricating Oil Pump Cost
C3 = Cooling Water Pump Cost
C4 = Day Tank Cost
C5 = Land Cost
C6 = Switchgear Cost
C7 = Emission Cost
C8 = Building Cost
264
For Lubricating Oil Pump Cost:
Using,
According to www.jmesales.com
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑶𝒊𝒍 𝑷𝒖𝒎𝒑 = $ 𝟖𝟑𝟏. 𝟎𝟎

Conversion
𝑷𝒉𝒑
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑶𝒊𝒍 𝑷𝒖𝒎𝒑 = $ 𝟖𝟑𝟏. 𝟎𝟎 × 𝟓𝟐. 𝟐𝟖𝟖𝟎 × 𝟒 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔
𝑼𝑺𝑫
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑶𝒊𝒍 𝑷𝒖𝒎𝒑 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑. 𝟏𝟕𝟑, 𝟖𝟎𝟓. 𝟑𝟏𝟐
For Cooling Water Pump Cost:

Using,
According to absolutewaterpumps.com
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑾𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒓 𝑷𝒖𝒎𝒑 = $𝟓, 𝟐𝟔𝟕. 𝟎𝟎

Conversion
𝑷𝒉𝒑
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑾𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒓 𝑷𝒖𝒎𝒑 = $𝟓, 𝟐𝟔𝟕 × 𝟓𝟐. 𝟐𝟖𝟖𝟎 × 𝟒 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔
𝑼𝑺𝑫
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑾𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒓 𝑷𝒖𝒎𝒑 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑. 𝟏, 𝟏𝟎𝟏, 𝟔𝟎𝟑. 𝟓𝟖𝟒
For Cooling Tower Cost:

Using,
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑪𝒐𝒐𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒈 𝑻𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 = $𝟐𝟎, 𝟎𝟎𝟎

Conversion
𝑷𝒉𝒑
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑪𝒐𝒐𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒈 𝑻𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 = $𝟐𝟎, 𝟎𝟎𝟎 × 𝟓𝟐. 𝟐𝟖𝟖𝟎 × 𝟒 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔
𝑼𝑺𝑫
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑪𝒐𝒐𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒈 𝑻𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑. 𝟒, 𝟏𝟖𝟑, 𝟎𝟒𝟎
For Day Tank Cost:

Using,
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑫𝒂𝒚 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒌 = $𝟏𝟐𝟔, 𝟎𝟐𝟏

Conversion
𝑷𝒉𝒑
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑫𝒂𝒚 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒌 = $𝟖𝟗, 𝟐𝟓𝟎 × 𝟓𝟐. 𝟐𝟖𝟖𝟎 × 𝟒 𝒖𝒏𝒊𝒕𝒔
𝑼𝑺𝑫
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑫𝒂𝒚 𝑻𝒂𝒏𝒌 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑. 𝟐𝟑, 𝟑𝟓𝟕, 𝟓𝟒𝟒. 𝟏𝟗
265
For Land Cost:
Using,
According to www.property24.com.ph
𝑳𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑. 𝟏𝟑𝟓, 𝟎𝟎𝟎, 𝟎𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎
Power Plant Component Cost Subdivision

Using,
Figure A-0-5 Percentage of Project Cost by Component

(Source: Electric Power Research Institute)
For Genset Cost:

Using,
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑆𝑤𝑖𝑡𝑐ℎ𝑔𝑒𝑎𝑟 = (𝐺𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑒𝑡 𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑒) × (𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡)
Then,

Therefore,
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑺𝒘𝒊𝒕𝒄𝒉𝒈𝒆𝒂𝒓 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟏, 𝟒𝟕𝟕, 𝟏𝟒𝟏, 𝟖𝟓𝟔
For Switchgear Cost:

Using,
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑆𝑤𝑖𝑡𝑐ℎ𝑔𝑒𝑎𝑟 = (𝑆𝑤𝑖𝑡𝑐ℎ𝑔𝑒𝑎𝑟 𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑒) × (𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡)
Then,

Therefore,
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑺𝒘𝒊𝒕𝒄𝒉𝒈𝒆𝒂𝒓 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟐𝟒𝟏, 𝟕𝟏𝟒, 𝟏𝟐𝟏. 𝟗
For Emission Control Cost:
266
Using,
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝐸𝑚𝑖𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙 = (𝐸. 𝐶. 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑒) × (𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡)
Then,
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝐸. 𝐶. = 0.02 × 𝑃ℎ𝑝 2,685,712,466.00

Therefore,
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑬𝒎𝒊𝒔𝒔𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝑪𝒐𝒏𝒕𝒓𝒐𝒍 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟓𝟑, 𝟕𝟏𝟒, 𝟐𝟒𝟗. 𝟑𝟐
For Building Cost:

Using,
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝐵𝑢𝑖𝑙𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑔 = (𝐵𝑢𝑖𝑙𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑒) × (𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡)
Then,
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑀𝑖𝑠𝑐. = 0.08 × 𝑃ℎ𝑝 2,685,712,466.00

Therefore,
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑴𝒊𝒔𝒄. = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟐𝟏𝟒, 𝟖𝟓𝟔, 𝟗𝟗𝟕. 𝟑
For Actual Capital Cost

Using,
𝑨𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒂𝒍 𝑪𝒂𝒑𝒊𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 = ∑ 𝑪𝟏 + 𝑪𝟐 + 𝑪𝟑 + 𝑪𝟒 + 𝑪𝟓 + 𝑪𝟔 + 𝑪𝟕 + 𝑪𝟖
𝑨𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒂𝒍 𝑪𝒂𝒑𝒊𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑. 𝟐, 𝟏𝟓𝟏, 𝟐𝟒𝟑, 𝟐𝟏𝟖
For Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Cost:

Using
According to Homer Energy Calculations, the O&M cost for Diesel Power Plants is 0.02 $/kWh
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑂&𝑀 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 𝑃𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑥 𝑂&𝑀 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡
Where:
Plant Rated Capacity = 30,720kW
𝑈𝑆𝐷 𝑃ℎ𝑝 𝑃ℎ𝑝
O&M Cost = 0.02 𝑘𝑊ℎ × 52.288 𝑈𝑆𝐷 = 9,160.8576 𝑘𝑊−𝑦𝑟
𝑃ℎ𝑝
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑂&𝑀 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 30,720 𝑘𝑊 × 9,160.8576
𝑻𝒐𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝑶&𝑀 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 𝑃ℎ𝑝 281,421,545 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟
267
Gross Income of the Power Plant for One Year Period
Note: For full load continuous operation
Using,
𝑮𝒓𝒐𝒔𝒔 𝑰𝒏𝒄𝒐𝒎𝒆 = 𝑳𝒐𝒂𝒅 𝑫𝒆𝒍𝒊𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒆𝒅 × 𝑳𝒐𝒂𝒅 𝑷𝒓𝒊𝒄𝒆
Where:
Load Delivered = 28,049.7 kW
Load Price = Average price of load generation
For Average Price of Load Generation

Using the data from WESM,
Table A-0-22 Load Weighted Average Prices

(Source: Wholesale Electricity Spot Market (WESM))
Note: Ex-Post is the actual price since it is computed after the event, on the other hand ex-ante is the
projected price of the load.
Using the average value for Luzon:
𝑃ℎ𝑝 𝑃ℎ𝑝
Load Price = 3,788 or 3.788
𝑀𝑊−ℎ𝑟 𝑘𝑊−ℎ𝑟
Therefore,
𝑃ℎ𝑝 24 ℎ𝑟 365 𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑠
𝐺𝑟𝑜𝑠𝑠 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒 = 28,049.7 𝑘𝑊 × 3.788 × ×
𝑘𝑊 − ℎ𝑟 1 𝑑𝑎𝑦 1 𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟
𝑮𝒓𝒐𝒔𝒔 𝑰𝒏𝒄𝒐𝒎𝒆 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟗𝟑𝟎, 𝟕𝟔𝟗, 𝟖𝟐𝟗. 𝟏 𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒚𝒆𝒂𝒓
Net Profit of the Power Plant for One (1) Year Period
Using,
𝑵𝒆𝒕 𝑷𝒓𝐨𝐟𝐢𝐭 = 𝐆𝐫𝐨𝐬𝐬 𝐈𝐧𝐜𝐨𝐦𝐞 − (𝐎&𝑀 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 + 𝑉𝐴𝑇)
Where; Gross Income = Php 930,769,829.1 per year

O&M Cost = Php 281,421,545 per year
VAT = Value Added Tax
268
Computation of Value Added Tax (VAT)
Note: Value Added Tax (VAT) = 12% of gross receipt derived from the sale or exchange of services –
TRAIN Tax Reform
So,
𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 𝐴𝑑𝑑𝑒𝑑 𝑇𝑎𝑥 = 12% 𝑜𝑓 𝐺𝑟𝑜𝑠𝑠 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒
𝑉𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 𝐴𝑑𝑑𝑒𝑑 𝑇𝑎𝑥 = 0.12 × 𝑃ℎ𝑝 930,769,829 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟
𝑽𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆 𝑨𝒅𝒅𝒆𝒅 𝑻𝒂𝒙 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟑𝟏𝟔, 𝟎𝟖𝟓. 𝟔 𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒚𝒆𝒂𝒓
Therefore,
𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝑃𝑟ofit = 𝑃ℎ𝑝 927,634,047 − (𝑃ℎ𝑝 281,421,545.5 + Php 111,316,085.6)
𝑵𝒆𝒕 𝑷𝒓𝒐𝒇𝒊𝒕 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟓𝟑𝟒, 𝟖𝟗𝟔, 𝟒𝟏𝟓. 𝟗 − 𝒑𝒆𝒓 𝒚𝒆𝒂𝒓

Using,
Note: Assumption for this computation is for continuous full load operation within one year period.
𝑅𝑂𝐼 = 𝑥 100%
𝑃ℎ𝑝
534,896,415.9 𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟
𝑅𝑂𝐼 = 𝑥 100%
2,151,243,218 𝑃ℎ𝑝
𝑹𝑶𝑰 = 𝟐𝟒. 𝟖𝟔 %
269
APPENDIX B
COMPUTATION FOR COAL-FIREDPOWER PLANTS
OPTION 1
Table B-0-1 Coal Chemistry

(Source: www.pubs.usgs.gov)
The Republic of the Philippines Coalbed Methane Assessment: Based on Seventeen High Pressure
Methane Adsorption Isotherms
Using the data in Isabella 1 location:
𝑂 Btu
HHV = 14600C + 62000 (H − ) + 4050S ;
8 𝑙𝑏
𝑂. 0885 Btu
HHV = 14600(.2649) + 62000 (. 0207 − ) + 4050(0.0023) ;
8 𝑙𝑏
Btu
HHV = 4474.38
𝑙𝑏
Btu 1.055 𝑘𝐽 2.2046 𝑙𝑏𝑠
HHV = 4474.38 𝑥 𝑥
𝑙𝑏 1 𝐵𝑇𝑈 1 𝑘𝑔
𝐤𝐉
𝐇𝐇𝐕 = 𝟏𝟎𝟒𝟎𝟔. 𝟕𝟓𝟎𝟐
𝒌𝒈
270
Note: To compute for mass of fuel (mf).
According to National Grid Power Corporation (NGPC), if the HHV = 23,259 kJ/kg, mass of fuel would be
equal to 3,000 Metric tons per 1 MW. If the desired output is 10 MW per 1 month, mass of fuel would be
30,000 Metric tons per 1 month or approximately equal to 12 kg of fuel per 1 second. So computing for
mass of fuel at HHV = 14280.00478kJ/kg:
𝑘𝐽 Mton 1month 1hr 1000kg
mf @ 23259 = 93000 x x x
𝑘𝑔 month 720hr 3600sec 1Mtons
𝐤𝐉 𝐤𝐠
𝐦𝐟 @ 𝟐𝟑𝟐𝟓𝟗 = 𝟑𝟓. 𝟖𝟕𝟗𝟔
𝐤𝐠 𝐬𝐞𝐜
Computing mass of fuel @ HHV = 10406.7502kJ/kg;
kJ kJ
𝑚𝑓 @ 23259 mf @ 10406.75015
kg kg
=
kJ kJ
23259 10406.75015
kg kg
kJ
kJ 𝑚𝑓 @ 23259 kJ
kg
mf @ 10406.75015 = x 10406.7502
kg kJ kg
23259
kg
kg
kJ 35.8796 kJ
mf @ 10406.75015 = sec x 10406.7502
kg kJ kg
23259
kg
kJ 𝐤𝐠
mf @ 10406.75015 = 𝟏𝟔. 𝟎𝟓𝟑𝟔
kg 𝐬𝐞𝐜
For Actual Air-Fuel Ratio;

𝐴 𝐴
( ) = ( ) (1 + 𝑒)
𝐹 𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐹 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑜𝑟𝑒𝑡𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑙
𝐴 𝑂
( ) = 11.5C + 34.5(H − ) + 4.3S
𝐹 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑜𝑟𝑒𝑡𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑙 8
𝐴 𝑂. 0885
( ) = 11.5(.2649) + 34.5 (. 0207 − ) + 4.3(.0023)
𝑨 𝒌𝒈𝒂𝒊𝒓
( ) = 𝟑. 𝟑𝟖𝟖𝟕
𝑭 𝒕𝒉𝒆𝒐𝒓𝒆𝒕𝒊𝒄𝒂𝒍 𝒌𝒈𝒇𝒖𝒆𝒍
271
For analysis of flue gas:
From: Power Plant Engineering: Theory and Practice of stationary Electrical Generating
Plants by: Frederick T. Morse (Fuels and Combustions pp.144)
If combustion is complete , the percent of excess air can be determined from the carbon
dioxide content of the flue gas and the fuel ratio of the coal (C:H).
20.9 R R + 2.37
𝐸𝑥𝑐𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑎𝑖𝑟 = [ − ] 𝑥 100%
𝐶𝑂2 (𝑅 + 3) (R + 3)
Where:
R is the fuel ratio in this case lignite coal has a fuel ratio ranging from 9 – 12, so considering the coal from
Isabella 1 we use the average value for its fuel ratio.
And according to reference we found on the internet w/c is named “Engineering toolbox”, bituminous coal
has a carbon dioxide emission ranging from 9.5 – 18%, then assuming that the carbon emission of this
desired power plant is just the average value, we use 13.75% as the carbon emitted by this type of power
plant, so;
20.9 (10.5) 10.5 + 2.37

13.75 (10.5 + 3) (10.5 + 3)
𝑬𝒙𝒄𝒆𝒔𝒔𝒂𝒊𝒓 = 𝟐𝟐. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟗 %
So Actual Air-fuel Ratio is:
𝐴 𝑘𝑔𝑎𝑖𝑟
( ) = 3.3887 (1 + 𝐸𝑥𝑐𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑎𝑖𝑟 )
𝐹 𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝑘𝑔𝑓𝑢𝑒𝑙
( ) = 3.3887 (1 + 0.2289)
( ) = 𝟒. 𝟏𝟔𝟒𝟒
𝑭 𝒂𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒂𝒍 𝒌𝒈𝒇𝒖𝒆𝒍
Computing for the mass of air:
𝐴
𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟 = ( ) 𝑥 𝑚𝑓𝑢𝑒𝑙
𝐹 𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙
272
𝑘𝑔
𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟 = 4.1644 x 16.0536
sec
𝒌𝒈𝒂𝒊𝒓
𝒎𝒂𝒊𝒓 = 𝟔𝟔. 𝟖𝟓𝟑𝟔
𝐬𝐞𝐜
From mass balance in the boiler:
From: DOE’s Best Practices Steam End-User Training; Steam Generation Module Stack Losses (June 28,
2010)
By mass balance:
𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑛 = 𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑜𝑢𝑡
Therefore:
𝑚𝑓𝑢𝑒𝑙 + 𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟 = 𝑚𝑔𝑎𝑠 + 𝑚𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑖𝑑 𝑟𝑒𝑓
For mass of solid refuse:

𝑚𝑔𝑎𝑠 = 𝑚𝑓𝑢𝑒𝑙 + 𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟 − 𝑚𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑖𝑑 𝑟𝑒𝑓
𝑘𝑔 𝑘𝑔𝑎𝑖𝑟 𝑘𝑔
𝑚𝑔𝑎𝑠 = 16.0536 + 66.8546 − 2.03
𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝑎𝑖𝑟
𝒌𝒈
𝒎𝒈𝒂𝒔 = 𝟖𝟔. 𝟓𝟑𝟗𝟓
𝒔𝒆𝒄
For the temperature of the gas;
Based on U.S. Department of Energy’s Industrial Technologies Program, the flue-gas temperature of a typical boiler
could be anywhere in the range of 300 to 500 degrees Fahrenheit range. As a result, the extra oxygen could have
entered the boiler at 70 degrees F and exit at 400 F.
5
𝑇𝑔𝑎𝑠 = (400°F − 32)
9
𝑇𝑔𝑎𝑠 = 204.4444°C + 273
𝑻𝒈𝒂𝒔 = 𝟒𝟕𝟕. 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒°𝐊
273
For the temperature of the air;
5
𝑇𝑎𝑖𝑟 = (70°F − 32)
9
𝑇𝑎𝑖𝑟 = 21.111°C + 273
𝑻𝒂𝒊𝒓 = 𝟐𝟗𝟒. 𝟏𝟏𝟏°𝐊
For the computation of height and diameter of stack:

𝐻𝑔 = h + 0.2 √kVA
Where:

Since:
height of building = 12 m
32 MW generator = 40MVA
Therefore:
𝐻𝑔 = 12m + 0.2 √40000 kVA
𝑯𝒈 = 𝟓𝟐 𝐦
Then:
𝑇𝑔𝑎𝑠
ℎ𝑔 = 𝐻𝑔 [ − 1]
𝑇𝑎𝑖𝑟
477.4444 °K
ℎ𝑔 = 52𝑚 [ − 1]
294.111 °K
𝒉𝒈 = 𝟑𝟐. 𝟒𝟏𝟒𝟏 𝐦
274
For volume flow of gas:
From: PV = mRT ; PgVg=mgRgTg

Assume: Rg and Pg are equal to Rair and Pair respectively
Therefore:
𝑚𝑔 𝑅𝑔 𝑇𝑔
𝑉𝑔 =
𝑃𝑔
𝑘𝑔 𝐤𝐍 − 𝐦𝐤𝐠
𝟖𝟔. 𝟓𝟑𝟗𝟓 𝐱 𝟎. 𝟐𝟖𝟕𝟎𝟖 x 477.4444 °K
𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝑘𝑔 − 𝐾
𝑉𝑔 =
𝑘𝑁
101.325 2
𝑚
𝒎𝟑
𝑽𝒈 = 𝟏𝟏𝟕. 𝟎𝟔𝟒𝟎
𝒔
For the velocity of gas:
𝒗𝒈𝒂𝒔 = √cv (2 x g x hg)

𝑚
𝒗𝒈𝒂𝒔 = √0.4 (2 x 9.8066 2 x 32.414 m)
𝑠
𝒎
𝒗𝒈𝒂𝒔 = 𝟏𝟓. 𝟗𝟒𝟔𝟕
𝒔
For the diameter of stacks:

4 𝑥 𝑉𝑔
𝐷𝑠 = √
𝜋 𝑥 𝑣𝑔𝑎𝑠
𝑚3
4 x 117.0640
𝑠
𝐷𝑠 = √ 𝑚
𝜋 𝑥 15.9467
𝑠
𝑫𝒔 = 𝟑. 𝟎𝟓𝟕𝟑 𝐦
275
Enthalpy Going Out of Boiler @ P = 3.28 Mpa , 450 °C
Interpolation:
3.80 3333 6.9629

3.82 h1 s1
3.85 3332.4 6.9561
𝑘𝐽
ℎ1 = 3332.76
𝑘𝑔
𝑘𝐽
𝑠1 = 6.6902
𝑘𝑔 − °K
For Enthalpy Going Out of Turbine @ P = 0.025 Mpa
From the steam table:
𝑘𝐽
ℎ𝑓2 = 271.93
𝑘𝑔
𝑘𝐽
ℎ𝑓𝑔 = 2346.3
𝑘𝑔
𝑘𝐽
𝑠𝑓2 = .8931
𝑘𝑔 − °K
𝑘𝐽
𝑠𝑓𝑔2 = 6.9383
𝑘𝑔 − °K
𝑚3
𝑣𝑓2 = .0010199
𝑘𝑔
𝑠1 = 𝑠2
𝑘𝐽
𝑠2 = 6.6902
𝑘𝑔 − °K
𝑠2 = 𝑠𝑓 + 𝑥 ( 𝑠 𝑓𝑔 )
𝑠2 − 𝑠𝑓
𝑥=
𝑠𝑓𝑔
𝑘𝐽 𝑘𝐽
6.6902 − .8931
𝑘𝑔 − °K 𝑘𝑔 − °K
𝑥=
𝑘𝐽
6.9383
𝑘𝑔 − °K
x = .8744
276
ℎ2 = ℎ𝑓 + 𝑥 ( ℎ𝑓𝑔 )
𝑘𝐽 𝑘𝐽
ℎ2 = 271.93 + .8744 (2346.3. )
𝑘𝑔 𝑘𝑔
𝑘𝐽
ℎ2 = 2323.5347 𝑘𝑔
𝑚3
𝑣𝑓 = 𝑣𝑓2 = .0010199
𝑘𝑔
𝑚3 𝑘𝑁
𝑊𝑝 = .0010199 (3820 − 25)
𝑘𝑔 𝑚2
𝑘𝐽
𝑊𝑝 = 3.8705
𝑘𝑔
𝑘𝐽
ℎ3 = ℎ𝑓𝑔 = 271.93
𝑘𝑔
ℎ4 = ℎ3 + 𝑊𝑝
𝑘𝐽 𝑘𝐽
ℎ4 = 271.93 + 3.8705
𝑘𝑔 𝑘𝑔
𝑘𝐽
ℎ4 = 275.8005
𝑘𝑔
For boiler
Computing for the heat added in the boiler;
𝑡𝑜𝑛𝑠 1000 𝑘𝑔 1 ℎ𝑟
𝑚𝑠 = 170 𝑥 𝑥
ℎ𝑟 1 𝑡𝑜𝑛𝑠 3600 𝑠𝑒𝑐
𝒌𝒈
𝒎𝒔 = 𝟑𝟔. 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏
𝒔
Note:
For alternative design 1, 2 steam turbines will be used (mass in = mass out)
𝑚𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 = 𝑚1 + 𝑚2
𝑘𝑔
36.1111 𝑠
𝑚1 = 𝑚2 =
4
𝑘𝑔
𝑚1 = 18.0556
𝑠
277
For alternative 2, 4 turbines will be used
𝑚𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 = 𝑚1 + 𝑚2 + 𝑚3 + 𝑚4
𝑘𝑔
36.1111 𝑠
𝑚1 = 𝑚2 = 𝑚3 = 𝑚4 =
4
𝑘𝑔
𝑚1 = 9.0278
𝑠
Heat Added to the Boiler
𝑄𝐴 = 𝑚𝑠 𝑥 (ℎ1 − ℎ4 )
𝑘𝑔 𝑘𝐽 𝑘𝐽
𝑄𝐴 = 36.1111 𝑥 (3332.76 − 275.8005 )
𝑠 𝑘𝑔 𝑘𝑔
𝑸𝑨 = 𝟏𝟏𝟎𝟑𝟗𝟎. 𝟏𝟕𝟎𝟐 𝒌𝑾
Develop Boiler Horsepower:
𝑄𝐴
Dev. Boiler Hp =
35322
3600𝑠
110390.1702 𝑘𝑊 𝑥
Dev. Boiler Hp = 1ℎ𝑟
35322
𝐃𝐞𝐯. 𝐁𝐨𝐢𝐥𝐞𝐫 𝐇𝐩 = 𝟏𝟏𝟐𝟓𝟎. 𝟗𝟎𝟗𝟔 𝐇𝐏
Work of Turbine
𝑊𝑡 = 𝑚𝑠 𝑥 (ℎ1 − ℎ2 )
𝑊𝑡 = 36.1111 𝑥 (3332.76 − 2323.5347 )
𝑾𝒕 = 𝟑𝟔𝟒𝟒𝟒. 𝟐𝟑𝟓𝟖 𝐤𝐖
Computing for Heat Rejected: 𝐐𝐑
278
𝑄𝑅 = 𝑚𝑠 𝑥 (ℎ2 − ℎ3 )
𝑄𝑅 = 36.1111 𝑥 (2323.5347 − 271.93 )
𝑸𝑹 = 𝟕𝟒𝟎𝟖𝟓. 𝟕𝟎𝟐𝟒 𝐤𝐖
For Pump Work:
𝑊𝑝 = 𝑚𝑠 𝑥 (ℎ4 − ℎ3 )
𝑊𝑝 = 36.1111 𝑥 (275.8005 − 271.93 )
𝑾𝒑 = 𝟏𝟑𝟗. 𝟕𝟔𝟖𝟎 𝐤𝐖
For Thermal Efficiency:
𝑊𝑛𝑒𝑡
𝑒𝑐 = 𝑥 100%
𝑄𝑎
Where:
𝑊𝑛𝑒𝑡 = 𝑊𝑡 − 𝑊𝑝
𝑊𝑛𝑒𝑡 = 36444.2358 kW − 139.768 kW
𝑊𝑛𝑒𝑡 = 36304.4678 kW
36304.4678 kW
𝑒𝑐 = 𝑥 100%
110390.1702 𝑘𝑊
𝒆𝒄 = 𝟑𝟐. 𝟖𝟖𝟕𝟒 %
Power Output
𝑃𝑡
𝜂𝑡 = 𝑥 100%
𝑊𝑡
𝑃𝑡 = 𝜂𝑡 𝑊𝑡
𝑃𝑡 = .88(36444.2358 kW)
𝑷𝒕 = 𝟑𝟐𝟎𝟕𝟎. 𝟗𝟐𝟕𝟓 𝐤𝐖
Net Power
279
Based on National Power System Conference (NPSC 2004), the power consumed for auxiliaries is ranged
from 7 to 18%. The average is 12.5%. Therefore, considering this consumption, the net power generated is
reduced by 12.5%
𝑃𝑛𝑒𝑡 = 𝑃𝑡 (1 − .125)
𝑃𝑛𝑒𝑡 = 32070.9275 kW (1 − .125)
𝑷𝒏𝒆𝒕 = 𝟐𝟖𝟎𝟔𝟐. 𝟎𝟔𝟏𝟔 𝐤𝐖
For Steam Rate;

𝑚𝑠
𝑆𝑅 =
𝑃𝑛𝑒𝑡
𝑘𝑔 3600𝑠
36.1111 𝑠 𝑥
𝑆𝑅 = 1ℎ𝑟
28062.0616 kW
𝐤𝐠
𝑺𝑹 = 𝟒. 𝟔𝟑𝟐𝟔
𝐤𝐖 − 𝐡𝐫
Cooling Tower:
𝑅𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒
𝑒𝑐𝑤 = 𝑥 100%
𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑎𝑐ℎ + 𝑅𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒
𝑅𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒 = (𝑡𝑖𝑛 − 𝑡𝑜𝑢𝑡 )

𝑅𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒 = (43 − 33)°C
𝑅𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒 = 10°C
𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑎𝑐ℎ = (𝑡𝑜𝑢𝑡 − 𝑡𝑤𝑏 )

𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑎𝑐ℎ = (33 − 28)°C
𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑎𝑐ℎ = 5°C
10°C
𝑒𝑐𝑤 = 𝑥 100%
5°C + 10°C
𝒆𝒄𝒘 = 𝟔𝟔. 𝟔𝟕%
Using Heat Balance @ the condenser;
280
heat rejected by the steam = heat absorb by the water
𝑄𝑅 = 𝑚𝑤 𝐶𝑃𝑤 (𝑡𝑜𝑢𝑡 − 𝑡𝑖𝑛 )
Where:
𝐶𝑃𝑤 = 𝐻2 𝑂 ; 𝑠𝑡𝑑.
𝑄𝑅
𝑚𝑤 =
𝐶𝑃𝑤 (𝑡𝑜𝑢𝑡 − 𝑡𝑖𝑛 )
74085.7024 kW
𝑚𝑤 =
𝑘𝐽
4.1876 (43 − 33)𝐾
𝑘𝑔 − 𝐾
𝒌𝒈
𝒎𝒘 = 𝟏𝟕𝟔𝟗. 𝟎𝟒𝟏𝟖
𝒔
For Pump Capacity
Pump Capacity = mw x vf
From steam table: T=33°C (T-1)
m3
vf = 1.0053x10−3
kg
𝑘𝑔 m3
Pump Capacity = 1769.1686 𝑥 1.0053x10−3
𝑠 kg
m3 1000 L 1 gal 60 s
Pump Capacity = 1.7785 x x x
s 1m3 3.7854 lit 1 min
𝟏 𝐠𝐚𝐥
𝐏𝐮𝐦𝐩 𝐂𝐚𝐩𝐚𝐜𝐢𝐭𝐲 = 𝟐𝟖𝟏𝟗𝟎. 𝟔𝟑𝟐𝟐
𝐦𝐢𝐧
281
OPTION 2
Using the data in Isabella 1 location:
𝑂 Btu
HHV = 14600C + 62000 (H − ) + 4050S ;
8 𝑙𝑏
𝑂. 0885 Btu
HHV = 14600(.2649) + 62000 (. 0207 − ) + 4050(0.0023) ;
8 𝑙𝑏
Btu
HHV = 4474.38
𝑙𝑏
Btu 1.055 𝑘𝐽 2.2046 𝑙𝑏𝑠
HHV = 4474.38 𝑥 𝑥
𝑙𝑏 1 𝐵𝑇𝑈 1 𝑘𝑔
𝐤𝐉
𝐇𝐇𝐕 = 𝟏𝟎𝟒𝟎𝟔. 𝟕𝟓𝟎𝟐
𝒌𝒈
Note: To compute for mass of fuel (mf).

According to National Grid Power Corporation (NGPC), if the HHV = 23,259 kJ/kg, mass of fuel would be
equal to 3,000 Metric tons per 1 MW. If the desired output is 10 MW per 1 month, mass of fuel would be
30,000 Metric tons per 1 month or approximately equal to 12 kg of fuel per 1 second. So computing for
mass of fuel at HHV = 14280.00478kJ/kg:
𝑘𝐽 Mton 1month 1hr 1000kg
mf @ 23259 = 93000 x x x
𝑘𝑔 month 720hr 3600sec 1Mtons
𝐤𝐉 𝐤𝐠
𝐦𝐟 @ 𝟐𝟑𝟐𝟓𝟗 = 𝟑𝟓. 𝟖𝟕𝟗𝟔
𝐤𝐠 𝐬𝐞𝐜
Computing mass of fuel @ HHV = 10406.7502kJ/kg;
kJ kJ
𝑚𝑓 @ 23259 mf @ 10406.75015
kg kg
=
kJ kJ
23259 10406.75015
kg kg
kJ
kJ 𝑚𝑓 @ 23259 kJ
kg
mf @ 10406.75015 = x 10406.7502
kg kJ kg
23259
kg
kg
kJ 35.8796 kJ
mf @ 10406.75015 = sec x 10406.7502
kg kJ kg
23259
kg
kJ 𝐤𝐠
mf @ 10406.75015 = 𝟏𝟔. 𝟎𝟓𝟑𝟔
kg 𝐬𝐞𝐜
For Actual Air-Fuel Ratio;
282
𝐴 𝐴
( ) = ( ) (1 + 𝑒)
𝐹 𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐹 𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑜𝑟𝑒𝑡𝑖𝑐𝑎𝑙
𝐴 𝑂
( ) = 11.5C + 34.5(H − ) + 4.3S
𝐴 𝑂. 0885
( ) = 11.5(.2649) + 34.5 (. 0207 − ) + 4.3(.0023)
( ) = 𝟑. 𝟑𝟖𝟖𝟕
𝑭 𝒕𝒉𝒆𝒐𝒓𝒆𝒕𝒊𝒄𝒂𝒍 𝒌𝒈𝒇𝒖𝒆𝒍
For analysis of flue gas:
From: Power Plant Engineering: Theory and Practice of stationary Electrical Generating
Plants by: Frederick T. Morse (Fuels and Combustions pp.144)
If combustion is complete , the percent of excess air can be determined from the carbon
dioxide content of the flue gas and the fuel ratio of the coal (C:H).
20.9 R R + 2.37
𝐶𝑂2 (𝑅 + 3) (R + 3)
Where:
R is the fuel ratio in this case lignite coal has a fuel ratio ranging from 9 – 12, so considering the coal from
Isabella 1 we use the average value for its fuel ratio.
And according to reference we found on the internet w/c is named “Engineering toolbox”, bituminous coal
has a carbon dioxide emission ranging from 9.5 – 18%, then assuming that the carbon emission of this
desired power plant is just the average value, we use 13.75% as the carbon emitted by this type of power
plant, so;
20.9 (10.5) 10.5 + 2.37

13.75 (10.5 + 3) (10.5 + 3)
𝑬𝒙𝒄𝒆𝒔𝒔𝒂𝒊𝒓 = 𝟐𝟐. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟗 %
So Actual Air-fuel Ratio is:
283
( ) = 3.3887 (1 + 𝐸𝑥𝑐𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑎𝑖𝑟 )
( ) = 3.3887 (1 + 0.2289)
( ) = 𝟒. 𝟏𝟔𝟒𝟒
𝑭 𝒂𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒂𝒍 𝒌𝒈𝒇𝒖𝒆𝒍
Computing for the mass of air:
𝐴
𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟 = ( ) 𝑥 𝑚𝑓𝑢𝑒𝑙
𝐹 𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙
𝑘𝑔
𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟 = 4.1644 x 16.0536
sec
𝒌𝒈𝒂𝒊𝒓
𝒎𝒂𝒊𝒓 = 𝟔𝟔. 𝟖𝟓𝟑𝟔
𝐬𝐞𝐜
From mass balance in the boiler:
From: DOE’s Best Practices Steam End-User Training; Steam Generation Module Stack Losses (June 28,
2010)
By mass balance:
𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑖𝑛 = 𝑚𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑜𝑢𝑡
Therefore:
𝑚𝑓𝑢𝑒𝑙 + 𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟 = 𝑚𝑔𝑎𝑠 + 𝑚𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑖𝑑 𝑟𝑒𝑓
For mass of solid refuse:

𝑚𝑔𝑎𝑠 = 𝑚𝑓𝑢𝑒𝑙 + 𝑚𝑎𝑖𝑟 − 𝑚𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑖𝑑 𝑟𝑒𝑓
𝑘𝑔 𝑘𝑔𝑎𝑖𝑟 𝑘𝑔
𝑚𝑔𝑎𝑠 = 16.0536 + 66.8546 − 2.03
𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝑎𝑖𝑟
𝒌𝒈
𝒎𝒈𝒂𝒔 = 𝟖𝟔. 𝟓𝟑𝟗𝟓
𝒔𝒆𝒄
284
For the temperature of the gas;
Based on U.S. Department of Energy’s Industrial Technologies Program, the flue-gas temperature of a typical boiler
could be anywhere in the range of 300 to 500 degrees Fahrenheit range. As a result, the extra oxygen could have
entered the boiler at 70 degrees F and exit at 400 F.
5
𝑇𝑔𝑎𝑠 = (400°F − 32)
9
𝑇𝑔𝑎𝑠 = 204.4444°C + 273
𝑻𝒈𝒂𝒔 = 𝟒𝟕𝟕. 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒°𝐊
For the temperature of the air;
5
𝑇𝑎𝑖𝑟 = (70°F − 32)
9
𝑇𝑎𝑖𝑟 = 21.111°C + 273
𝑻𝒂𝒊𝒓 = 𝟐𝟗𝟒. 𝟏𝟏𝟏°𝐊
For the computation of height and diameter of stack:

𝐻𝑔 = h + 0.2 √kVA
Where:

Since:
height of building = 12 m
32 MW generator = 40MVA
Therefore:
285
𝐻𝑔 = 10m + 0.2 √40000 kVA
𝑯𝒈 = 𝟓𝟎 𝐦
Then:
𝑇𝑔𝑎𝑠
ℎ𝑔 = 𝐻𝑔 [ − 1]
𝑇𝑎𝑖𝑟
477.4444 °K
ℎ𝑔 = 50𝑚 [ − 1]
294.111 °K
𝒉𝒈 = 𝟑𝟏. 𝟏𝟔𝟕𝟒 𝐦
For volume flow of gas:
From: PV = mRT ; PgVg=mgRgTg

Assume: Rg and Pg are equal to Rair and Pair respectively
Therefore:
𝑚𝑔 𝑅𝑔 𝑇𝑔
𝑉𝑔 =
𝑃𝑔
𝑘𝑔 𝐤𝐍 − 𝐦𝐤𝐠
𝟖𝟔. 𝟓𝟑𝟗𝟓
𝑠𝑒𝑐 𝐱 𝟎. 𝟐𝟖𝟕𝟎𝟖 𝑘𝑔 − 𝐾 x 477.4444 °K
𝑉𝑔 =
𝑘𝑁
101.325 2
𝑚
𝒎𝟑
𝑽𝒈 = 𝟏𝟏𝟕. 𝟎𝟔𝟒𝟎
𝒔
For the velocity of gas:
𝒗𝒈𝒂𝒔 = √cv (2 x g x hg)

𝑚
𝒗𝒈𝒂𝒔 = √0.4 (2 x 9.8066 2 x 31.1674 m)
𝑠
𝒎
𝒗𝒈𝒂𝒔 = 𝟏𝟓. 𝟔𝟑𝟕𝟎
𝒔
286
For the diameter of stacks:
4 𝑥 𝑉𝑔
𝐷𝑠 = √
𝜋 𝑥 𝑣𝑔𝑎𝑠
𝑚3
4 x 117.0640
𝑠
𝐷𝑠 = √ 𝑚
𝜋 𝑥 15.6370
𝑠
𝑫𝒔 = 𝟑. 𝟎𝟖𝟕𝟒 𝐦
Enthalpy Going Out of Boiler @ P = 3.28 Mpa , 450 °C

Interpolation:
3.80 3333 6.9629

3.82 h1 s1
3.85 3332.4 6.9561
𝑘𝐽
ℎ1 = 3332.76
𝑘𝑔
𝑘𝐽
𝑠1 = 6.6902
𝑘𝑔 − °K
For Enthalpy Going Out of Turbine @ P = 0.025 Mpa
From the steam table:
𝑘𝐽
ℎ𝑓2 = 417.56
𝑘𝑔
𝑘𝐽
ℎ𝑓𝑔 = 2258
𝑘𝑔
𝑘𝐽
𝑠𝑓2 = 1.3026
𝑘𝑔 − °K
𝑘𝐽
𝑠𝑓𝑔2 = 6.0568
𝑘𝑔 − °K
𝑚3
𝑣𝑓2 = .0010432
𝑘𝑔
287
𝑠1 = 𝑠2
𝑘𝐽
𝑠2 = 6.6902
𝑘𝑔 − °K
𝑠2 = 𝑠𝑓 + 𝑥 ( 𝑠 𝑓𝑔 )
𝑠2 − 𝑠𝑓
𝑥=
𝑠𝑓𝑔
𝑘𝐽 𝑘𝐽
6.6902 – 1.3026
𝑘𝑔 − °K 𝑘𝑔 − °K
𝑥=
𝑘𝐽
6.0568
𝑘𝑔 − °K
x = .9341
ℎ2 = ℎ𝑓 + 𝑥 ( ℎ𝑓𝑔 )
𝑘𝐽 𝑘𝐽
ℎ2 = 417.56 + .9341 (2258 )
𝑘𝑔 𝑘𝑔
𝑘𝐽
ℎ2 = 2526.6578 𝑘𝑔
𝑚3
𝑣𝑓 = 𝑣𝑓2 = .0010432
𝑘𝑔
𝑚3 𝑘𝑁
𝑊𝑝 = .0010432 (3820 − 100)
𝑘𝑔 𝑚2
𝑘𝐽
𝑊𝑝 = 3.8807
𝑘𝑔
𝑘𝐽
ℎ3 = ℎ𝑓𝑔 = 417.46
𝑘𝑔
ℎ4 = ℎ3 + 𝑊𝑝
𝑘𝐽 𝑘𝐽
ℎ4 = 417.46 + 3.8807
𝑘𝑔 𝑘𝑔
𝑘𝐽
ℎ4 = 421.3407
𝑘𝑔
288
For boiler
Computing for the heat added in the boiler;
𝑡𝑜𝑛𝑠 1000 𝑘𝑔 1 ℎ𝑟
𝑚𝑠 = 160 𝑥 𝑥
ℎ𝑟 1 𝑡𝑜𝑛𝑠 3600 𝑠𝑒𝑐
𝒌𝒈
𝒎𝒔 = 𝟒𝟒. 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒
𝒔
Note:
L- steam turbine will be used (mass in = mass out
𝑚𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 = 𝑚1 + 𝑚2 + 𝑚3 + 𝑚4
𝑘𝑔
44.4444 𝑠
𝑚1 =
4
𝑘𝑔
𝑚1 = 11.1111
𝑠
Heat Added to the Boiler
𝑄𝐴 = 𝑚𝑠 𝑥 (ℎ1 − ℎ4 )
𝑄𝐴 = 44.4444 𝑥 (3332.76 − 421.3407 )
𝑸𝑨 = 𝟏𝟐𝟗𝟑𝟗𝟔. 𝟐𝟖𝟑𝟗 𝒌𝑾
Develop Boiler Horsepower:
𝑄𝐴
Dev. Boiler Hp =
35322
3600𝑠
129396.2839 𝑘𝑊 𝑥
Dev. Boiler Hp = 1ℎ𝑟
35322
𝐃𝐞𝐯. 𝐁𝐨𝐢𝐥𝐞𝐫 𝐇𝐩 = 𝟑𝟐𝟑𝟒𝟗. 𝟎𝟕𝟏 𝐇𝐏
Work of Turbine
𝑊𝑡 = 𝑚𝑠 𝑥 (ℎ1 − ℎ2 )
𝑊𝑡 = 44.4444 𝑥 (3332.76 − 2526.6578 )
289
𝑾𝒕 = 𝟑𝟓𝟖𝟐𝟔. 𝟕𝟐𝟖𝟔 𝐤𝐖
Computing for Heat Rejected: 𝐐𝐑
𝑄𝑅 = 𝑚𝑠 𝑥 (ℎ2 − ℎ3 )
𝑄𝑅 = 44.4444 𝑥 (2526.6578 − 417.46 )
𝑸𝑹 = 𝟗𝟑𝟕𝟒𝟐. 𝟎𝟑𝟎𝟕 𝐤𝐖
For Pump Work:
𝑊𝑝 = 𝑚𝑠 𝑥 (ℎ4 − ℎ3 )
𝑊𝑝 = 44.4444 𝑥 (421.3407 − 417.46 )
𝑾𝒑 = 𝟏𝟕𝟐. 𝟒𝟕𝟓𝟒 𝐤𝐖
For Thermal Efficiency:
𝑊𝑛𝑒𝑡
𝑒𝑐 = 𝑥 100%
𝑄𝑎
Where:
𝑊𝑛𝑒𝑡 = 𝑊𝑡 − 𝑊𝑝
𝑊𝑛𝑒𝑡 = 35826.7286 kW − 172.4754 kW
𝑊𝑛𝑒𝑡 = 35654.2532 kW
35654.2532 kW
𝑒𝑐 = 𝑥 100%
129396.2839 𝑘𝑊
𝒆𝒄 = 𝟐𝟕. 𝟓𝟓𝟒𝟑 %
Power Output
𝑃𝑡
𝜂𝑡 = 𝑥 100%
𝑊𝑡
290
𝑃𝑡 = 𝜂𝑡 𝑊𝑡
𝑃𝑡 = .88(35826.7286 kW kW)
𝑷𝒕 = 𝟑𝟏𝟓𝟐𝟕. 𝟓𝟐𝟏𝟐 𝐤𝐖
Net Power
Based on National Power System Conference (NPSC 2004), the power consumed for auxiliaries is ranged
from 7 to 18%. The average is 12.5%. Therefore, considering this consumption, the net power generated is
reduced by 12.5%
𝑃𝑛𝑒𝑡 = 𝑃𝑡 (1 − .125)
𝑃𝑛𝑒𝑡 = 31527.5212 kW (1 − .125)
𝑷𝒏𝒆𝒕 = 𝟐𝟕𝟓𝟖𝟔. 𝟓𝟖𝟏𝟏 𝐤𝐖
For Steam Rate

𝑚𝑠
𝑆𝑅 =
𝑃𝑛𝑒𝑡
𝑘𝑔 3600𝑠
44.4444 𝑠 𝑥
𝑆𝑅 = 1ℎ𝑟
27586.5811 kW
𝐤𝐠
𝑺𝑹 = 𝟓. 𝟕𝟗𝟗𝟗
𝐤𝐖 − 𝐡𝐫
Cooling Tower
𝑅𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒
𝑒𝑐𝑤 = 𝑥 100%
𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑎𝑐ℎ + 𝑅𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒
𝑅𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒 = (𝑡𝑖𝑛 − 𝑡𝑜𝑢𝑡 )

𝑅𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒 = (43 − 33)°C
𝑅𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒 = 10°C
𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑎𝑐ℎ = (𝑡𝑜𝑢𝑡 − 𝑡𝑤𝑏 )

𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑎𝑐ℎ = (33 − 28)°C
𝐴𝑝𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑎𝑐ℎ = 5°C
291
10°C
𝑒𝑐𝑤 = 𝑥 100%
5°C + 10°C
𝒆𝒄𝒘 = 𝟔𝟔. 𝟔𝟕%
Using Heat Balance @ the condenser
heat rejected by the steam = heat absorb by the water
𝑄𝑅 = 𝑚𝑤 𝐶𝑃𝑤 (𝑡𝑜𝑢𝑡 − 𝑡𝑖𝑛 )
Where:
𝐶𝑃𝑤 = 𝐻2 𝑂 ; 𝑠𝑡𝑑.
𝑄𝑅
𝑚𝑤 =
𝐶𝑃𝑤 (𝑡𝑜𝑢𝑡 − 𝑡𝑖𝑛 )
93742.0307 kW
𝑚𝑤 =
𝑘𝐽
4.1876 (43 − 33)𝐾
𝑘𝑔 − 𝐾
𝒌𝒈
𝒎𝒘 = 𝟐𝟐𝟑𝟖. 𝟓𝟔𝟐𝟐
𝒔
For Pump Capacity
Pump Capacity = mw x vf
From steam table: T=33°C (T-1)
−3
m3
vf = 1.0053x10
kg
𝑘𝑔 m3
Pump Capacity = 1769.1686 𝑥 1.0053x10−3
𝑠 kg
3
m 1000 L 1 gal 60 s
Pump Capacity = 1.7785 x 3
x x
s 1m 3.7854 lit 1 min
𝟏 𝐠𝐚𝐥
𝐏𝐮𝐦𝐩 𝐂𝐚𝐩𝐚𝐜𝐢𝐭𝐲 = 𝟐𝟖𝟏𝟗𝟎. 𝟔𝟑𝟐𝟐
𝐦𝐢𝐧
292
Machine Foundation:
Machine Foundation Top Dimensions, AT, L, W,
AT = L x W
L = b + 2c
W = a + 2c
Where:
AT – Area at Top
L – Length
W – Width
c – Clearance
Machine Foundation Depth, h
h = 3.2 to 4.2 Length of stroke
Volume of rectangular block machine foundation, Vf
𝑉𝑓 = L x W x H
or
𝑉𝑓 = 𝑚
Where:
L- Length
W – Width
H – Height
Where =2403 kg/m2
Based from table 4-2 of PPD by F. Morse p.90
For clearance, use minimum which is 6 inches
c = 6in
For length
L = a + 2c
0.0254 m
L = 10m + 2(6in) ( ) = 𝟏𝟎. 𝟑𝟎𝟒𝟖𝐦
1 in
For Width
W = b + 2c
0.0254 m
L = 4.5m + 2(6in) ( ) = 𝟒. 𝟖𝟎𝟒𝟖 𝐦
1 in
293
Weight of Foundation, WF
WF = δF x VF
Where:
δF – specific weight of the Foundation
VF – Volume of the Foundation
For the minimum weight of machine foundation required, Min. WF

NOTE: Machine foundation for steam turbines must be designed to support the machine load plus 25% for
impact, condenser load, floor loads and dead loads. (Philippine Mechanical Code, 2011)
Min Wf = 1.25 We
Min Wf = 1.25 x 55 tonnes
1000 kg
Min Wf = 68.75 tonnes ( ) = 𝟔𝟖𝟓𝟎𝟎 𝐤𝐠
1 tonnes
Checking for safety of the Machine Foundation:

Induced Stress, SI
(We + WF)
SI =
Base Area
Where:
We – Total Weight of the Engine
WF – Weight of the Foundation
1000kg 9.8066 N
(55 + 68.5)tonnes (
1tonnes) ( 1 kg ) 1 kPa
SI = x
(4.804810.3048)m3 N
1000 2
m
𝐒𝐈 = 𝟐𝟐. 𝟗𝟏𝟎𝟔 𝐤𝐏𝐚
Design Stress, SD
SBC
SD =
FS
294
Where:
SBC – Soil Bearing Capacity
FS – Factor of Safety
Pampanga’s surface soils are composed of 54% sand, 21 % silt and 25% clay according to
www.pampanga.gov.ph/
Table B-0-2 Soil Bearing Capacities
SBC = 2000 to 3000 lbs per square foot

Use minimum which is 2000 lbs per sq. ft
𝑙𝑏𝑠 𝑓𝑡 2 101.325 𝑘𝑃𝑎

2000 ( ) ( ) = 95.7341 𝑘𝑃𝑎
𝑓𝑡 2 144 𝑖𝑛2 14.7 𝑝𝑠𝑖
95.7341 𝑘𝑃𝑎
𝐹𝑆 =
22.9106 𝑘𝑃𝑎
𝑭𝑺 = 𝟒. 𝟏𝟕𝟖𝟔
Factor of Safety must be higher than 1 and should not exceed 5 based on the PSME Code. Thus the soil
bearing capacity can hold the weight of the machine.
mass of foundation
𝑉𝑓 =
density of foundation
67500kg
𝑉𝑓 =
kg
2403 3
𝑚
𝑽𝒇 = 𝟐𝟖. 𝟔𝟏𝟎𝟏 𝒎𝟑
295
For the cost of material of foundation
According to the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA), the average cost of concrete in the
year 2016 is $108 per cubic yard
108𝑑𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑎𝑟𝑠 52.522𝑃ℎ𝑝 1𝑐𝑢𝑏𝑖𝑐 𝑦𝑎𝑟𝑑 7,386.1332𝑃ℎ𝑝

𝑦𝑎𝑟𝑑 ∗ ∗ =
𝑐𝑢𝑏𝑖𝑐 𝑑𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑎𝑟 0.91443 𝑐𝑢𝑏𝑖𝑐 𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝑐𝑢𝑏𝑖𝑐 𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐸𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 𝑉𝑓 ∗ 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑣𝑜𝑙𝑢𝑚𝑒
Based from the PSME Code, the ratio for concrete is 1 Cement : 2 Sand : 4 Gravel
Properties of Materials of Concrete from table 4-15 of PPD by F. Morse p.108
Bulk Specific Gravity Specific Weight
Cement 3.15 94lb/bag
Sand Dry 2.64 110lb/ft3
Gravel 2.66 96lb/ft3
For water, use 7 gal/bag.
𝑠𝑝𝑒𝑐𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑐 𝑤𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡
𝑉𝑚𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑙 = = 0.4782𝑓𝑡 3 /𝑏𝑎𝑔
𝑏𝑢𝑙𝑘 𝑆𝐺 ∗ 𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑜𝑓 𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟
94𝑙𝑏
𝑏𝑎𝑔
𝑉𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑚𝑡 = = 0.47823𝑓𝑡 3 /𝑏𝑎𝑔
3.15 ∗ 62.4𝑙𝑏/𝑓𝑡 3
𝑉𝑠𝑎𝑛𝑑 = 1.33547𝑓𝑡 3 /𝑏𝑎𝑔

𝑉𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑙 = 2.31348𝑓𝑡 3 /𝑏𝑎𝑔
𝑉𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 = 0.93583𝑓𝑡 3 /𝑏𝑎𝑔
𝑉𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 = 𝑉𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 + 𝑉𝑠𝑎𝑛𝑑 + 𝑉𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑙 + 𝑉𝑤𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟
𝑉𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 = 0.143479𝑚3 /𝑏𝑎𝑔
𝑉𝑓𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 28.6101𝑚3
# 𝑜𝑓 𝑏𝑎𝑔 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 = = = 199.40 = 200 𝑏𝑎𝑔𝑠
𝑉𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 0.143479𝑚3 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑏𝑎𝑔
296
According to U.S Energy Information Administration, the capital cost of coal-fired power plants per electrical
power generated is $3,636. The fixed operation and maintenance cost is 42.1$/kW-yr and the variable
operation and maintenance cost is 4.6$/MW-hr. The capital cost is broken down into civil and structural
cost, mechanical equipment supply and installation, electrical and instrumentation and control, project
indirect costs, and owners’ costs. The variable operation and maintenance cost differ in value depending on
the circumstances. Typically, the variable O&M increases when the capacity of the turbine is lower.
Converting the capital cost per kW to Php:
3,636$ 52.288𝑃ℎ𝑝
𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑘𝑊 = × = 190,119.168𝑃ℎ𝑝/𝑘𝑊
𝑘𝑊 $
Formula for capital cost:
𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 𝑃𝑟𝑖𝑐𝑒 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑘𝑊 × 𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟
For the cost of land,
𝐿𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑖𝑛 𝑠𝑞. 𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟 × 𝑃𝑟𝑖𝑐𝑒 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑠𝑞. 𝑚𝑒𝑡𝑒𝑟
From e-bay, the cost of land in Pampanga is 400Php per sq. meter.
According to the website strata.org, the average land used for coal power plants is 12.21 acres per megawatt
produced. Thus, a 27-MW coal power plant will use around 329.67 acres. Converting it to m2, we will get
1,334,127.018m2 or equivalent to 133.31 hectares.
For the land use of each design
12.21𝑎𝑐𝑟𝑒𝑠
𝐿𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑈𝑠𝑒 = × 𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟
𝑀𝑊
For the income, the charge per kW-hr is 3.788Php
3.788𝑃ℎ𝑝
𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒 = × 𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 × 24ℎ𝑟𝑠/𝑑𝑎𝑦 × 365𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑠/𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟
For the Fixed O&M
297
42.1$
𝐹𝑖𝑥𝑒𝑑 𝑂&𝑀 = × 𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 × 52.288𝑃ℎ𝑝/$
For the Variable O&M, the value is 4.6$/MW-hr. Since the alternative design 2 has a lower capacity per
turbine, the assumption made is an increase of 20% to the variable cost since design 2 has an increase of
20% to the mass steam flow. Variable cost for design 2 is (4.6)*(1.2)=5.52$/MW-hr
4.6$
𝑉𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒 𝑂&𝑀 = × 𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 × 24ℎ𝑟𝑠/𝑑𝑎𝑦 × 365𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑠/𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟 × 52.288𝑃ℎ𝑝/$
𝑀𝑊 − ℎ𝑟
Then the Total O&M
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑂&𝑀 = 𝐹𝑖𝑥𝑒𝑑 𝑂&𝑀 + 𝑉𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒 𝑂&𝑀
For the Net Profit
𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑖𝑡 = 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒 − 𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑂&𝑀
For the total investment,
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐼𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑠𝑡𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 = 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑡 + 𝐿𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑡 + 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑓𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
For the Return Of Investment or ROI
𝑅𝑂𝐼 = × 100%
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐼𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑠𝑡𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡
298
Table B-0-3 Conversion of Dollar to Peso
299
APPENDIX C
COMPUTATION FOR SOLAR POWER PLANTS
SOLAR POWER PLANT-OPTION 1

For Monocrystalline Silicone
For a 27 MW Rated Capacity of Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant;
𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 (𝑘𝑊)

𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 (𝑀𝑊) = 𝑥 𝑁𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑃𝑉 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒
𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒
𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 (𝑀𝑊)

𝑁𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑃𝑉 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 =
𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 (𝑘𝑊) 1 𝑀𝑊
𝑥
𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 1,000 𝑘𝑊
27 𝑀𝑊
𝑁𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑃𝑉 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 =
𝑊 1 𝑘𝑊 1 𝑀𝑊
375 𝑥 𝑥
𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 1,000 𝑊 1,000 𝑘𝑊
𝑵𝒐. 𝒐𝒇 𝑷𝑽 𝑴𝒐𝒅𝒖𝒍𝒆 = 𝟕𝟐, 𝟎𝟎𝟎 𝑴𝒐𝒅𝒖𝒍𝒆𝒔
For the number of rows of the Solar PV Array;

The proponents will arrange the Solar PV modules in rectangular formation and facing south, each
row will have 160 solar modules.
So;
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠

𝑁𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑅𝑜𝑤𝑠 =
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑅𝑜𝑤
72,000 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠
160 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑟𝑜𝑤
𝑵𝒐. 𝒐𝒇 𝑹𝒐𝒘𝒔 = 𝟒𝟓𝟎 𝒓𝒐𝒘𝒔
Minimum Required Land Area
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 (𝑚2 ) = 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 (𝑚2 )𝑥 𝑁𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠
Where;
1 𝑚2
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 (𝑚2 ) = 2,000 𝑚𝑚 𝑥 992 𝑚𝑚 𝑥
1,0002 𝑚𝑚2
300
𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 𝒐𝒇 𝑴𝒐𝒅𝒖𝒍𝒆 = 𝟏. 𝟗𝟖𝟒 𝒎𝟐
Thus;
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = 1.984 𝑚2 𝑥 72,000
𝑻𝒐𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝑴𝒐𝒅𝒖𝒍𝒆 𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 = 𝟏𝟒𝟐, 𝟖𝟒𝟖 𝒎𝟐
The amount of solar energy that can be harnessed is dependent on the area of the Solar Power
Plant. However, the cell dimension in each module should be considered which in fact the only components
generating electricity from solar energy.
Referring to the Manufacturer’s Data;
𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 𝐸𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 (𝑚2 )

= 𝑁𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝐶𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑠 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑥 𝐶𝑒𝑙𝑙 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑥 𝑁𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠
Where;
1 𝑚2
𝐶𝑒𝑙𝑙 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = 156.75 𝑚𝑚 𝑥 78.38 𝑚𝑚 𝑥
1,0002 𝑚𝑚2
𝒎𝟐
𝑪𝒆𝒍𝒍 𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟏𝟐𝟐𝟖𝟔
𝒄𝒆𝒍𝒍
Thus;
𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑠 𝑚2
𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = (144 ) (0.012286 ) (72,000 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠)
𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑙
𝑺𝒐𝒍𝒂𝒓 𝑬𝒇𝒇𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒊𝒗𝒆 𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 = 𝟏𝟐𝟕, 𝟑𝟖𝟏. 𝟐𝟒𝟖 𝒎𝟐
For Total Solar Energy Available;

Refer to the table,
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦

𝑘𝑊ℎ
= 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 𝐸𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 (𝑚2 )𝑥 𝐴𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑔𝑒 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑅𝑎𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 ( 2 )
𝑚
𝑘𝑊ℎ
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐴𝑣𝑎𝑖𝑙𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 = (127,381.248 𝑚2 ) (4.8 )
𝑚2
𝑻𝒐𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝑨𝒗𝒂𝒊𝒍𝒂𝒃𝒍𝒆 𝑺𝒐𝒍𝒂𝒓 𝑬𝒏𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒚 = 𝟔𝟏𝟏, 𝟒𝟐𝟗. 𝟗𝟗𝟎𝟒 𝒌𝑾𝒉
Considering the module efficiency;

301
𝑄𝑜𝑢𝑡
𝑒= 𝑥 100%
𝑄𝑖𝑛
Thus;
𝐻𝑎𝑟𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦′

𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑖𝑐𝑖𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑦, 𝑒𝑚 =
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐴𝑣𝑎𝑖𝑙𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒 𝑆𝑖𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦
𝐻𝑎𝑟𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 ′ = 𝑒𝑚 𝑥 𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐴𝑣𝑎𝑖𝑙𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦
𝐻𝑎𝑟𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 ′ = (0.189)(611,429.9904 𝑘𝑊ℎ)
𝑯𝒂𝒓𝒏𝒆𝒔𝒔𝒆𝒅 𝑺𝒐𝒍𝒂𝒓 𝑬𝒏𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒚′ = 𝟏𝟏𝟓, 𝟓𝟔𝟎. 𝟐𝟔𝟖𝟐 𝒌𝑾𝒉
Considering the Temperature Characteristic of the module;
Referring to the manufacturer’s data, Power Rating of the module decreases by 0.37%⁄℃ and;
Note: According to NASA Surface Meteorology and Solar Energy, the maximum average temperature in the
site is 29°C. Also, the temperature at Standard Testing Condition (STC) of the module is 25°C.
So;
𝑄𝑡𝑒𝑚𝑝 = 𝐻𝑎𝑟𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦′ 𝑥 (𝑇𝑎𝑚𝑏𝑖𝑒𝑛𝑡 − 𝑇𝑆𝑇𝐶 ) 𝑥 (0.37%⁄℃)
Where;
Tambient = Maximum Average Temperature

TSTC = Temperature of module at Standard Testing Condition
Thus;
𝑄𝑡𝑒𝑚𝑝 = (115,560.2682 𝑘𝑊ℎ)(29 ℃ − 25 ℃)(0.0037⁄℃)
𝑸𝒕𝒆𝒎𝒑 = 𝟏, 𝟕𝟏𝟎. 𝟐𝟗𝟏𝟗 𝒌𝑾𝒉
Also, the losses upon DC to AC inversion;
Referring to the manufacturer’s data of the inverter, the inverter efficiency is 98%.
So,
𝑄𝑖𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟 = 𝐻𝑎𝑟𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 ′ 𝑥 (1 − 𝑒𝑖𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟 )
302
𝑄𝑖𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟 = (115,560.2682 𝑘𝑊ℎ)(1 − 0.98)
𝑸𝒊𝒏𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒕𝒆𝒓 = 𝟐𝟑𝟏𝟏. 𝟐𝟎𝟓𝟒 𝒌𝑾𝒉
Computing for the Actual Energy Generated;
𝐴𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 𝐺𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 = 𝐻𝑎𝑟𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 ′ − (𝑄𝑡𝑒𝑚𝑝 + 𝑄𝑖𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟 )
𝐴𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 𝐺𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 = 115,553.496 𝑘𝑊ℎ − (1,710.2919 + 2,311.2054)𝑘𝑊ℎ
𝑨𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒂𝒍 𝑬𝒏𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒚 𝑮𝒆𝒏𝒆𝒓𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒅 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟓𝟑𝟖. 𝟕𝟕𝟎𝟗 𝒌𝑾𝒉
For Average Load of the Power Plant;
Note: Solar Power Plant Daily Operation (h = 24 hrs)
𝐴𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 𝐺𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑, 𝐸𝑝 = 𝐿𝑎𝑣𝑒 𝑥 ℎ
𝐸𝑝
𝐿𝑎𝑣𝑒 =
ℎ
𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟓𝟑𝟖. 𝟕𝟕𝟎𝟗 𝒌𝑾𝒉

𝑳𝒂𝒗𝒆 = = 𝟒, 𝟔𝟒𝟕. 𝟒𝟒𝟖𝟖 𝒌𝑾
𝟐𝟒 𝒉𝒓𝒔
Considering the Average Daylight hours in Mabalacat, Pampanga;
𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟓𝟑𝟖. 𝟕𝟕𝟎𝟗 𝒌𝑾𝒉

𝑳′𝒂𝒗𝒆 = = 𝟗, 𝟐𝟕𝟏. 𝟕𝟏𝟖𝟑 𝒌𝑾
𝟏𝟐. 𝟎𝟑 𝒉𝒓𝒔
The figure below shows the average sun peal hours in the Philippines. During sun peak hours, maximum
solar energy could be harnessed to generate electricity. For the site, sun peak hours ranges from 5.0 hrs -
5.5 hrs. The proponents used 5.25 for the computation.
303
Figure C-0-1 Average Sun Peak Hours in the Philippines
(Source: Solar System Philippines)
So;
𝐸𝑝 = 𝐿𝑚𝑎𝑥 𝑥 𝑠𝑢𝑛 𝑝𝑒𝑎𝑘 ℎ𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠
𝐸𝑝
𝐿𝑚𝑎𝑥 =
𝑠𝑢𝑛 𝑝𝑒𝑎𝑘 ℎ𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠
111,538.7709 𝑘𝑊ℎ
𝐿𝑚𝑎𝑥 =
5.25 ℎ𝑟𝑠
𝑳𝒎𝒂𝒙 = 𝟐𝟏, 𝟐𝟒𝟓. 𝟒𝟖𝟎𝟐 𝒌𝑾
Thus, the Solar Power Plant will harness the maximum solar radiation during sun peak hours and generate
its maximum/peak load of 21,245.4802 kW.
Optimal Angular Inclination of Solar PV Panels
From;
𝐴𝑛𝑔𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛, 𝜃 = 𝑆𝑖𝑡𝑒 ′ 𝑠 𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑡𝑢𝑑𝑒 𝑥 0.812
304
Figure C-0-2 Global Address of Mabalacat, Pampanga
(Source: Google Maps)
Where;
The latitude of the proposed site for the Solar Power Plant in Mabalacat, Pampanga is 15.224387 N
Thus;
𝜃 = (15.224387)(0.812) = 12.3622°
Vertical Clearance of PV Panel from the Ground;
𝐻𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑔𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑, 𝑧 = 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑝𝑎𝑛𝑒𝑙 𝑥 cos 𝜃
Where;
𝜃 = 𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
Referring to the Manufacturer’s data, the width of the Monocrystalline Silicon Module is mm;
So;
305
1𝑚
𝑧 = 992 𝑚𝑚 𝑥 𝑥 cos 12.362 2
1,000 𝑚𝑚
𝑧 = 0.968999 𝑚
Note: The computed height z is the distance from the ground to the lowest edge of the Solar PV module.
Figure C-0-3 Orientation of the Sun at Minimum Solar Angle

(Source: Affordable Solar)
For the height difference of the tilted module;
Recall Trigonometric function;
ℎ
sin 𝜃 =
𝑥
ℎ𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 (𝑚𝑚)

sin 𝜃 =
𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 (𝑚𝑚)
So;
ℎ = 𝑥 sin 𝜃
1𝑚
ℎ = (2000 𝑚𝑚 𝑥 )(sin 12.3627°)
1,000 𝑚𝑚
ℎ = 0.428182 𝑚
306
For inter-row spacing;
Figure C-0-4 Azimuth Chart

(Source: solardat.uoregon.edu)
The proponent’s chose 9:30 am to 2:30 pm as the 5-hour window for the electricity generation. Thus,
the lowest solar elevation for the given timespan is 37° with the corresponding azimuth angle 𝜑 = 136° in
the morning and 𝜑 = 224° in the afternoon.
307
Figure C-0-5 Top View of Tilted Array Showing the Solar Azimuth Correction
For the Shadow Distance D’ calculation;
ℎ
𝐷′ =
tan 𝛼
Where:
D’ = Shadow Distance
𝛼 = 𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑡𝑖𝑡𝑢𝑑𝑒 𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒
So;
0.428182 𝑚
𝐷′ =
tan 37°
𝐷′ = 0.568217 𝑚
For Azimuthal Angle Correction;
𝐷 = 𝐷′ 𝑥 cos(𝜑 − 180)
Where:
D = inter-row spacing
𝜑 = 𝑎𝑧𝑖𝑚𝑢𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑙 𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒
Note: Azimuthal Angle Correction has two formulas with the same results, 𝐷 = 𝐷′ 𝑥 cos(180 − 𝜑) for the
morning and 𝐷 = 𝐷′ 𝑥 cos(𝜑 − 180) for the afternoon.
308
So;
𝐷 = 0.568217 𝑚 𝑥 cos(224 − 180)
𝑫 = 𝟎. 𝟒𝟎𝟖𝟕𝟒𝟏
309
Installation Land Area Calculation
Figure C-0-6 PV Solar Module Arrangement
The installation of Solar PV modules facing south will cover the largest portion of the available land
area of the potential site for Solar PV Power Plant.
𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑟𝑜𝑤 = 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑥 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑟𝑜𝑤
𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑟𝑜𝑤 = 0.992 𝑚 𝑥 160 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠
𝒍𝒆𝒏𝒈𝒕𝒉 𝒐𝒇 𝒓𝒐𝒘 = 𝟏𝟓𝟖. 𝟕𝟐 𝒎
For the total row width considering the inter-row spacing;
𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ = (𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑟𝑜𝑤𝑠 𝑥 𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ) + (𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑟𝑜𝑤𝑠 𝑥 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟 − 𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑛𝑔)
𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ = 𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑟𝑜𝑤𝑠(𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ + 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟 − 𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑛𝑔
But;
𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ
cos 𝜃 =
𝑙𝑒𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒
𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ = cos 𝜃 𝑥 𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒
1𝑚
𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ = cos 12.3622° 𝑥 2,000 𝑚𝑚 𝑥
1,000 𝑚𝑚
𝒓𝒐𝒘 𝒘𝒊𝒅𝒕𝒉 = 𝟏. 𝟗𝟓𝟑𝟔𝟐𝟕 𝒎
Thus;
310
𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ = 450 (0.428182 + 1.953628) 𝑚
𝒕𝒐𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝒓𝒐𝒘 𝒘𝒊𝒅𝒕𝒉 = 𝟏, 𝟎𝟕𝟏. 𝟖𝟏𝟒𝟓 𝒎
Hence;
The land area to be utilized for the installation of Solar PV modules;
𝐼𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐿𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = 𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑥 𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ
𝐼𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐿𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = (158.72 𝑚)(1,071.8145 𝑚)
𝑰𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒍𝒍𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝑳𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 = 𝟏𝟕𝟎, 𝟏𝟏𝟖. 𝟑𝟗𝟕𝟒 ≈ 𝟏𝟕𝟎, 𝟏𝟐𝟎 𝒎𝟐
Thus, the Installation Land Area is less than the Available Plant Land Area.
Solar PV Power Plant Economics
Since the costing are in dollars, the proponents used the latest dollar to peso exchange rate.
Table C-0-1 USD to PHP Exchange Rate

For Cost of Modules;
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝐾𝑊 𝑥 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦
Referring to the manufacturer’s data for Monocrystalline Module;
$ 0.633 1,000 𝑊 𝑃ℎ𝑝 52.288

𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠 = 𝑥 27,000 𝑘𝑊 𝑥 𝑥
𝑊 1 𝑘𝑊 $1
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑴𝒐𝒅𝒖𝒍𝒆 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟖𝟗𝟑, 𝟔𝟓𝟒, 𝟐𝟎𝟖. 𝟎𝟎
311
For Inverter’s Cost;
𝐼𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑖𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝑥 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑖𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟
But;
𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝐼𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟 =
𝐼𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝐼𝑛𝑝𝑢𝑡
27,000 𝑘𝑊
𝑘𝑊
3,510
𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒
𝑵𝒖𝒎𝒃𝒆𝒓 𝒐𝒇 𝑰𝒏𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒕𝒆𝒓 = 𝟕. 𝟔𝟗 ≈ 𝟖 𝒊𝒏𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒔
So;
$ 0.15 𝑃ℎ𝑝 52.288

𝐼𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 𝑥 27,000,000 𝑊 𝑥
𝑊 $1
𝑰𝒏𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒕𝒆𝒓 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟐𝟏𝟏, 𝟕𝟔𝟔, 𝟒𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎
For Owner’s Cost;
From National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL), U.S. Solar Photovoltaic System Cost Benchmark, the
owner’s cost, which includes the Permitting, Inspection, Interconnection and Sales Tax on Equipment is $
0.19 per Watt.
So;
$ 0.19
𝑂𝑤𝑛𝑒𝑟 ′ 𝑠 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 𝑥 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦
𝑊
$ 0.19 𝑃ℎ𝑝 52.288

𝑂𝑤𝑛𝑒𝑟 ′ 𝑠 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 𝑥 27,000,000 𝑊 𝑥
𝑊 $1
𝑶𝒘𝒏𝒆𝒓′ 𝒔 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟐𝟔𝟖, 𝟐𝟑𝟕, 𝟒𝟒𝟎. 𝟎𝟎
For Land Area Cost;

As per the price range of land properties around Mawaque in Mabalacat, Pampanga is 5,000 Php per sq. m.
So;
𝑃ℎ𝑝 5,000
𝐿𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 168,731 𝑚2 𝑥
𝑚2
312
𝑳𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟖𝟒𝟑, 𝟔𝟓𝟓, 𝟎𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎
Due to the unavailability of sources for other costs such as Structure, Engineering Procurement and Balance
of System, the proponents used the breakdown of cost for the solar PV Power Plant from the National
Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL).
Figure C-0-7 Breakdown of Cost for a Solar PV Power Plant

(Source: National Renewable Energy Laboratory)
For the Cost of Structures;
$ 810
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑆𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒 = 𝑥 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦
𝑘𝑊
$ 810 𝑃ℎ𝑝 52.288

𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑆𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒 = 𝑥 27,000 𝑘𝑊 𝑥
𝑘𝑊 $1
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑺𝒕𝒓𝒖𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒓𝒆 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟏, 𝟏𝟒𝟑, 𝟓𝟑𝟖, 𝟓𝟔𝟎. 𝟎𝟎
For the Engineering Procurement Cost;
$ 55
𝐸𝑛𝑔𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 = 𝑥 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦
𝑘𝑊
$ 55 𝑃ℎ𝑝 52.288
𝐸𝑛𝑔𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 = 𝑥 27,000 𝑘𝑊 𝑥
𝑘𝑊 $1
𝑬𝒏𝒈𝒊𝒏𝒆𝒆𝒓𝒊𝒏𝒈 𝑷𝒓𝒐𝒄𝒖𝒓𝒆𝒎𝒆𝒏𝒕 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟕𝟕, 𝟔𝟒𝟕, 𝟔𝟖𝟎. 𝟎𝟎
313
For the Balance of System Cost (BOS);
$ 185
𝐵𝑂𝑆 = 𝑥 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦
𝑘𝑊
$ 185 𝑃ℎ𝑝 52.288

𝐵𝑂𝑆 = 𝑥 27,000 𝑘𝑊 𝑥
𝑘𝑊 $1
𝑩𝑶𝑺 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟐𝟔𝟏, 𝟏𝟕𝟖, 𝟓𝟔𝟎. 𝟎𝟎
For the Capital Cost needed for the construction of Solar Power Plant;
𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = ∑ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡𝑠
Note: Capital Cost includes:

• Cost of Modules
• Cost of Inverters
• Cost of Structures
• Owner’s Cost
• Land Cost
• Engineering Procurement and Construction Cost
• Balance of System
So;
𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 𝑃ℎ𝑝 893,654,208.00 + 𝑃ℎ𝑝 211,766,400.00 + 𝑃ℎ𝑝 268,237,440.00 +

𝑃ℎ𝑝 843,655,000.00 + 𝑃ℎ𝑝 1,143,538,560.00 + 𝑃ℎ𝑝 77,647,680.00 + 𝑃ℎ𝑝 261,178,560.00
𝑪𝒂𝒑𝒊𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟑, 𝟕𝟎𝟎, 𝟕𝟏𝟗, 𝟓𝟗𝟖. 𝟎𝟎
314
Sales
3%
9%
Modules
30% Inverter
Owner's Cost
Land Area Cost
Structure
38%
7% Engineering Procurement
BOS
9%
4%
Figure C-0-8 Breakdown of Cost for Solar PV Power Plant (Monocrystalline)
For Operation and Maintenance Cost;
The table below show the estimate Operation and Maintenance Cost of different types of solar PV modules.
The plant uses a fixed monocrystalline module so the price the proponents used is $ 60 per kW.
Table C-0-2 PV Plant O&M Cost Estimates

(Source: www.scottmadden.com)
315
$ 60 𝑃ℎ𝑝 52.288
𝑂𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑀𝑎𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 𝑥 27,000 𝑘𝑊 𝑥
𝑘𝑊 $1
𝑶𝒑𝒆𝒓𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝑴𝒂𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒏𝒂𝒏𝒄𝒆 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟖𝟒, 𝟕𝟎𝟔, 𝟓𝟔𝟎. 𝟎𝟎
For the Annual Income of the Solar PV Plant;
As per the latest Generation Charge of PELCO II shown in Table D-3, the proponents used Php 4.0773 for
the generation charge of the plant.
Table C-0-3 PELCO II Breakdown of Generation Charge

(Source: www.leyeco-2.com)
𝐺𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶ℎ𝑎𝑟𝑔𝑒 = 𝑥 𝐿𝑎𝑣𝑒
𝑘𝑊ℎ
𝑃ℎ𝑝 4.0773 24 ℎ𝑟𝑠

𝐺𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶ℎ𝑎𝑟𝑔𝑒 = 𝑥 4,647.4488 𝑘𝑊 𝑥 𝑥 365 𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑠
𝑘𝑊ℎ 𝑑𝑎𝑦
𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟏𝟔𝟓, 𝟗𝟗𝟑, 𝟔𝟏𝟔. 𝟔𝟎⁄

𝑮𝒆𝒏𝒆𝒓𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝑪𝒉𝒂𝒓𝒈𝒆 = 𝒚𝒆𝒂𝒓
In addition, the source of income of the Power Plant will also come from the Feed-in Tariff allocated by the
Government as per International Energy Agency (see Figure D-12).
316
Table C-0-4 Feed-In Tariff for Renewable Energy Power Plant in the Philippines
For Feed-In Tariff Income;
𝐹𝑒𝑒𝑑 − 𝐼𝑛 𝑇𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑓𝑓 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒 = 𝐹𝐼𝑇 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑥 𝐿𝑎𝑣𝑒
𝑃ℎ𝑝 9.68 24 ℎ𝑟𝑠

𝐹𝐼𝑇 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒 = 𝑥 4,647.4488 𝑘𝑊 𝑥 𝑥 365 𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑠
𝑘𝑊ℎ 1 𝑑𝑎𝑦
𝑭𝑰𝑻 𝑰𝒏𝒄𝒐𝒎𝒆 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟑𝟗𝟒, 𝟎𝟖𝟖, 𝟕𝟖𝟔. 𝟒𝟎
𝐺𝑟𝑜𝑠𝑠 𝐴𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒 = 𝐺𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶ℎ𝑎𝑟𝑔𝑒 + 𝐹𝑒𝑒𝑑 − 𝐼𝑛 𝑇𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑓𝑓 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒
𝐺𝑟𝑜𝑠𝑠 𝐴𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒 = 𝑃ℎ𝑝 165,993,616.60 + 𝑃ℎ𝑝 394,088,786.40
𝑮𝒓𝒐𝒔𝒔 𝑨𝒏𝒏𝒖𝒂𝒍 𝑰𝒏𝒄𝒐𝒎𝒆 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟓𝟔𝟎, 𝟎𝟖𝟐, 𝟒𝟎𝟑. 𝟎𝟎

For Net Annual Income for the Solar PV Power Plant;
𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝐴𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒 = 𝐺𝑟𝑜𝑠𝑠 𝐴𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒 − 𝑂𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑀𝑎𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡
𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝐴𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒 = 𝑃ℎ𝑝 560,082,403.00 − 𝑃ℎ𝑝 84,706,560.00
𝑵𝒆𝒕 𝑨𝒏𝒏𝒖𝒂𝒍 𝑰𝒏𝒄𝒐𝒎𝒆 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟒𝟕𝟓, 𝟑𝟕𝟓, 𝟖𝟒𝟑. 𝟎𝟎
317
For Return of Investment (ROI);
𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝐴𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒

𝑅𝑂𝐼 = 𝑥 100%
𝑃ℎ𝑝 475,375,843.00
𝑅𝑂𝐼 = 𝑥 100%
𝑃ℎ𝑝 3,700,719,598.00
𝑹𝑶𝑰 = 𝟏𝟐. 𝟖𝟓%
318
SOLAR POWER PLANT- OPTION 2
For Polycrystalline
For a 17 MW Rated Capacity of Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant;
𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 (𝑘𝑊)

𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 (𝑀𝑊) = 𝑥 𝑁𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑃𝑉 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒
𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒
𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦 (𝑀𝑊)

𝑁𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑃𝑉 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 =
𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 (𝑘𝑊) 1 𝑀𝑊
𝑥
𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 1,000 𝑘𝑊
27 𝑀𝑊
𝑁𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑃𝑉 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 =
𝑊 1 𝑘𝑊 1 𝑀𝑊
360 𝑥 𝑥
𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 1,000 𝑊 1,000 𝑘𝑊
𝑵𝒐. 𝒐𝒇 𝑷𝑽 𝑴𝒐𝒅𝒖𝒍𝒆 = 𝟕𝟓, 𝟎𝟎𝟎 𝑴𝒐𝒅𝒖𝒍𝒆𝒔
For the number of rows of the Solar PV Array;

The proponents will arrange the Solar PV modules in rectangular formation and facing south, each
row will have 160 solar modules.
So;
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠

𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑅𝑜𝑤
75,000 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠
160 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑟𝑜𝑤
𝑵𝒐. 𝒐𝒇 𝑹𝒐𝒘𝒔 = 𝟒𝟔𝟖. 𝟕𝟓 ≈ 𝟒𝟔𝟗 𝒓𝒐𝒘𝒔
Minimum Required Land Area
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 (𝑚2 ) = 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 (𝑚2 )𝑥 𝑁𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠
Where;
1 𝑚2
𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑜𝑓 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 (𝑚2 ) = 2,000 𝑚𝑚 𝑥 992 𝑚𝑚 𝑥
1,0002 𝑚𝑚2
𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 𝒐𝒇 𝑴𝒐𝒅𝒖𝒍𝒆 = 𝟏. 𝟗𝟖𝟒 𝒎𝟐
319
Thus;
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = 1.984 𝑚2 𝑥 75,000
𝑻𝒐𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝑴𝒐𝒅𝒖𝒍𝒆 𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 = 𝟏𝟒𝟖, 𝟖𝟎𝟎 𝒎𝟐
The amount of solar energy that can be harnessed is dependent on the area of the Solar Power
Plant. However, the cell dimension in each module should be considered which in fact the only components
generating electricity from solar energy.
Referring to the Manufacturer’s Data;
𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 𝐸𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 (𝑚2 )

= 𝑁𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝐶𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑠 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑥 𝐶𝑒𝑙𝑙 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝑥 𝑁𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠
Where;
1 𝑚2
𝐶𝑒𝑙𝑙 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = 156.75 𝑚𝑚 𝑥 78.38 𝑚𝑚 𝑥
1,0002 𝑚𝑚2
𝒎𝟐
𝑪𝒆𝒍𝒍 𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟏𝟐𝟐𝟖𝟔
𝒄𝒆𝒍𝒍
Thus;
𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑙𝑠 𝑚2
𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = (144 ) (0.012286 ) (75,000 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠)
𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑙
𝑺𝒐𝒍𝒂𝒓 𝑬𝒇𝒇𝒆𝒄𝒕𝒊𝒗𝒆 𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 = 𝟏𝟑𝟐, 𝟔𝟖𝟖. 𝟖 𝒎𝟐
For Total Solar Energy Available;

Refer to the table,
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦

𝑘𝑊ℎ
= 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 𝐸𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 (𝑚2 )𝑥 𝐴𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑔𝑒 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑖𝑑𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑅𝑎𝑑𝑖𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 ( 2 )
𝑚
𝑘𝑊ℎ
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐴𝑣𝑎𝑖𝑙𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 = (132,688.8 𝑚2 ) (4.8 )
𝑚2
𝑻𝒐𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝑨𝒗𝒂𝒊𝒍𝒂𝒃𝒍𝒆 𝑺𝒐𝒍𝒂𝒓 𝑬𝒏𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒚 = 𝟔𝟑𝟔, 𝟗𝟎𝟔. 𝟐𝟒 𝒌𝑾𝒉
Considering the module efficiency;
320
𝑄𝑜𝑢𝑡
𝑒= 𝑥 100%
𝑄𝑖𝑛
Thus;
𝐻𝑎𝑟𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦′

𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑒𝑓𝑓𝑖𝑐𝑖𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑦, 𝑒𝑚 =
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐴𝑣𝑎𝑖𝑙𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒 𝑆𝑖𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦
𝐻𝑎𝑟𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 ′ = 𝑒𝑚 𝑥 𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐴𝑣𝑎𝑖𝑙𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦
𝐻𝑎𝑟𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 ′ = (0.1815)(636,906.24 𝑘𝑊ℎ)
𝑯𝒂𝒓𝒏𝒆𝒔𝒔𝒆𝒅 𝑺𝒐𝒍𝒂𝒓 𝑬𝒏𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒚′ = 𝟏𝟏𝟓, 𝟓𝟗𝟖. 𝟒𝟖𝟐𝟔 𝒌𝑾𝒉
Considering the Temperature Characteristic of the module;
Referring to the manufacturer’s data, Power Rating of the module decreases by 0.37%⁄℃ and;
Note: According to NASA Surface Meteorology and Solar Energy, the maximum average temperature in the
site is 29°C. Also, the temperature at Standard Testing Condition (STC) of the module is 25°C.
So;
𝑄𝑡𝑒𝑚𝑝 = 𝐻𝑎𝑟𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦′ 𝑥 (𝑇𝑎𝑚𝑏𝑖𝑒𝑛𝑡 − 𝑇𝑆𝑇𝐶 ) 𝑥 (0.37%⁄℃)
Where;
Tambient = Maximum Average Temperature

TSTC = Temperature of module at Standard Testing Condition
Thus;
𝑄𝑡𝑒𝑚𝑝 = (115,560.2682 𝑘𝑊ℎ)(29 ℃ − 25 ℃)(0.0037⁄℃)
𝑸𝒕𝒆𝒎𝒑 = 𝟏, 𝟕𝟏𝟎. 𝟖𝟓𝟕𝟓 𝒌𝑾𝒉
Also, the losses upon DC to AC inversion;
Referring to the manufacturer’s data of the inverter, the inverter efficiency is 98%.
So,
𝑄𝑖𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟 = 𝐻𝑎𝑟𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 ′ 𝑥 (1 − 𝑒𝑖𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟 )
𝑄𝑖𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟 = (115,560.2682 𝑘𝑊ℎ)(1 − 0.98)

321
𝑸𝒊𝒏𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒕𝒆𝒓 = 𝟐𝟑𝟏𝟏. 𝟗𝟔𝟗𝟕𝒌𝑾𝒉
Computing for the Actual Energy Generated;
𝐴𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 𝐺𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 = 𝐻𝑎𝑟𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑑 𝑆𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 ′ − (𝑄𝑡𝑒𝑚𝑝 + 𝑄𝑖𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟 )
𝐴𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 𝐺𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 = 115,553.496 𝑘𝑊ℎ − (1,710.8575 + 2,311.9697)𝑘𝑊ℎ
𝑨𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒂𝒍 𝑬𝒏𝒆𝒓𝒈𝒚 𝑮𝒆𝒏𝒆𝒓𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒅 = 𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟓𝟕𝟓. 𝟔𝟓𝟓𝟒 𝒌𝑾𝒉
For Average Load of the Power Plant;
Note: Solar Power Plant Daily Operation (h = 24 hrs)
𝐴𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 𝐺𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑, 𝐸𝑝 = 𝐿𝑎𝑣𝑒 𝑥 ℎ
𝐸𝑝
𝐿𝑎𝑣𝑒 =
ℎ
𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟓𝟑𝟖. 𝟕𝟕𝟎𝟗 𝒌𝑾𝒉

𝑳𝒂𝒗𝒆 = = 𝟒, 𝟔𝟒𝟖. 𝟗𝟖𝟓𝟔 𝒌𝑾
𝟐𝟒 𝒉𝒓𝒔
Considering the Average Daylight hours in Mabalacat, Pampanga;
𝟏𝟏𝟏, 𝟓𝟑𝟖. 𝟕𝟕𝟎𝟗 𝒌𝑾𝒉

𝑳′𝒂𝒗𝒆 = = 𝟗, 𝟐𝟕𝟒. 𝟕𝟖𝟒𝟑 𝒌𝑾
𝟏𝟐. 𝟎𝟑 𝒉𝒓𝒔
The figure below shows the average sun peal hours in the Philippines. During sun peak hours, maximum
solar energy could be harnessed to generate electricity. For the site, sun peak hours ranges from 5.0 hrs -
5.5 hrs. The proponents used 5.25 for the computation.
𝐸𝑝 = 𝐿𝑚𝑎𝑥 𝑥 𝑠𝑢𝑛 𝑝𝑒𝑎𝑘 ℎ𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠
𝐸𝑝
𝐿𝑚𝑎𝑥 =
𝑠𝑢𝑛 𝑝𝑒𝑎𝑘 ℎ𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠
111,538.7709 𝑘𝑊ℎ
𝐿𝑚𝑎𝑥 =
5.25 ℎ𝑟𝑠
𝑳𝒎𝒂𝒙 = 𝟐𝟏, 𝟐𝟓𝟐. 𝟓𝟎𝟓𝟖 𝒌𝑾
322
Thus, the Solar Power Plant will harness the maximum solar radiation during sun peak hours and generate
its maximum/peak load of 21,252.5058 kW.
Optimal Angular Inclination of Solar PV Panels
From;
𝐴𝑛𝑔𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛, 𝜃 = 𝑆𝑖𝑡𝑒 ′ 𝑠 𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑡𝑢𝑑𝑒 𝑥 0.812
Where;
The latitude of the proposed site for the Solar Power Plant in Mabalacat, Pampanga is 15.224387 N
Thus;
𝜃 = (15.224387)(0.812) = 12.3622°
Vertical Clearance of PV Panel from the Ground;
𝐻𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 𝑓𝑟𝑜𝑚 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑔𝑟𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑, 𝑧 = 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑝𝑎𝑛𝑒𝑙 𝑥 cos 𝜃
Where;
𝜃 = 𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑢𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
Referring to the Manufacturer’s data, the width of the Monocrystalline Silicon Module is mm;
So;
1𝑚
𝑧 = 992 𝑚𝑚 𝑥 𝑥 cos 12.3622
1,000 𝑚𝑚
𝑧 = 0.968997 𝑚
Note: The computed height z is the distance from the ground to the lowest edge of the Solar PV module.
For the height difference of the tilted module;
Recall Trigonometric function;
ℎ
sin 𝜃 =
𝑥
323
ℎ𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡 𝑑𝑖𝑓𝑓𝑒𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 (𝑚𝑚)
sin 𝜃 =
𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 (𝑚𝑚)
So;
ℎ = 𝑥 sin 𝜃
1𝑚
ℎ = (2000 𝑚𝑚 𝑥 )(sin 12.3622°)
1,000 𝑚𝑚
ℎ = 0.428182 𝑚
324
For inter-row spacing;
The proponent’s chose 9:30 am to 2:30 pm as the 5-hour window for the electricity generation. Thus,
the lowest solar elevation for the given timespan is 37° with the corresponding azimuth angle 𝜑 = 136° in
the morning and 𝜑 = 224° in the afternoon.
For the Shadow Distance D’ calculation;
ℎ
𝐷′ =
tan 𝛼
Where:
D’ = Shadow Distance
𝛼 = 𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑠𝑡 𝑠𝑜𝑙𝑎𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑡𝑖𝑡𝑢𝑑𝑒 𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒
So;
0.428182 𝑚
𝐷′ =
tan 37°
𝐷′ = 0.568217 𝑚
For Azimuthal Angle Correction;
𝐷 = 𝐷′ 𝑥 cos(𝜑 − 180)
Where:
D = inter-row spacing
𝜑 = 𝑎𝑧𝑖𝑚𝑢𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑙 𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑙𝑒
Note: Azimuthal Angle Correction has two formulas with the same results, 𝐷 = 𝐷′ 𝑥 cos(180 − 𝜑) for the
morning and 𝐷 = 𝐷′ 𝑥 cos(𝜑 − 180) for the afternoon.
So;
𝐷 = 0.568217 𝑚 𝑥 cos(224 − 180)
𝑫 = 𝟎. 𝟒𝟎𝟖𝟕𝟒𝟏 𝒎
325
Installation Land Area Calculation
Figure C-0-9 PV Solar Module Arrangement
The installation of Solar PV modules facing south will cover the largest portion of the available land
area of the potential site for Solar PV Power Plant.
𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑟𝑜𝑤 = 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑥 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑟𝑜𝑤
𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑟𝑜𝑤 = 0.992 𝑚 𝑥 160 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠
𝒍𝒆𝒏𝒈𝒕𝒉 𝒐𝒇 𝒓𝒐𝒘 = 𝟏𝟓𝟖. 𝟕𝟐 𝒎
For the total row width considering the inter-row spacing;
𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ = (𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑟𝑜𝑤𝑠 𝑥 𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ) + (𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑟𝑜𝑤𝑠 𝑥 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟 − 𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑛𝑔)
𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ = 𝑛𝑜. 𝑜𝑓 𝑟𝑜𝑤𝑠(𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ + 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟 − 𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑠𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑛𝑔
But;
𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ
cos 𝜃 =
𝑙𝑒𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒
𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ = cos 𝜃 𝑥 𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒
1𝑚
𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ = cos 12.3622° 𝑥 2,000 𝑚𝑚 𝑥
1,000 𝑚𝑚
𝒓𝒐𝒘 𝒘𝒊𝒅𝒕𝒉 = 𝟏. 𝟗𝟓𝟑𝟔𝟐𝟖 𝒎
Thus;
326
𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ = 469 (0.428182 + 1.953628 ) 𝑚
𝒕𝒐𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝒓𝒐𝒘 𝒘𝒊𝒅𝒕𝒉 = 𝟏, 𝟏𝟏𝟕. 𝟎𝟔𝟖𝟗 𝒎
Hence;
The land area to be utilized for the installation of Solar PV modules;
𝐼𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐿𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = 𝑙𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑜𝑓 𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑥 𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑟𝑜𝑤 𝑤𝑖𝑑𝑡ℎ
𝐼𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐿𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 = (158.72 𝑚)(1,117.0689 𝑚)
𝑰𝒏𝒔𝒕𝒂𝒍𝒍𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝑳𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 = 𝟏𝟕𝟕, 𝟑𝟎𝟏. 𝟏𝟕𝟓𝟖 ≈ 𝟏𝟕𝟕, 𝟑𝟎𝟐 𝒎𝟐
Thus, the Installation Land Area is less than the Available Plant Land Area.
Solar PV Power Plant Economics
Since the costing are in dollars, the proponents used the latest dollar to peso exchange rate.
Table C-0-5 USD to PHP Exchange Rate

For Cost of Modules;
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝐾𝑊 𝑥 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦
Referring to the manufacturer’s data for Monocrystalline Module;
$ 0.563 1,000 𝑊 𝑃ℎ𝑝 52.288

𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑀𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒𝑠 = 𝑥 27,000 𝑘𝑊 𝑥 𝑥
𝑊 1 𝑘𝑊 $1
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑴𝒐𝒅𝒖𝒍𝒆 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟕𝟗𝟒, 𝟖𝟐𝟗, 𝟖𝟖𝟖. 𝟎𝟎
327
For Inverter’s Cost;
𝐼𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑝𝑒𝑟 𝑖𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝑥 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑖𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟
But;
𝐼𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝐼𝑛𝑝𝑢𝑡
27,000 𝑘𝑊
𝑘𝑊
3,510
𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑙𝑒
𝑵𝒖𝒎𝒃𝒆𝒓 𝒐𝒇 𝑰𝒏𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒕𝒆𝒓 = 𝟕. 𝟔𝟗 ≈ 𝟖 𝒊𝒏𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒔
So;
$ 0.15 𝑃ℎ𝑝 52.288

𝐼𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 𝑥 27,000,000 𝑊 𝑥
𝑊 $1
𝑰𝒏𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒕𝒆𝒓 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟐𝟏𝟏, 𝟕𝟔𝟔, 𝟒𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎
For Owner’s Cost;
From National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL), U.S. Solar Photovoltaic System Cost Benchmark, the
owner’s cost, which includes the Permitting, Inspection, Interconnection and Sales Tax on Equipment is $
0.19 per Watt.
So;
$ 0.19
𝑂𝑤𝑛𝑒𝑟 ′ 𝑠 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 𝑥 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦
𝑊
$ 0.19 𝑃ℎ𝑝 52.288

𝑂𝑤𝑛𝑒𝑟 ′ 𝑠 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 𝑥 27,000,000 𝑊 𝑥
𝑊 $1
𝑶𝒘𝒏𝒆𝒓′ 𝒔 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟐𝟔𝟖, 𝟐𝟑𝟕, 𝟒𝟒𝟎. 𝟎𝟎
For Land Area Cost;

As per the price range of land properties around Naga-Asan in Babatngon, Leyte is 500 to 1000 Php per sq.
m., the price used by the proponents for the land area cost is 750 Php per sq.m.
So;
𝑃ℎ𝑝 750
𝐿𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 177,302 𝑚2 𝑥
𝑚2
328
𝑳𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝑨𝒓𝒆𝒂 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟖𝟖𝟔, 𝟓𝟏𝟎, 𝟎𝟎𝟎. 𝟎𝟎
Due to the unavailability of sources for other costs such as Structure, Engineering Procurement and Balance
of System, the proponents used the breakdown of cost for the solar PV Power Plant from the National
Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL).
Figure C-0-10 Breakdown of Cost for a Solar PV Power Plant

(Source: National Renewable Energy Laboratory)
For the Cost of Structures;
$ 810
𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑆𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒 = 𝑥 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦
𝑘𝑊
$ 810 𝑃ℎ𝑝 52.288

𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝑆𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑟𝑒 = 𝑥 27,000 𝑘𝑊 𝑥
𝑘𝑊 $1
𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 𝒐𝒇 𝑺𝒕𝒓𝒖𝒄𝒕𝒖𝒓𝒆 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟏, 𝟏𝟒𝟑, 𝟓𝟑𝟖, 𝟓𝟔𝟎. 𝟎𝟎
For the Engineering Procurement Cost;
$ 55
𝐸𝑛𝑔𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 = 𝑥 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦
𝑘𝑊
$ 55 𝑃ℎ𝑝 52.288
𝐸𝑛𝑔𝑖𝑛𝑒𝑒𝑟𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 = 𝑥 27,000 𝑘𝑊 𝑥
𝑘𝑊 $1
329
𝑬𝒏𝒈𝒊𝒏𝒆𝒆𝒓𝒊𝒏𝒈 𝑷𝒓𝒐𝒄𝒖𝒓𝒆𝒎𝒆𝒏𝒕 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟕𝟕, 𝟔𝟒𝟕, 𝟔𝟖𝟎. 𝟎𝟎
For the Balance of System Cost (BOS);
$ 185
𝐵𝑂𝑆 = 𝑥 𝑅𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑎𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦
𝑘𝑊
$ 185 𝑃ℎ𝑝 52.288

𝐵𝑂𝑆 = 𝑥 27,000 𝑘𝑊 𝑥
𝑘𝑊 $1
𝑩𝑶𝑺 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟐𝟔𝟏, 𝟏𝟕𝟖, 𝟓𝟔𝟎. 𝟎𝟎
For the Capital Cost needed for the construction of Solar Power Plant;
𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = ∑ 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡𝑠
Note: Capital Cost includes:

• Cost of Modules
• Cost of Inverters
• Cost of Structures
• Owner’s Cost
• Land Cost
• Engineering Procurement and Construction Cost
• Balance of System
So;
𝐶𝑎𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 𝑃ℎ𝑝 794,829,888.00 + 𝑃ℎ𝑝 211,766,400.00 + 𝑃ℎ𝑝 268,237,440.00 +

𝑃ℎ𝑝 886,510,000.00 + 𝑃ℎ𝑝 1,143,538,560.00 + 𝑃ℎ𝑝 77,647,680.00 + 𝑃ℎ𝑝 261,178,560.00
𝑪𝒂𝒑𝒊𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟑, 𝟔𝟒𝟑, 𝟕𝟎𝟖, 𝟓𝟐𝟖. 𝟎𝟎
330
Sales
3% 9%
Modules
27%
Inverter
Owner's Cost
Land Area Cost
Structure
40% 7%
Engineering Procurement
9% BOS
5%
Figure C-0-11 Breakdown of Cost for Solar PV Power Plant (Polycrystalline)
For Operation and Maintenance Cost;
The table below show the estimate Operation and Maintenance Cost of different types of solar PV modules.
The plant uses a fixed monocrystalline module so the price the proponents used is $ 60 per kW.
Table C-0-6 PV Plant O&M Cost Estimates

(Source: www.scottmadden.com)
331
$ 60 𝑃ℎ𝑝 52.288
𝑂𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑀𝑎𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡 = 𝑥 27,000 𝑘𝑊 𝑥
𝑘𝑊 $1
𝑶𝒑𝒆𝒓𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝒂𝒏𝒅 𝑴𝒂𝒊𝒏𝒕𝒆𝒏𝒂𝒏𝒄𝒆 𝑪𝒐𝒔𝒕 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟖𝟒, 𝟕𝟎𝟔, 𝟓𝟔𝟎. 𝟎𝟎
For the Annual Income of the Solar PV Plant;
As per the latest Generation Charge of PELCO II, the proponents used Php 4.0773 for the generation charge
of the plant.
Table C-0-7 PELCO II Breakdown of Generation Charge

(Source: www.leyeco-2.com)
𝐺𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶ℎ𝑎𝑟𝑔𝑒 = 𝑥 𝐿𝑎𝑣𝑒
𝑘𝑊ℎ
𝑃ℎ𝑝 4.0773 24 ℎ𝑟𝑠

𝐺𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶ℎ𝑎𝑟𝑔𝑒 = 𝑥 4,648.9856 𝑘𝑊 𝑥 𝑥 365 𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑠
𝑘𝑊ℎ 𝑑𝑎𝑦
𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟏𝟔𝟔, 𝟎𝟒𝟖, 𝟓𝟎𝟔. 𝟕𝟎⁄

𝑮𝒆𝒏𝒆𝒓𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝑪𝒉𝒂𝒓𝒈𝒆 = 𝒚𝒆𝒂𝒓
In addition, the source of income of the Power Plant will also come from the Feed-in Tariff allocated by the
Government as per International Energy Agency (see Figure D-12).
332
Table C-0-8 Feed-In Tariff for Renewable Energy Power Plant in the Philippines
For Feed-In Tariff Income;
𝐹𝑒𝑒𝑑 − 𝐼𝑛 𝑇𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑓𝑓 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒 = 𝐹𝐼𝑇 𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑠 𝑥 𝐿𝑎𝑣𝑒
𝑃ℎ𝑝 9.68 24 ℎ𝑟𝑠

𝐹𝐼𝑇 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒 = 𝑥 4,648.9856 𝑘𝑊 𝑥 𝑥 365 𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑠
𝑘𝑊ℎ 1 𝑑𝑎𝑦
𝑭𝑰𝑻 𝑰𝒏𝒄𝒐𝒎𝒆 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟑𝟗𝟒, 𝟐𝟏𝟗, 𝟏𝟎𝟐. 𝟏𝟎
𝐺𝑟𝑜𝑠𝑠 𝐴𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒 = 𝐺𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝐶ℎ𝑎𝑟𝑔𝑒 + 𝐹𝑒𝑒𝑑 − 𝐼𝑛 𝑇𝑎𝑟𝑖𝑓𝑓 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒
𝐺𝑟𝑜𝑠𝑠 𝐴𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒 = 𝑃ℎ𝑝 166,048,506.70 + 𝑃ℎ𝑝 394,219,102.10
𝑮𝒓𝒐𝒔𝒔 𝑨𝒏𝒏𝒖𝒂𝒍 𝑰𝒏𝒄𝒐𝒎𝒆 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟓𝟔𝟎, 𝟐𝟔𝟕, 𝟔𝟎𝟖. 𝟖𝟎

For Net Annual Income for the Solar PV Power Plant;
𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝐴𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒 = 𝐺𝑟𝑜𝑠𝑠 𝐴𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒 − 𝑂𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑀𝑎𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑛𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝐶𝑜𝑠𝑡
𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝐴𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒 = 𝑃ℎ𝑝 560,267,608.8 − 𝑃ℎ𝑝 84,706,560.00
𝑵𝒆𝒕 𝑨𝒏𝒏𝒖𝒂𝒍 𝑰𝒏𝒄𝒐𝒎𝒆 = 𝑷𝒉𝒑 𝟒𝟕𝟓, 𝟓𝟔𝟏, 𝟎𝟒𝟖. 𝟖𝟎
333
For Return of Investment (ROI);
𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝐴𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐼𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑒

𝑅𝑂𝐼 = 𝑥 100%
𝑃ℎ𝑝 475,561,048.80
𝑅𝑂𝐼 = 𝑥 100%
𝑃ℎ𝑝 3,643,708,528.00
𝑹𝑶𝑰 = 𝟏𝟑. 𝟎𝟓
334
APPENDIX D
DESIGN ALTERATIVE 1-DIESEL POWER PLANT
Manufacturer’s Data
Diesel Engine Generator Set
Option 1:
Figure D-0-1 PRIME DM5415-06

335
Table D-0-1 PRIME 4840 ekW 6050 kVA 8 Factory Installed Standard & Optional Equipment
336
Table D-0-2 Specifications of PRIME 4840 ekW 6050 kVA
Table D-0-3 Technical Data of PRIME 4840 ekW 6050 kVA

337
Diesel Generator Set
Option 2:
338
Figure D-0-2 CAT 16CM32C 4-Stroke, 7680 kWe 60Hz
Table D-0-4 Engine Specifications of 16CM32C 4-Stroke, 7680 kWe 60Hz

Table D-0-5 Technical Data of 16CM32C 4-Stroke, 7680 kWe 60Hz

339
Figure: Dimensions of 16CM32C 4-Stroke, 7680 kWe 60Hz
Cooling Tower
340
Figure D-0-3 NX1025P-1 Marley Cooling Tower
Figure D-0-4 Graco 115V 2.3 GPM Oil Pump
Table D-0-6 Oil Pump Specifications
341
Cooling Water Pump
Figure D-0-5 Cooling Water Pump

(Source: Manufacturer- Barmesa Pumps)
Day Tank
Figure D-0-6 Day Tank

(Source: www.kingspan.com)
342
DESIGN ALTERATIVE 1-DIESEL POWER PLANT
OPTION 1
Steam Turbine:
SST 150
Power output Up to 20 MW
Inlet pressure up to 103 bar / 1,495 psi
Inlet temperature up to 505°C / 940°F
Rotational speed up to 13,300 rpm
Bleed up to 25 bar / 365 psi
Controlled extraction up to 16 bar / 230 psi
Exhaust pressure (back pressure) up to 10 bar / 145 psi
Exhaust pressure (condensing) 0.25 bar / 3.6 psi
Exhaust area 0.28 - 1.6 m² / 3.0 - 17.2 sq. ft

Length (L) 12m
Width (W) 4m
Height (H) 5m

Table D-0-7 Steam Turbine Parameters
(Source: www.gasandsteamturbines.blogspot.com)
343
JBNG - 4000 JBNG - 4500
Cooling method Counterflow
Ventilation mode Mechanical ventilation
Cooling capacity 4000 tons/hr 4500 tons/hr
Inlet water temperature 43 °C
Outlet water temperature 33 °C
Airflow 315 m3/hr 315 m3/hr
Dry bulb 31.5 °C
Wet bulb 28 °C
Motor weight 1200 kg
Table D-0-8 Cooling Tower Parameter
344
Steam boiler
Steam turbine
Inlet temperature 480 °C / 895 °F.
Rotational speed Up to 7,500 rpm
Exhaust pressure (back pressure) up to 10 bar / 145 psi.
Exhaust pressure (condensing) up to 1 bar / 14.5 psi.
Exhaust area 0.22 m² / 2.4 sq. ft.
Length (L) 8 m / 26 ft.
Width (W) 3.7 m / 12.1 ft
Height (H) 3.4 m / 11.2 ft

Table D-0-9 Steam Turbine Parameters
(Source: www.gasandsteamturbines.blogspot.com
345
Table D-0-10 Cooling Tower Parameters

(Source: www.m.made-in-china.com)
346
DESIGN ALTERNATIVE 3-SOLAR POWER PLANT
OPTION 1
Figure D-0-7 Monocrystalline Manufacturer
347
348
DESIGN ALTERNATIVE 3-SOLAR POWER PLANT
OPTION 2
Figure D-8 Polycrystalline Manufacturer

349
350
REFERENCES
CHAPTER 1
(a) Ecotricity: https://www.ecotricity.co.uk/our-green-energy/energy-independence/the-end-of-

fossil-fuels
(b) http://www.pampanga.gov.ph/index.php/general-information/physical-profile.html
(c) https://maps.nrel.gov/gst-
philippines/?aL=_zS7Ja%255Bv%255D%3Dt%26_zS7Ja%255Bd%255D%3D1&bL=jMjAy
q&cE=0&lR=0&mC=15.070714614306965%2C120.58619499206543&zL=15
For Formulas:
Power Plant Engineering by Frederick T. Morse
Load Generation Prices: www.wesm.ph
www.eia.gov
www.epri.com
www.noe.jxtg-group.co.jp
www.cat.com
For Pairwise Comparison: Paired Comparison Technique, Paul J. Lavrakas, 2008 available at:
methods.sagepub.com
COAL-FIRED POWER PLANT

A. http://www.greenworldinvestor.com/2011/04/11/coal-advantages-and-disadvantages-pros-
of-coal-winning-despite-dangerous-cons/ advantages / disadvantages
B. https://www.energy.siemens.com/co/pool/hq/power-generation/steam-
turbines/Industrial_Steam_Turbines_en.pdf
C. http://industrialcoolingtower.sell.everychina.com/p-99088517-wet-mechanical-draft-
cooling-
tower.html?ads=s&am=sk&site=1&adcid=1524489537&adgid=60054340992&loc=906682
0&kwd=&tid=dsa-
533062901958&mctp=b&rank=1t3&net=g&gclid=Cj0KCQiA14TjBRD_ARIsAOCmO9Yghe
Y5gW9oMt7d4ugGele38OwQGWzps6r_yBGxSBTJL46-ZyuwA8saAhZkEALw_wcB
D. https://www.e-education.psu.edu/eme801/node/530
351
E. https://pelco2.com/content/kX7rbq7G/Rates
F. https://www.eia.gov/analysis/studies/powerplants/capitalcost/pdf/capcost_assumption.pdf
G. https://m.made-in-china.com/product/Industrial-Cooling-Tower-JBNG-2000X4-
620901462.html#viewAll
H. http://www.iitk.ac.in/npsc/Papers/NPSC2004/818-ART-293.pdf
I. http://www.sistemas.web.tr/en/used-plant-equipment.asp?n=E055---32-MW-
Generator&m1=1&m2=7&m3=4&m4=30&m5=191
SOLAR POWER PLANT
A. ttps://openei.org/wiki/Definition:Solar_energy
B. ttps://ussolarinstitute.com/glossary/solar-energy/
C. https://ecoenergyproducts.info/solar-energy/what-is-solar-energy/
D. https://soho.nascom.nasa.gov/classroom/
E. http://helioscsp.com/solar-power-industry-in-the-philippines/
http://www.fsec.ucf.edu/en/consumer/solar_electricity/basics/thin-film.htm
F. https://business.inquirer.net/252287/ph-solar-power-plants-among-southeast-asias-top-25
G. https://www.solaris-shop.com/solar-components/
H. https://www.greenmatch.co.uk/blog/2015/09/types-of-solar-panels
I. ttps://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/f05d3e00498e0841bb6fbbe54d141794/IFC+Solar+Re
port_Web+_08+05.pdf?MOD=AJPERES
J. https://www.solarreviews.com/blog/pros-and-cons-of-solar-energy
K. tps://www.lg.com/us/commercial/documents/lg-solar-spec-neon-72cell-lg360n2w-b3-
102015.pdf
L. http://www.fsec.ucf.edu/en/consumer/solar_electricity/basics/thin-film.htm
352

Design of a 27 MW Power Plant in Pampanga

Încărcat de

Informații document

Descriere originală:

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Design of a 27 MW Power Plant in Pampanga

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

TECHNOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF THE PHILIPPINES

1338 Arlegui St., Quiapo, Manila

College of Engineering and Architecture

A DESIGN OF 27 MW POWER PLANT IN PAMPANGA

In Partial Fulfilment of the Requirements in the

Engr. Nicanor L. Serrano

Figure 1-0-1 Luzon Demand-Supply Outlook, 2016-2040 ............................................................................. 5

Figure 2-0-1 Diesel Power Plant ................................................................................................................. 41

Figure 4-0-1 Representation of 1st Arrangement Analysis ........................................................................ 180

Figure 5-0-1 Polycrystalline Solar Panels (Poly-SI) .................................................................................. 189

Figure A-0-1 Average Construction Cost of Power Plant .......................................................................... 224

1.2 Background of the Study

Table 1-0-1 Electricity Sales & Consumption by Sector in GWh (2011-2015)

Table 1-0-2 Grid Peak Demand Forecast, 2016-2040 (in MW)

Figure 1-0-1 Luzon Demand-Supply Outlook, 2016-2040

Table 1-0-5 Luzon Required Annual Capacity Addition, 2016-2040

Figure 1-0-2 Map of Pampanga

Figure 1-0-3 Location of PELCO II, Madapdap Office

1.4.1. PELCO II FACT SHEET

PAMPANGA II ELECTRIC COOPERATIVE, INC.

PELCO II COMPANY LOGO

Pampanga II Electric Cooperative, Inc.

1.4.2. Determining the Design Capacity of the Power Plant

Year Projected Peak Demand (MW)

Computing for the capacity of power plant:

𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝑁𝑒𝑒𝑑𝑒𝑑 = 𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑗𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑃𝑒𝑎𝑘 𝐷𝑒𝑚𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑏𝑦 2022 − 𝐴𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝑃𝑒𝑎𝑘 𝐿𝑜𝑎𝑑

Actual Peak Load = 91.937 MW;

Projected Peak Demand by 2022 = 118.55 MW

𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝑁𝑒𝑒𝑑𝑒𝑑 = 118.55 𝑀𝑊 − 91.937 𝑀𝑊

𝑷𝒐𝒘𝒆𝒓 𝑵𝒆𝒆𝒅𝒆𝒅 = 𝟐𝟔. 𝟔𝟏𝟑 𝑴𝑾

Factors Considered in Site Selection:

3. Availability of Water - The soft water is freely available for cooling.

Figure 1-0-5 Nearby Transmission Lines

Figure 1-0-6 Proposed Site

Figure 1-0-7 Nearby Source of Water

Figure 1-0-9 Protected Areas

Figure 1-0-10 Soil Groups of Pampanga

Figure 1-0-12 Road Access to the Proposed Site

Figure 1-0-13 Total Land Area of Proposed Site

Figure 1-0-14 Population density

Figure 0-16 Prospective Location

Factors to consider in Site Selection:

3. Availability of Water - Water is used mainly for cooling purposes.

1. Nearness to Load Centers:

Figure 1-0-18 Proposed Site for Coal Power Plant

Figure 1-0-20 Protected Areas (Coal Power Plant)

Figure 1-0-21 Nearby Water Source (Coal Power Plant)

Figure 1-0-22 Accredited Coal Traders

Figure 1-0-23 Road Access to the Proposed Site (CPP)

Figure 1-0-25 Total Land Area of Proposed Site (CPP)

Figure 1-0-26 Population Density in Proposed Site (CPP)

Location Latitude Longitude

Factors Considered in Site Selection:

Figure 0-29 Pampanga Potential Photovoltaic Electricity Production Map

Figure 1-0-31 Solar Power Plant Distance to the Nearest Grid

Figure 0-32 Solar Power Plant Location

Location Latitude Longitude

1.5.1 General Objectives

1.5.2 Specific Objectives

1.5.3 The Client

1.6 Project Scope and Delimitations

1.6.1 For Diesel Power Plant